UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

  (Mark One)
 
R Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
                     For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011
OR
 
£   Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the transition period from ____ to ____

Commission File No. 1-6651

HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Indiana
35-1160484
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
   
1069 State Route 46 East
Batesville, Indiana
47006-8835
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (812) 934-7777
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, without par value
New York Stock Exchange
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes R                        No £

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
Yes £                        No R
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
 
Yes R                        No £
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
 
Yes R                        No £
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. £
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
 
            Large accelerated filer R        Accelerated filer £        Non-accelerated filer £        Smaller reporting company £
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
 
Yes £                        No R
 
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting common equity, held by non-affiliates of the registrant, was approximately $2.3 billion, based on the closing sales price of $37.98 per share as of March 31, 2011 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter). There is no non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates.
 
The registrant had 61,712,277 shares of its common stock, without par value, outstanding as of November 7, 2011.

Documents incorporated by reference.

Certain portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to shareholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on March 6, 2012 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 


 
 

 
 
HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC.

Annual Report on Form 10-K

For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Page  
 
   
3
8
12
13
13
13
 
 
14
16
17
35
36
75
75
75
 
 
76
76
76
76
76
 
 
77
 
79
 
 
2

 
 
PART I

DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Form 10-K”) contain forward-looking statements within the meanings of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 regarding our future plans, objectives, beliefs, expectations, representations and projections. We have tried, whenever possible, to identify these forward-looking statements by using words such as “intend,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “plan,” “encourage,” “expect,” “may,” “goal,” “become,” “pursue,” “estimate,” “strategy,” “will,” “projection,” “forecast,” “continue,” “accelerate,” “promise,” “increase,” “higher,” “lower,” “reduce,” “improve,” “expand,” “progress,” “potential” or the negative of those terms or other variations of them or by comparable terminology. The absence of such terms, however, does not mean that the statement is not forward-looking.

Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance, and our actual results could differ materially from those set forth in any forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from forward-looking statements include but are not limited to the factors discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We assume no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements.

Item 1. BUSINESS

General

Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. (the “Company,” “Hill-Rom,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) (formerly known as Hillenbrand Industries, Inc.) was incorporated on August 7, 1969 in the State of Indiana and is headquartered in Batesville, Indiana. We are a leading worldwide manufacturer and provider of medical technologies and related services for the health care industry, including patient support systems, safe mobility and handling solutions, non-invasive therapeutic products for a variety of acute and chronic medical conditions, medical equipment rentals and information technology solutions. Our comprehensive product and service offerings are used by health care providers across the health care continuum and around the world in hospitals, extended care facilities and home care settings, to enhance the safety and quality of patient care.

Segment Information

We operate and manage our business within three reportable segments, each of which is generally aligned by customer type.  The segments are as follows:

 
·
North America Acute Care - sells and rents our hospital patient support and near-patient technologies, as well as our health information technology solutions and surgical accessories, to acute care facilities .
 
 
·
North America Post-Acute Care - sells and rents a variety of products outside of the hospital setting including long-term acute care, extended care and home care and our respiratory care products in all settings .
 
 
·
International - sells and rents similar products as our North America businesses in regions outside of the U.S. and Canada.

Net revenues, segment profitability and other measures of segment reporting for each reporting segment are set forth in Note 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.  No single customer accounts for more than 10 percent of our revenue in any segment.

Products and Services

We have extensive distribution capabilities and broad reach across all health care settings. We sell and rent primarily to acute and extended care health care facilities worldwide through both a direct sales force and distributors. An emerging business involves the direct to consumer (“DTC”) sales for patients and families desiring the same level of product while at home. Through our network of approximately 190 North American and 25 international service centers, and approximately 1,270 North American and 260 international service professionals, we are able to provide technical support and services and rapidly deliver our products to customers on an as-needed basis, providing our customers flexibility to purchase or rent our products.  This extensive network is critical to securing contracts with Group Purchasing Organizations (“GPOs”) and serving our customers.
 
 
Our products and services are outlined below.  Except where noted, we generally sell products and services and rent from each of our product categories in all of our business segments.

Patient Support Systems . Our innovative patient support systems include a variety of bed systems, along with integrated and non-integrated therapeutic bed surfaces that we rent and sell worldwide.  These patient support systems can be designed for use in high, mid and low acuity settings, depending on the specific design options.  Our advanced patient support systems can also provide patient data reporting (e.g., weight and therapy statistics), real time caregiver decision support, patient safety alarms and caregiver alerts concerning such things as bed exit, bed height, patient positioning; wound healing and prevention; pulmonary treatment; point of care controls; and patient turn assist and upright positioning. Approximately 51, 49 and 43 percent of our revenues during fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, were derived from patient support systems.

Non-Invasive Therapeutic Products . We rent and sell non-invasive therapeutic products and surfaces designed for the prevention and treatment of a variety of acute and chronic medical conditions, including pulmonary, wound and bariatric conditions. These products are rented and sold across all of our segments, primarily in the U.S., Canada and Europe, with the exception of our respiratory care products.  Historically and through fiscal 2011, our respiratory products were sold exclusively by our North America Post-Acute Care segment.  Beginning in fiscal 2012, the International segment will begin supplying respiratory care products outside of the U.S. and Canada.  Approximately 29, 30 and 30 percent of our revenues were derived from these therapeutic products in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Medical Equipment Management and Contract Services . We provide rentals and health care provider asset management services for a wide variety of moveable medical equipment, also known as MME, such as ventilators, defibrillators, intravenous pumps and patient monitoring equipment. In addition, we also sell equipment service contracts for our capital equipment, primarily in the U.S.   Approximately 9, 10 and 10 percent of our revenues were derived from these products and services in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Patient Environment and Mobilization Solutions . These products include mobility solutions (such as lifts and other devices used to safely move patients), architectural products (such as headwalls and power columns) and health care furniture.  We sell patient environment and mobility solutions products across all of our segments, primarily to acute and extended care health care facilities worldwide.

Health Information Technology Solutions. We also develop and market a variety of communications technologies and software solutions.  These are designed to improve patient safety and efficiency at the point of care by, among other things, enabling patient-to-staff and staff-to-staff communications, and aggregating and delivering patient data.  These products are sold mainly to our North America Acute Care customers.

Surgical Products . We offer a range of positioning devices for use in shoulder, hip, spinal and lithotomy surgeries as well as platform-neutral positioning accessories for nearly every model of operating room table.  These products are sold mainly to our North America Acute Care customers.

Raw Materials

Principal materials used in our products include carbon steel, aluminum, stainless steel, wood and laminates, petroleum based products, such as foams and plastics, and other materials, substantially all of which are available from several sources. Motors and electronic controls for electrically operated beds and certain other components are purchased from one or more manufacturers.

Prices fluctuate for raw materials and sub-assemblies used in our products based on a number of factors beyond our control.   Specifically, over the past several years, the fluctuating prices of certain raw materials, including metals, fuel, plastics and other petroleum based products in particular, and fuel related delivery costs, had a direct effect on our profitability. Although we generally have not engaged in hedging transactions with respect to raw material purchases, we have entered into fixed price supply contracts at times.

Most of our extended contracts with hospital GPOs and other customers for the sale of products in North America permit us to institute annual list price increases, although we may not be able to raise prices sufficiently to offset all raw material cost inflation.

Competition

In all our business segments, we compete on the basis of clinical expertise and resulting product clinical utility and ability to produce favorable outcomes, as well as value, quality, customer service, innovation and breadth and depth of product offerings.  As all of our business segments generally sell products and services in all of our product categories, we evaluate our competition based on our product categories, rather than our business segments.

The following table displays our significant competitors with respect to each product category:

Product Categories  
 
Competitors                                                                                  
Patient Support Systems
 
Stryker Corporation
ArjoHuntleigh (Division of Getinge AB)
Linet
Invacare
Joerns Healthcare
     
Non-Invasive Therapeutic Products
 
Kinetic Concepts, Inc.
SIZEWise Rentals, LLC
RecoverCare, LLC
ArjoHuntleigh (Division of Getinge AB)
     
Medical Equipment Management and Contract Services
 
Universal Hospital Services, Inc.
Freedom Medical, Inc.
     
Patient Environment and Mobility Solutions
 
ArjoHuntleigh (Division of Getinge AB)
Guldmann
Waverly Glen
Modular Services
Herman Miller Healthcare
     
Health Information Technology Solutions
 
Rauland-Borg Corporation
GE Medical (owns Dukane)
West-Com Nurse Call Systems, Inc.
     
Surgical Products
 
MizuhoOSI
Tenet Medical (part of Smith & Nephew)
Schuerch Medical
Action Medical

Additionally, we compete with a large number of smaller and regional manufacturers.
 
Regulatory Matters

FDA Regulation. We design, manufacture, install and distribute medical devices that are regulated by the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) in the U.S. and similar agencies in other countries. The regulations and standards of these agencies evolve over time and require us to make changes in our manufacturing processes and quality systems to remain in compliance.   The FDA’s Quality System regulations and the regulatory equivalents under the Medical Device Directive in the European Union set forth standards for our product design and manufacturing processes, require the maintenance of certain records and provide for inspections of our facilities.  From time to time, the FDA performs routine inspections of our facilities and may inform us of certain deficiencies in our processes or facilities; however, we currently have no outstanding so-called "warning letters" which would indicate that any material remediation actions are required.  In addition, there are also certain state and local government requirements that must be complied with in the manufacturing and marketing of our products.

Environmental. We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations relating to environmental and health and safety concerns, including the handling, storage, discharge and disposal of hazardous materials used in or derived from our manufacturing processes. When necessary, we provide for reserves in our financial statements for environmental matters. Based on the nature and volume of materials involved regarding onsite impacts and other currently known information, we do not expect the remediation costs for any onsite environmental issues in which we are currently involved to exceed $2 million.
 
 
Health Care Regulations. The health care industry is undergoing significant change.  In March 2010, comprehensive health care reform legislation was signed into law through the passage of the Patient Protection and Affordable Health Care Act (H.R. 3590) and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (H.R. 4872).  In addition to health care reform, Medicare, Medicaid and managed care organizations, such as health maintenance organizations and preferred provider organizations, traditional indemnity insurers and third-party administrators are increasing pressure to both control health care utilization and to limit reimbursement, either through competitive bidding programs or otherwise.  The potential impact of these changes to our business is discussed further in Item 1A. Risk Factors and Part II, Item 7-Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Product Development

Most of our products and product improvements have been developed internally. We maintain close working relationships with physicians and medical personnel in hospitals and universities who assist in product research and development. New and improved products play a critical role in our sales growth. We continue to place emphasis on the development of proprietary products and product improvements to complement and expand our existing product lines. Our significant research and development activities are located in Batesville, Indiana; Cary, North Carolina; Lulea, Sweden; Montpelier and Pluvigner, France; and Singapore.

Research and development is expensed as incurred. Research and development expense for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, was $63.8 million, $58.3 million and $55.7 million.

In addition, certain software development technology costs are capitalized as intangibles and are amortized over a period of three to five years once the software is ready for its intended use. The amounts capitalized during fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009 were approximately $2.1 million, $4.8 million and $5.8 million.

Patents and Trademarks

We own, and from time-to-time license, a number of patents on our products and manufacturing processes, but we do not believe any single patent or related group of patents is of material significance to our business as a whole.  We also own a number of trademarks and service marks relating to our products and product services.  Except for the mark “Hill-Rom,” we do not believe any single trademark or service mark is of material significance to our business as a whole.

Foreign Operations and Export Sales

Information about our foreign operations is set forth in tables relating to geographic information in Note 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included herein under Part II, Item 8 - Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Employees

At September 30, 2011, we had approximately 6,230 employees worldwide. Approximately 570 of our employees work in our logistics and manufacturing operations in the U.S. under collective bargaining agreements. We are also subject to various collective bargaining arrangements or national agreements outside the U.S. The collective bargaining agreement at our primary U.S. manufacturing facility will expire in January 2013. We have not experienced a work stoppage in the U.S. in over 40 years, and we believe that our employee relations are satisfactory.

Executive Officers
 
The following sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers.  The term of office for each executive officer expires on the date his or her successor is chosen and qualified. No director or executive officer has a “family relationship” with any other director or executive officer of the Company, as that term is defined for purposes of this disclosure requirement. There is no understanding between any executive officer and any other person pursuant to which the executive officer was selected.
 
John J. Greisch, 56, was elected President and Chief Executive Officer of Hill-Rom in January 2010. Mr. Greisch was most recently President, International Operations for Baxter International, Inc., a position he held since 2006. Prior to this, he held several other positions with Baxter, serving as Baxter's Chief Financial Officer and as President of Baxter's BioScience division.
 
 
Mark Guinan, 49, was elected as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in December 2010.  Mr. Guinan previously held a variety of positions with Johnson & Johnson, most recently as the Chief Procurement Officer since October 2009.  Prior to that, he served as Vice President - Finance, Global Pharmaceutical Group, and Vice President - Finance, Global R&D and Business Operations. 

Martha Goldberg Aronson, 44, was elected Senior Vice President and President North America for Hill-Rom in August 2010. Before joining Hill-Rom, she was most recently a Senior Vice President at Medtronic where she held a variety of marketing and general management roles, including Vice President and General Manager Gastroenterology/Urology, and Vice President and General Manager for Medtronic's Neurological and Diabetes business in Europe.

Alejandro Infante Saracho, 50, was elected Senior Vice President and President International for Hill-Rom effective May 2010. Before joining the Company, he spent more than 25 years with Hospira and Abbott serving in a number of executive positions, including President of the Americas, General Manager International Operations and Regional Director Latin America for Hospira.

Scott Jeffers, 41, was elected Senior Vice President, Global Supply Chain for Hill-Rom in September 2010.  Before joining Hill-Rom, he held a number of senior operational positions in GE Healthcare including General Manager of Global Lean Enterprise; General Manager of Global Supply Chain for Life Support Solutions; and General Manager of Global Sourcing & Operational Excellence for the Clinical Systems business.  Prior to joining GE, Mr. Jeffers was an officer in the United States Air Force.

Richard G. Keller, 50, was elected Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer of the Company effective August 2005.  He had served as Executive Director - Controller of Hill-Rom since March 2004.

Brian Lawrence, 41, was elected Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer for Hill-Rom effective December, 2010. Mr. Lawrence joined Hill-Rom from GE Healthcare, where he was Chief Technology Officer for Life Support Solutions and held a number of other leadership and innovation positions in GE's Global Research Center.

Susan R. Lichtenstein, 54, was elected Senior Vice President, Corporate Affairs, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary for Hill-Rom effective May 2010. Previously she was Corporate Vice President and General Counsel at Baxter International, where she was responsible for global legal matters, corporate communications and government affairs.

Michael Macek, 39, was elected Treasurer in March 2011. Mr. Macek held the position of Executive Director, Treasury for Hill-Rom since 2008, and a series of financial positions with Hill-Rom since 2005.

Michael Oliver, 58, was appointed Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer for Hill-Rom in March 2011. Prior to joining Hill-Rom, Mr. Oliver was the Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer for Pactiv Corporation and from 1997 to 2008 he was Senior Vice President for Brady Corporation.

Blair A. (Andy) Rieth, Jr., 53, was hired as Vice President of Investor Relations of the Company in June 2006.  Prior to joining us, he was the Investor Relations Officer of Guidant Corporation from 2000 to 2006.

Philip Settimi, 34, was elected Senior Vice President Global Marketing and Chief Marketing Officer for Hill-Rom effective May 2010. He joined Hill-Rom from Hospira, where he was Vice President Global Marketing for Hospira's medical device business. Dr. Settimi previously worked for General Electric's health care business, serving in a number of marketing and strategy roles.

Alton Shader, 38, joined Hill-Rom as Senior Vice President and President, Post-Acute Care in July 2011. Before joining Hill-Rom, Mr. Shader was General Manager of Renal at Baxter International. Previously, he served as General Manager for Baxter Ireland and held senior marketing positions in Baxter's operations in Zurich and in California.

Andreas Frank, 35, joined Hill-Rom as Senior Vice President Corporate Development and Strategy in October 2011.  Before joining Hill-Rom, Mr. Frank was Director Corporate Development at Danaher Corporation. Previously he worked in the Corporate Finance and Strategy practice at the consulting firm McKinsey & Company.
 
 
Availability of Reports and Other Information

Our website is www.Hill-Rom.com . We make available on this website, free of charge, access to our annual, quarterly and current reports and other documents we file with or furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) as soon as practicable after such reports or documents are filed or furnished. We also make available on our website position specifications for the Chairman, Vice Chairman, members of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer, our Code of Ethical Business Conduct (and any amendments or waivers), the Corporate Governance Standards of our Board of Directors and the charters of each of the standing committees of the Board of Directors. All of these documents are also available to shareholders in print upon request.

All reports filed with the SEC are also available via the SEC website, www.sec.gov , or may be read and copied at the SEC Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC  20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS

Our business involves risks. The following information about these risks should be considered carefully together with the other information contained herein. The risks described below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks not currently known or deemed immaterial also may result in adverse effects on our business.

We face significant uncertainty in the industry due to government health care reform, and we cannot predict how these reforms will impact our operating results.

In March 2010, the U.S. Congress adopted and President Obama signed into law comprehensive health care reform legislation through the passage of the Patient Protection and Affordable Health Care Act (H.R. 3590) and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (H.R. 4872). Among other initiatives, these bills impose a 2.3 percent excise tax on medical devices beginning January 2013. We cannot predict with certainty what healthcare initiatives, if any, will be implemented at the state level, or what the ultimate effect of federal health care reform or any future legislation or regulation will have on us. However, the impact of the tax, coupled with reform-associated payment reductions to Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement (discussed below) could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and cash flows.

Changes in Medicare, Medicaid and other governmental medical programs could reduce the reimbursement we receive for our products and services.

Medicare, Medicaid and managed care organizations are increasing pressure to both control health care utilization and to limit reimbursement. Changes in reimbursement programs or their regulations, including retroactive and prospective rate and coverage criteria changes, competitive bidding for certain products and services, and other changes intended to reduce the program expenditures, could adversely affect our businesses dependent on third-party reimbursement. In addition, changes to the mix of our customers’ patients among Medicare, Medicaid, third-party and private payor categories, increases in case management, and the review of services or reductions in coverage or reimbursement rates may negatively impact our profitability to the extent such changes place downward pressure on the utilization or pricing of our products.

Failure by us or our suppliers to comply with the FDA regulations and similar foreign regulations applicable to the products we manufacture or distribute could expose us to enforcement actions or other adverse consequences.

We design, manufacture, install and distribute medical devices that are regulated by the FDA in the U.S. and similar agencies in other countries. Failure to comply with applicable regulations could result in future product recalls, injunctions preventing the shipment of products or other enforcement actions that could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and profitability. Additionally, certain of our suppliers are subject to FDA regulations, and the failure of these suppliers to comply with regulations could adversely affect us. Additionally, regulatory actions taken by the FDA against those manufacturers can result in product shortages, recalls or modifications.

We could be subject to substantial fines or damages and possible exclusion from participation in federal health care programs if we fail to comply with the laws and regulations applicable to our business.

We are subject to stringent laws and regulations at both the federal and state levels governing the participation of durable medical equipment suppliers in federal and state health care programs. In addition, we recently entered into a five-year Corporate Integrity Agreement with the U.S. Federal government, which imposes on us additional contractual obligations.

From time to time, the government seeks additional information related to our claims submissions, and in some instances government contractors perform audits of payments made to us under Medicare, Medicaid, and other federal health care programs. On occasion, these reviews identify overpayments for which we submit refunds. At other times, our own internal audits identify the need to refund payments. We anticipate that the frequency and effectiveness of the government audits and review processes will intensify in the future, due to increased resources allocated to these activities at both the federal and state Medicaid level, and greater sophistication in data review techniques.

If we are deemed to have violated these laws and regulations, or are found to have violated our Corporate Integrity Agreement, we could be subject to substantial fines or damages and possible exclusion from participation in federal health care programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. While we believe that our practices materially comply with applicable state and federal requirements, the requirements may be interpreted in a manner inconsistent with our interpretation. Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, even if inadvertent, could have a material adverse impact on our business.

We participate in a highly competitive industry that is subject to the risk of declining demand and pricing pressures, which could adversely affect our operating results.

Demand for our products and services depends in large part on overall demand in the health care market.  To the extent that aggregate demand does not grow, or does not grow rapidly enough, the competitive pressures in our industry could cause us to lose market share unless we increase our expenditures or reduce our prices, which would adversely impact our operating results.  Moreover, the nature of this highly competitive marketplace demands that we successfully introduce new products into the market in a cost effective manner (more fully detailed below).  These factors, along with others, may result in significant shifts in market share among the industry's major participants, including us.  Accordingly, if we are unable to effectively differentiate ourselves from our competitors then our market share, sales and profitability could be adversely impacted through increased expenditures or decreased prices.

Our future financial performance will depend in part on the successful introduction of new products into the marketplace on a cost-effective basis.

Our future financial performance will depend in part on our ability to influence, anticipate, identify and respond to changing consumer preferences and needs. We can provide no assurances that our new products will achieve the same degree of success as in the past. We may not correctly anticipate or identify trends in consumer preferences or needs, or may identify them later than competitors do. In addition, difficulties in manufacturing or in obtaining regulatory approvals may delay or prohibit introduction of new products into the marketplace. Further, we may not be able to develop and produce new products at a cost that allows us to meet our goals for profitability. Warranty claims and service costs relating to our products may be greater than anticipated, and we may be required to devote significant resources to address any quality issues associated with our new products, which could reduce the resources available for further new product development and other matters.   In addition, the introduction of new products may also cause customers to defer purchases of existing products.

Failure to successfully introduce new products on a cost-effective basis, or delays in customer purchasing decisions related to the evaluation of new products, could cause us to lose market share and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

Further adverse developments in general domestic and worldwide economic conditions and instability and disruption of credit markets could have further adverse affects on our operating results, financial condition, or liquidity.

We are subject to risks arising from adverse changes in general domestic and global economic conditions, including recession or economic slowdown and disruption of domestic and international credit markets.  The credit and capital markets experienced extreme volatility and disruption over the past several years, leading to periods of recessionary conditions and depressed levels of consumer and commercial spending.  These recessionary conditions caused customers to reduce, modify, delay or cancel plans to purchase our products and services.  If worldwide economic conditions worsen, we would expect our customers to scrutinize costs resulting from pressures on operating margin due to rising supply costs, reduced investment income and philanthropic giving, increased interest expense, reimbursement pressure, reduced elective healthcare spending and uncompensated care.
 
 
Our pension plans invest in a variety of equity and debt securities, including securities that have been adversely affected by the disruption in the credit and capital markets. Our pension plans were underfunded at September 30, 2011 by approximately $79 million.  Market volatility and disruption could cause further declines in asset values or fluctuations in assumptions used to value our liability and expenses. If this occurs, we may need to make additional pension plan contributions and our pension expense in future years may increase.

Our business is significantly dependent on major contracts with GPOs and integrated delivery networks (“IDNs”).

A majority of our North American hospital sales and rentals are made pursuant to contracts with hospital GPOs.  At any given time, we are typically at various stages of responding to bids and negotiating and renewing expiring GPO agreements.  Failure to be included in certain of these agreements could have a material adverse effect on our business, including capital and rental revenues.

The contracting practices of GPOs change frequently to meet the needs of their member hospitals.  GPOs often offer committed programs or standardization programs, where one supplier may be chosen to serve designated members that elect to participate in the program.  Participation by us in such programs may require increased discounting or restrictions on our ability to raise prices, and failure to participate or to be selected for participation in such programs may result in a reduction of sales to the member hospitals.  In addition, the industry is showing an increased focus on contracting directly with health systems or IDNs (which typically represents influential members and owners of GPOs). IDNs and health systems often make key purchasing decisions and have influence over the GPO’s contract decisions. This presents an opportunity to have more contracts directly with customers, but these customers may request additional discounts or other enhancements.

Increased prices for, or unavailability of, raw materials or sub-assemblies used in our products could adversely affect profitability or revenues. In particular, our results of operations have been and could be further adversely affected by high prices for metals, fuel, plastics and other petroleum based products.  We also procure several raw materials and sub-assemblies from single suppliers.

Our profitability is affected by the prices of the raw materials and sub-assemblies used in the manufacture of our products. These prices may fluctuate based on a number of factors beyond our control, including changes in supply and demand, general economic conditions, labor costs, fuel related delivery costs, competition, import duties, tariffs, currency exchange rates, and government regulation. Significant increases in the prices of raw materials or sub-assemblies that cannot be recovered through increases in the prices of our products could adversely affect our results of operations. Although we have to some extent historically been able to offset such rising costs with increases in the prices of our products or other productivity gains, there can be no assurance that the market place will support higher prices or that such prices and productivity gains will fully offset any commodity price increases in the future. We generally have not engaged in hedging transactions with respect to raw material purchases, but do enter into fixed price supply contracts at times. Future decisions not to engage in hedging transactions or ineffective hedging transactions may result in increased price volatility, potentially adversely impacting our profitability.

Our dependency upon regular deliveries of supplies from particular suppliers means that interruptions or stoppages in such deliveries could adversely affect our operations until arrangements with alternate suppliers could be made. Several of the raw materials and sub-assemblies used in the manufacture of our products currently are procured only from a single source. If any of these sole-source suppliers were unable or unwilling to deliver these materials for an extended period of time we may not be able to manufacture one or more products for a period of time, and our business could suffer. We may not be able to find acceptable alternatives, and any such alternatives could result in increased costs. Difficulties in the credit markets could adversely affect our suppliers’ access to capital and therefore their ability to continue to provide an adequate supply of the materials we use in our products.

The majority of our products are manufactured at a single facility or location, and the loss of one or more of these facilities or locations could prevent us from manufacturing all the various products we sell.

We manufacture the majority of our products in only a single facility or location.  If an event occurred that resulted in material damage to one or more of these manufacturing facilities or otherwise prevented us from fully utilizing their manufacturing capabilities, we may be unable to transfer the manufacture of the relevant products to another facility or location in a cost-effective or timely manner, if at all.  This potential inability to transfer production could occur for a number of reasons, including but not limited to a lack of necessary relevant manufacturing capability at another facility, or the regulatory requirements of the FDA or other governmental regulatory bodies.  Such an event would materially negatively impact our financial condition, results of operation and cash flows.
 
 
Our international sales and operations are subject to risks and uncertainties that vary by country which could have a material adverse effect on our business and/or results of operations.

International sales accounted for approximately 31 percent of our net sales in fiscal 2011. We anticipate that international sales will continue to represent a significant portion of our total sales in the future. In addition, we have multiple manufacturing facilities and third-party suppliers that are located outside of the U.S.  As a result, our international sales, as well as our sales in the U.S. of products produced or sourced internationally, are subject to risks and uncertainties that can vary by country, such as political instability, economic conditions, foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, changes in tax laws, regulatory and reimbursement programs and policies, and the protection of intellectual property rights.  In addition, our collections of international receivables are subject to economic pressures and the actions of some governmental authorities to initiate various austerity measures to control healthcare spending.

We are currently in the process of upgrading our Information Technology platform.

We utilize a company-wide information technology (“IT”) platform that is currently in the process of being upgraded.  This IT platform is integrated into substantially all of our company-wide operations, and materially impacts our manufacturing, sales, accounting and other back-office functionality.  We may not successfully complete our current upgrade without diverting internal company resources from their current tasks, or hiring contractors. In addition, deployment of our upgrade may also adversely affect our sales, operating performance and the performance or reliability of our existing IT platform during the transition period.  If we are unable to effectively manage the IT upgrade process, our future operating performance or cost structure may be negatively impacted.

Our agreements with Hillenbrand, Inc. entered into in connection with the 2008 spin-off of our funeral services business may not reflect terms that would have resulted from arm’s-length negotiations among unaffiliated third parties.

Certain agreements related to the separation of Hillenbrand, Inc. from us in 2008, including the Distribution Agreement, Judgment Sharing Agreement, Tax Sharing Agreement, Shared Services Agreements and Transitional Services Agreements, were prepared in the context of the separation and, accordingly, may not reflect terms that would have resulted from arm’s-length negotiations among unaffiliated third parties. The terms of these agreements relate to, among other things, allocation of assets, liabilities, rights, indemnifications and other obligations between us and Hillenbrand, Inc.

Unfavorable outcomes related to uncertain tax positions could result in significant tax liabilities.

We have recorded tax benefits related to various uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. While we believe our positions are appropriate, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), state or foreign tax authorities could disagree with our positions, resulting in a significant tax payment.

We are also involved on an ongoing basis in claims, lawsuits and governmental proceedings relating to our operations, as well as product liability or other liability claims that could expose us to adverse judgments or could affect the sales of our products.

We are involved in the design, manufacture and sale of health care products, which face an inherent risk of exposure to product liability claims if our products are alleged to have caused injury or are found to be unsuitable for their intended use. Amongst other claims, we are, from time to time, a party to claims and lawsuits alleging that our products have caused injury or death or are otherwise unsuitable. It is possible that we will receive adverse judgments in such lawsuits, and any such adverse judgments could be material. Although we do carry insurance with respect to such matters, this insurance is subject to varying deductibles and self-insured retentions and may not be adequate to cover the full amount of any particular claim. In addition, any such claims could negatively impact the sales of products that are the subject of such claims or other products.

In addition, we are currently involved in a number of claims, lawsuits and governmental investigations more thoroughly described in Note 14 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.  The ultimate outcome of the various claims, lawsuits and governmental investigations in which we are involved cannot be predicted with certainty but could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

 
We may not be able to grow if we are unable to successfully acquire and integrate, or form business relationships with, other companies.

We expect to grow our business in the future through mergers, acquisitions and other similar business arrangements.  We may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates or business relationships, negotiate acceptable terms for such acquisitions or relationships or receive necessary financing on acceptable terms. Additionally, we may become responsible for liabilities associated with businesses that we acquire to the extent they are not covered by indemnification from the sellers or by insurance. Even if we are able to consummate acquisitions, such acquisitions could be dilutive to earnings, and we could overpay for such acquisitions. Additionally, we may not be successful in our integration efforts or fully realize expected benefits from the integration.  Our integration efforts may divert management and other resources from other important matters, and we could experience delays or unusual expenses in the integration process, including intangible asset impairments which could result in significant charges in our Statements of Consolidated Income (Loss).

We may not be able to attract, retain and develop key personnel.

Our future performance depends in significant part upon the continued service of our executive officers and other key personnel. The loss of the services of one or more of our executive officers or other key employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Our success also depends on our continuing ability to attract, retain and develop highly qualified personnel, and as competition for such personnel is intense, there can be no assurance that we can do so in the future.

A portion of our workforce is unionized, and we could face labor disruptions that would interfere with our operations.

Approximately 9 percent of our employees as part of our logistics and manufacturing operations in the U.S. work under collective bargaining agreements. We are also subject to various collective bargaining arrangements or national agreements outside the U.S. covering approximately 14 percent of our employees. The collective bargaining agreement at our primary U.S. manufacturing facility will expire in January 2013. Although we have not recently experienced any significant work stoppages as a result of labor disagreements, we cannot ensure that such a stoppage will not occur in the future. Inability to negotiate satisfactory new agreements or a labor disturbance at one of our principal facilities could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

We have not received any comments from the staff of the SEC regarding our periodic or current reports that remain unresolved.

Item 2. PROPERTIES

The principal properties used in our operations are listed below, and, except for our leased facilities in Acton, Massachusetts; Cary, North Carolina; St. Paul, Minnesota; Sydney, Australia; and Singapore, are owned by us subject to no material encumbrances. All facilities are suitable for their intended purpose, are being efficiently utilized and are believed to provide adequate capacity to meet demand for the next several years.

Location  
 
Description  
 
Primary Use                                                               
         
Acton, MA
 
Light manufacturing and development facilities
Office facilities
 
Manufacture and development of health care equipment
Administration
         
Batesville, IN
 
Manufacturing, development and distribution facilities
Office facilities
 
Manufacture and development of health care equipment
 
Administration
         
Cary, NC
 
Development facilities
Office facilities
 
Development of health care equipment
Administration
         
Charleston, SC
 
Development and distribution facilities
Office facilities
 
Development and distribution of medical devices Administration
         
Chicago, IL
 
Office facilities
 
Administration
         
St. Paul, MN
 
Office facilities
 
Administration
         
Pluvigner, France
 
Manufacturing, development and distribution facilities
Office facilities
 
Manufacture and development of health care equipment
Administration
         
Montpellier, France
 
Manufacturing and development facilities
 
Manufacture and development of medical devices
         
Sydney, Australia
 
Manufacturing and development facilities
Office facilities
 
Manufacture and development of health care equipment
Administration
         
Monterrey, Mexico
 
Manufacturing facilities
 
Manufacture of health care equipment
         
Lulea, Sweden
 
Manufacturing, development and distribution facilities
Office facilities
 
Manufacture and development of safe mobility and handling solutions
Administration
         
Singapore
 
Manufacturing and development facilities
Office facilities
 
Manufacture and development of health care equipment
Administration
 
In addition to the foregoing, we lease or own a number of other facilities, warehouse distribution centers, service centers and sales offices throughout the U.S., Canada, Western Europe, Mexico, Australia, Middle East and the Far East.

Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

See Note 14 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K for information regarding legal proceedings in which we are involved.

Item 4. RESERVED
 
 
PART II

Item 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “HRC”. The closing price of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on November 7, 2011 was $33.66 per share. The following table reflects the range of high and low selling prices of our common stock and cash dividends declared by quarter for each of the last two fiscal years.

 
 
   
Years Ended September 30
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
Quarter Ended:
 
High
   
Low
   
Cash
Dividends
Declared
   
High
   
Low
   
Cash
Dividends
Declared
 
December 31
  $ 43.80     $ 35.49     $ 0.1025     $ 24.18     $ 19.59     $ 0.1025  
March 31
  $ 44.00     $ 34.89     $ 0.1025     $ 27.67     $ 23.37     $ 0.1025  
June 30
  $ 47.19     $ 37.92     $ 0.1125     $ 32.76     $ 27.43     $ 0.1025  
September 30
  $ 48.80     $ 26.90     $ 0.1125     $ 35.89     $ 28.65     $ 0.1025  

Holders

As of November 7, 2011, there were approximately 19,500 shareholders of record.

Dividends

The declaration and payment of cash dividends is at the sole discretion of our Board and depends upon many factors, including our financial condition, earnings potential, capital requirements, alternative uses of cash, covenants associated with debt obligations, legal requirements and other factors deemed relevant by our Board. We have paid cash dividends on our common stock every quarter since our initial public offering in 1971.  We intend to continue to pay quarterly cash dividends comparable to those paid since the spin-off of our funeral services business on April 1, 2008.  Our ability to pay cash dividends is limited by covenants contained in the Distribution Agreement entered into with Hillenbrand, Inc. in connection with the spin-off.  Specifically, until the antitrust litigation to which we are a party with Hillenbrand, Inc. is resolved, in accordance with the Distribution Agreement we are prohibited from paying regular quarterly cash dividends in excess of $0.1025 per share and from incurring indebtedness to finance the payment of any extraordinary cash dividend without the approval of Hillenbrand Inc.  During fiscal 2011, we received a waiver from Hillenbrand, Inc. in accordance with the Distribution Agreement to increase our quarterly dividend to $0.1125 through fiscal 2012.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
 
                     
Maximum
 
               
Total Number
   
Number of
 
               
of Shares
   
Shares That
 
   
Total
         
Purchased as
   
May Yet Be
 
   
Number
   
Average
   
Part of Publicly
   
Purchased
 
   
of Shares
   
Price Paid
   
Announced Plans or
   
Under the Plans
 
Period
 
Purchased (1)
   
per Share
   
Programs (2)
   
or Programs (2)
 
                         
July 1, 2011 - July 31, 2011
    -     $ -       -       3,480,000  
August 1, 2011 - August 31, 2011
    1,500,000       30.21       1,500,000       1,980,000  
September 1, 2011 - September 30, 2011
    -       -       -       -  
Total
    1,500,000     $ 30.21       1,500,000       1,980,000  


(1)
All shares purchased during the quarter ended September 30, 2011 were in connection with the share repurchase program discussed below.

(2)
 In May 2011, the Board approved an expansion of its previously announced share repurchase authorization by 3 million shares, bringing the total number of shares available for repurchase to 28.7 million shares.  As of September 30, 2011, a cumulative total of 26.7 million shares have been repurchased under this existing authorization, which does not have an expiration date and currently there are no plans to terminate this program in the future.

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph compares the return on our common stock (as Hillenbrand Industries, Inc. through March 31, 2008) with that of Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index (“S&P 500 Index”), and our Peer Group* for the five years ended September 30, 2011. The graph assumes that the value of the investment in our common stock, the S&P 500 Index, and our peer group was $100 on October 1, 2006 and that all dividends were reinvested.  The spin-off of our funeral services business at March 31, 2008 was treated as a reinvestment of a special dividend effective April 1, 2008 pursuant to SEC rules.  The special dividend was based on the value of one share of Hillenbrand, Inc. (the holding company for the funeral services business) which was distributed as part of the spin-off.


 
2006
 
2007
 
2008
 
2009
 
2010
   
2011
 
HRC (HB through March 31, 2008)
$ 100   $ 98   $ 103   $ 76   $ 127     $ 107  
S & P 500
  100     114     87     79     85       85  
Peer Group
  100     120     113     106     132       128  

 
 
   
April 1, 2008
   
September 30, 2008
   
March 31, 2009
   
September 30, 2009
   
March 31, 2010
   
September 30, 2010
   
March 31, 2011
   
September 30, 2011
 
HRC
  $ 100     $ 115     $ 38     $ 85     $ 107     $ 142     $ 145     $ 120  
S & P 500
    100       85       58       77       85       83       95       83  
Peer Group
    100       97       69       91       112       114       129       110  
 
*
For purposes of the Stock Performance Graphs above, our Peer Group is comprised of: Alere Inc.; C.R. Bard, Inc.; Conmed Corporation; DENTSPLY International Inc.; Edwards Lifesciences Corporation; Hospira, Inc.; Invacare Corporation; Integra Lifesciences Holdings Corporation; Kinetic Concepts, Inc.; Mettler-Toledo International Inc.; PerkinElmer, Inc.; ResMed Inc.; STERIS Corporation; The Cooper Companies, Inc.; and Varian Medical Systems, Inc.

Certain other information required by this item will be contained under the caption “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in our definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to shareholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on March 6, 2012, and such information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents our selected consolidated financial data for each of the last five fiscal years ended September 30. Statement of Consolidated Income (Loss) data reflects our consolidated results on a continuing operations basis with the results of our former funeral services business reflected as discontinued operations for all periods presented. Balance sheet and cash flow data, for periods prior to consummation of the spin-off of the funeral services business at the end of the second fiscal quarter of 2008, have not been adjusted. Also see Note 13 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K for selected unaudited quarterly financial information for each of the last two fiscal years.

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(In millions except per share data)
 
                               
Net revenues
  $ 1,591.7     $ 1,469.6     $ 1,386.9     $ 1,507.7     $ 1,356.5  
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 133.5     $ 126.0     $ (405.0 )   $ 67.1     $ 70.4  
Income from discontinued operations
  $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 48.7     $ 120.2  
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders
  $ 133.3     $ 125.3     $ (405.0 )   $ 115.8     $ 190.6  
Income (loss) attributable to common shareholders per share
                                       
from continuing operations - Diluted
  $ 2.09     $ 1.97     $ (6.47 )   $ 1.07     $ 1.13  
Income per share from discontinued operations - Diluted
  $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 0.78     $ 1.94  
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders per share - Diluted
  $ 2.09     $ 1.97     $ (6.47 )   $ 1.85     $ 3.07  
Total assets
  $ 1,299.1     $ 1,245.6     $ 1,232.6     $ 1,689.9     $ 2,117.0  
Long-term obligations
  $ 50.8     $ 98.5     $ 99.7     $ 100.3     $ 349.0  
Cash flows from operating activities
  $ 222.5     $ 139.8     $ 225.7     $ 270.5     $ 285.3  
Capital expenditures
  $ 68.9     $ 64.7     $ 63.9     $ 102.6     $ 135.2  
Cash dividends per share
  $ 0.43     $ 0.41     $ 0.41     $ 0.78     $ 1.14  
 
 
Item 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

We are a leading worldwide manufacturer and provider of medical technologies and related services for the health care industry, including patient support systems, safe mobility and handling solutions, non-invasive therapeutic products for a variety of acute and chronic medical conditions, medical equipment rentals and information technology solutions. Our comprehensive product and service offerings are used by health care providers across the health care continuum and around the world in hospitals, extended care facilities and home care settings, to enhance the safety and quality of patient care.

Key Factors Impacting Our Business

Industry-wide Demand .   We believe that over the long term, overall patient and provider demand for health care products and services will continue to grow as a result of a number of factors, including an aging population, longer life expectancies, greater access to medical insurance through government regulation and an increasing number of sicker patients across all care settings, including hospitals, extended care facilities and in the home. In contrast, however, health care providers across the care continuum are under continued pressure to improve efficiency and control costs, possibly reducing demand for our products and services. Economic pressures have caused some governmental authorities to initiate various austerity measures to control healthcare spending.  This may also impact demand for our products. Although we believe that industry demand will increase over time, a lack of demand growth could impact our ability to grow revenues.

Growing Desire Among Developed and Developing Countries to Invest in Health Care . While industry growth rates in more mature geographic markets such as western and northern Europe and Japan have moderated, in many other geographic markets, where the relative spending on health care is increasing, we are experiencing increasing demand for medical technologies. New hospital construction and hospital refurbishments have continued in regions such as Latin America, the Middle East and many parts of Asia.  These trends could increase overall demand for our products and services.

Third-Party Payors.   Our customers include hospitals and other acute and extended care facilities that receive reimbursement for certain products and services they provide from various third-party payors including Medicare, Medicaid, and managed care organizations, such as health maintenance organizations and preferred provider organizations, and traditional indemnity insurers. In our home care business and a small portion of our extended care business, we are reimbursed directly by such third-party payors. Accordingly, our home care business is significantly affected by changes in reimbursement practices of such third-party payors. In addition, our customers are significantly affected by changes that may result in reduced utilization and downward pressure on prices across our health care businesses.

Health Care Reform . In March 2010, comprehensive health care reform legislation was signed into law through the passage of the Patient Protection and Affordable Health Care Act (H.R. 3590) and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (H.R. 4872).  These bills impose a 2.3 percent excise tax on medical devices beginning January 2013.  We cannot predict with certainty what healthcare initiatives, if any, will be implemented at the state level, or what the ultimate effect of federal health care reform or any future legislation or regulation will have on us.  However, the impact of the tax, coupled with reform-associated payment reductions to Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement could have a materially adverse affect on our business, results of operations and cash flows.

Rising Acuities and Technological Impact. As a result of the growing population of the elderly, health care systems are challenged to treat rising incidences of complex diseases and conditions such as obesity, diabetes, congestive heart failure and respiratory disease. Patients are being moved through the hospital faster and generally desire to rapidly move to lower acuity settings. We believe that this increases the demand for more sophisticated means to care for these patients, such as improved medical technologies, communication tools and information technologies.  The increasing utilization of these technologies and our ability to meet changing demand with new differentiated products will impact our ability to increase revenue and improve margins in the future.

Increasing Operational Efficiency.   We have and will continue to undertake initiatives to improve our operating efficiency, including business realignments, employee reductions in force, product rationalizations and continuous improvement activities in our manufacturing facilities and back office functions. While we have started to realize the efficiencies of these actions and we believe our operating expenses and margins will continue to be positively impacted, these activities may not produce the full efficiency and cost reduction benefits we expect, in a timely fashion or at all.
 
 
Patient and Caregiver Safety and Quality . An increasing emphasis is being placed within hospitals to assure quality of care through increased accountability and public disclosure. At the same time, caregiver shortages, worker related injuries, the aging workforce and other staffing requirements have led to increasing emphasis on caregiver injury prevention.  Several pieces of legislation have been enacted over the past few years to address these areas including the "pay for performance" initiative by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services ("CMS") which aims to better align reimbursement with improved patient outcomes and the reduction of adverse events including bedsores (or pressure ulcers), ventilator associated pneumonia, patient falls, deep vein thrombosis and patient entrapment. During fiscal 2008, CMS issued and put into effect its Final Rule for inpatient payment, a continuation in the agency's efforts to align reimbursement more closely with cost of care and severity of illness. Within this measure, hospitals may experience reduced reimbursement for hospital acquired adverse events, making a stronger connection with these adverse events and revenue levels. A number of the top adverse events and preventable medical errors in U.S. hospitals, including those listed above can be mitigated in part by our technologies, processes and services. We are well positioned to benefit from the emphasis being placed on patient safety due to our strong clinical capabilities, products and technologies that are designed to assist providers in materially improving outcomes associated with patients confined to beds across all care settings.

Related to caregiver safety, certain countries in Europe have established legislation that has mandated that patient lifts be available in hospitals.  In the U.S. several states have enacted or introduced legislation and, most recently, The Nurse and Health Care Worker Protection Act of 2009 was introduced in Congress aimed at eliminating manual patient lifts and transfers.  We believe that our products and services seek to address these concerns through novel application of technology, clinical and ergonomic science, and customer feedback.  Overall increasing emphasis on patient and caregiver safety and quality could increase demand for our products and services.

GPO and IDN Contracts . A majority of our North American hospital sales and rentals are made pursuant to contracts with GPOs and IDNs. These groups strive to achieve significant health care savings for their members by aggregating buying volume and negotiating for the best value in their purchase of medical devices and other supplies and services.  At any given time, we are typically at various stages of responding to bids and negotiating and renewing expiring agreements.  These contracts are competitive and are generally terminable on short notice.  The loss of a sole-source agreement or change of an agreement from sole or dual to multi-source agreement could have a significant impact on our revenues.  In addition, some of our sales contracts contain restrictions on our ability to raise prices, therefore limiting our ability, in the short-term, to respond to significant increases in raw material prices or other factors, thereby, potentially negatively impacting our gross margins.

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

The accompanying consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, are presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”).  We provide adjusted income before income taxes, income tax expense and diluted earnings per share results because we use these measures internally for planning, forecasting and evaluating the performance of the business.

In addition, we analyze net revenues on a constant currency basis to better measure the comparability of results between periods.  We believe that evaluating growth in net revenues on a constant currency basis provides an additional and meaningful assessment to both management and investors.

We believe use of these non-GAAP measures contribute to an understanding of our financial performance and provide an additional analytical tool to understand our results from core operations and to reveal underlying trends.  These measures should not, however, be considered in isolation, as a substitute for, or as superior to measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with GAAP.
 
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table presents comparative operating results for the years discussed within Management’s Discussion and Analysis:

   
Years Ended September 30
 
   
 
   
% of Related
   
 
   
% of Related
   
 
   
% of Related
 
   
2011
   
Revenues
   
2010
   
Revenues
   
2009
   
Revenues
 
Net Revenues
                                   
Capital sales
  $ 1,119.0       70.3 %   $ 996.6       67.8 %   $ 921.5       66.4 %
Rental revenues
    472.7       29.7 %     473.0       32.2 %     465.4       33.6 %
Total Revenues
    1,591.7       100.0 %     1,469.6       100.0 %     1,386.9       100.0 %
Gross Profit
                                               
Capital sales
    512.2       45.8 %     448.0       45.0 %     365.8       39.7 %
Rental revenues
    269.1       56.9 %     268.6       56.8 %     262.1       56.3 %
Total Gross Profit
    781.3       49.1 %     716.6       48.8 %     627.9       45.3 %
Research and development expenses
    63.8       4.0 %     58.3       4.0 %     55.7       4.0 %
Selling and administrative expenses
    502.0       31.5 %     474.6       32.3 %     461.6       33.3 %
Litigation charge (credit)
    47.3       3.0 %     (21.2 )     -1.4 %     -       -  
Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles
    -       -       -       -       472.8       34.1 %
Special charges
    1.4       0.1 %     13.2       0.9 %     20.5       1.5 %
Operating Profit (Loss)
    166.8       10.5 %     191.7       13.0 %     (382.7 )     -27.6 %
Other income (expense), net
    (7.1 )     -0.4 %     (8.8 )     -0.6 %     3.9       0.3 %
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes
    159.7       10.0 %     182.9       12.4 %     (378.8 )     -27.3 %
Income tax expense
    26.2       1.6 %     56.9       3.9 %     26.2       1.9 %
Net Income (Loss)
    133.5       8.4 %     126.0       8.6 %     (405.0 )     -29.2 %
Less:  Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
    0.2       -       0.7       -       -       -  
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Common Shareholders
  $ 133.3       8.4 %   $ 125.3       8.5 %   $ (405.0 )     -29.2 %
                                                 
Net Income (Loss) Attributable  to Common Shareholders
                                               
per Common Share - Diluted
  $ 2.09             $ 1.97             $ (6.47 )        
 
                                               
                                                 
Note: Certain percentage amounts may not add due to rounding.
                                         

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2010

Consolidated Results of Operations

In this section, we provide a high-level overview of our consolidated results of operations.  Immediately following this section is a discussion of our results of operations by reportable segment.

Net Revenues
   
Years Ended September 30
   
Percentage Change
 
   
 
   
 
         
Constant
 
 (Dollars in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
As Reported
   
Currency
 
Revenues:
                       
Capital sales
  $ 1,119.0     $ 996.6       12.3       10.8  
Rental revenues
    472.7       473.0       (0.1 )     (0.6 )
Total Revenues
  $ 1,591.7     $ 1,469.6       8.3       7.2  

Capital sales increased across all three segments, led by an 18.0 percent increase in North America Acute Care where patient support systems sales increased 28.1 percent on higher volumes and improved hospital capital spending.  On a reported basis international capital sales were up, but on a constant currency basis sales were essentially flat as volume growth in Latin America was offset by declines in the Middle East, Asia-Pacific and Europe.

Rental revenues were consistent with the prior year.  Growth in respiratory care revenues and the effects of favorable foreign exchange rates were offset by volume declines in the first part of the year due to a weaker influenza season compared to 2010, which impacted both our therapy rental and moveable medical equipment businesses.
 
 
Gross Profit
   
Years Ended September 30
 
               
Percentage
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
Change
 
Gross Profit
                 
Capital sales
  $ 512.2     $ 448.0       14.3  
Percent of Related Revenues
    45.8 %     45.0 %        
                         
Rental revenues
  $ 269.1     $ 268.6       0.2  
Percent of Related Revenues
    56.9 %     56.8 %        
                         
Total Gross Profit
  $ 781.3     $ 716.6       9.0  
Percent of Related Revenues
    49.1 %     48.8 %        

Capital sales gross profit increased 14.3 percent on higher volumes while gross margin increased by 80 basis points, primarily due to improved geographic and product mix and slightly improved costs on a full year basis.  Fiscal 2011 gross margin also included a $2.6 million warranty charge for two product retrofits.

Rental revenue gross profit was essentially flat and gross margin was also relatively unchanged.  In fiscal 2011, a gain of 2.3 million was recognized in connection with a vendor’s product recall.  Absent such gains, gross margins would have declined due to slight increases in depreciation and field service costs on flat revenues.

Other
                   
   
Years Ended September 30
 
   
 
   
 
   
Percentage
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
Change
 
                   
Research and development expenses
  $ 63.8     $ 58.3       9.4  
Percent of Total Revenues
    4.0 %     4.0 %        
                         
Selling and administrative expenses
  $ 502.0     $ 474.6       5.8  
Percent of Total Revenues
    31.5 %     32.3 %        
                         
Litigation charge (credit)
  $ 47.3     $ (21.2 )     n/a  
                         
Special charges
  $ 1.4     $ 13.2       (89.4 )
                         
Interest expense
  $ (8.5 )   $ (8.7 )     (2.3 )
Investment income
  $ 2.0     $ 2.3       (13.0 )
Other
  $ (0.6 )   $ (2.4 )     (75.0 )

Research and development expenses increased 9.4 percent as part of management’s focus to increase investment in new product development.  While selling and administrative expenses grew in aggregate, as a percentage of sales the expenses decreased by 80 basis points.  The increase in expense resulted from increases in legal costs for litigation and patent related matters, costs associated with the upgrade of our information technology platform, increases in selling expenses led by higher commissions on the increased sales, higher variable compensation costs and the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange rates.  In addition, selling and administrative expenses in fiscal 2011 included approximately $3 million of costs related to community donations and severance. Those higher costs were partially offset by lower marketing costs and improved employee benefit rates year-over-year.

During fiscal 2011, we recorded a litigation charge of $42.3 million in conjunction with reaching an agreement to settle a United States Office of Inspector General’s (“OIG”) investigation.  During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, we also reached a settlement with Freedom Medical, Inc. with respect to an antitrust matter resulting in a litigation charge of $5.0 million.  During fiscal 2010, we reversed a $21.2 million litigation accrual as the statute of limitations expired for any additional claims to be filed from those plaintiffs that opted out of the fiscal 2005 Spartanburg antitrust settlement.
 
 
During fiscal 2011, we recorded special charges of a net $1.4 million primarily related to a combination of severance activities associated with our 2010 restructuring activities and additional write downs of assets held for sale related to our aviation assets.  During fiscal 2010, we took restructuring actions and recorded an asset write down charge of $3.9 million related to our aviation assets. Two separate restructuring actions resulted in the elimination of approximately 260 positions and cumulative special charges of $9.3 million primarily related to severance and other benefits provided to affected employees. The majority of the cash expenditures associated with the severance was completed by the end of our 2011 fiscal year with the remainder to be paid in fiscal 2012.

GAAP and Adjusted Earnings
   
Years Ended September 30
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
                                     
(Dollars in millions, except for per share amounts)
 
Income
Before
Income Taxes
and NCI*
   
Income Tax
Expense*
   
Diluted EPS
   
Income Before
Income Taxes
and NCI
   
Income Tax
Expense
   
Diluted EPS*
 
                                     
GAAP Earnings
  $ 159.7     $ 26.2     $ 2.09     $ 182.9     $ 56.9     $ 1.97  
Adjustments:
                                               
Litigation charge (credit)
    47.3       14.2       0.52       (21.2 )     (8.3 )     (0.20 )
Vendor product recall
    (2.3 )     (0.9 )     (0.02 )     -       -       -  
Special charges
    1.4       0.5       0.01       13.2       5.0       0.13  
Acquisition and  integration costs
    1.0       0.4       0.01       -       -       -  
Recognition of previously unrecognized tax attributes
    -       21.5       (0.34 )     -       -       -  
Gain on sale of non-strategic assets
    -       -       -       -       1.7       (0.03 )
Tax settlement
    -       -       -       -       6.5       (0.10 )
                                                 
Adjusted Earnings
  $ 207.2     $ 61.8     $ 2.27     $ 174.9     $ 61.8     $ 1.76  
                                                 
* May not add due to rounding.
                                               

The tax rate for fiscal 2011 was 16.4 percent compared to 31.1 percent in the prior year.  The effective rates for both fiscal 2011 and 2010 were favorably impacted by the recognition of discrete period tax benefits.  The lower rate in 2011 is due primarily to the fourth quarter recognition of $21.5 million of previously unrecognized tax benefits associated predominantly with international operating loss carryforwards, as well as increased earnings in lower tax rate jurisdictions and the reinstatement of the research and development tax credit.  The effective tax rate for 2010 was favorably impacted by the resolution of an income tax matter with the IRS of $6.5 million.

The adjusted effective tax rates were 29.8 and 35.3 percent for fiscal years 2011 and 2010.  The lower rate in 2011 is due primarily to the benefit of increased earnings in lower tax rate jurisdictions as well as the reinstatement of the research and development tax credit.  For fiscal 2011, we entered the year with no allowable credit, but its reinstatement in the first quarter allowed for a full year’s benefit in 2011 as well as required a retroactive “catch up” of previously unrecognized credits.  For fiscal 2010, the credit had expired at the end of our first quarter.

Net income attributable to common shareholders was $133.3 million in fiscal 2011.  On an adjusted basis, net income attributable to common shareholders increased $32.8 million, representing an increase of 29.2 percent.  Diluted earnings per share increased 6.1 percent to $2.09 and on an adjusted basis increased 29.0 percent to $2.27.
 
 
Business Segment Results of Operations

During the first quarter of fiscal 2011, we changed our segment reporting to reflect changes in our organizational structure and management’s view of the business.  We moved our surgical reporting unit from the International and Surgical segment (now referred to as the International segment) to the North America Acute Care segment.  In addition, manufacturing and research and development costs were fully allocated to our three segments.  We have also assigned additional direct functional costs to the segments as well as an allocation of certain corporate functional expenses that can be attributed to the segments.  The prior year segment information below has been updated to reflect these changes.

   
Years Ended September 30
   
Percentage Change
 
   
 
   
 
         
Constant
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
As Reported
   
Currency
 
Revenues:
                       
North America Acute Care
  $ 981.0     $ 875.8       12.0       11.6  
North America Post-Acute Care
    209.1       205.7       1.7       1.7  
International
    401.6       388.1       3.5       0.1  
Total revenues
  $ 1,591.7     $ 1,469.6       8.3       7.2  
                                 
Divisional income:
                               
North America Acute Care
  $ 227.3     $ 177.8       27.8          
North America Post-Acute Care
    43.3       46.0       (5.9 )        
International
    27.9       29.9       (6.7 )        
Corporate expenses
    (83.0 )     (70.0 )     18.6          
Total divisional income
  $ 215.5     $ 183.7       17.3          

North America Acute Care

North America Acute Care capital sales increased 18.0 percent, the result of higher volumes in nearly all product categories led by our patient support systems, which increased 28.1 percent.  Information technology and patient lifting products also posted solid gains.  Rental revenues decreased slightly due primarily to a decline in rentals in the first part of the year driven by a weaker influenza season compared to the prior year, which impacted both our therapy rental and moveable medical equipment businesses.

North America Acute Care divisional income increased significantly due to the increase in capital gross profit resulting from higher volumes and favorable product mix experienced during the year, partially offset by the cost of product retrofits.  Rental gross profit was down slightly on the lower revenues, but rental margins were consistent with the prior year despite slightly higher field service costs and depreciation due to a $2.3 million gain recognized in connection with a vendor’s product recall.  Operating expenses were slightly higher primarily as a result of new product investments and increased variable compensation, including commissions.

North America Post-Acute Care

North America Post-Acute Care capital sales increased 1.5 percent, which benefited from double-digit growth in our respiratory care business partially offset by a decline in sales within our extended care business.  Rental revenues increased 1.7 percent driven by an increase in rental volumes of The Vest® respiratory care system.  This favorability was partially offset by lower rentals in both our extended care and home care businesses.  Capital and rental products in this segment are both experiencing some pricing pressure.

North America Post-Acute Care divisional income declined due to higher operating expenses related to investments in our sales channels and new products, accompanied by a decline in gross profit resulting from higher depreciation and field service costs and increasing price pressures.

International

International capital sales increased 3.3 percent and were flat on a constant currency basis as volume growth in Latin America was offset by declines in the Middle East, Asia-Pacific and Europe.  Rental revenues increased 4.9 percent and 1.5 percent on a constant currency basis.  The increase in rental revenues was primarily the result of a recent bariatric product introduction in Europe.
 
 
International gross profit increased due to favorable foreign exchange impacts and improved rental gross margin rates on flat costs, despite the costs of product retrofits.  However, divisional income declined due to increased operating expenses related to investments in new product development, severance and infrastructure costs and the effect of unfavorable foreign exchange rates.

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2010 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2009

Consolidated Results of Operations

Net Revenues
   
Years Ended September 30
   
Percentage Change
 
   
 
               
Constant
 
 (Dollars in millions)
 
2010
   
2009
   
As Reported
   
Currency
 
Revenues:
                       
Capital sales
  $ 996.6     $ 921.5       8.1       7.2  
Rental revenues
    473.0       465.4       1.6       1.2  
Total Revenues
  $ 1,469.6     $ 1,386.9       6.0       5.1  

Capital sales increased as a result of volume increases in most major product categories within our North America Acute Care segment led by patient support systems, as well as volume growth in the Middle East, Latin America and Asia.  These increases were offset in part by lower North America revenues related to the prior year divestiture of certain non-strategic product lines.   Our pricing was also modestly favorable.

Rental revenues increased slightly due to increases in North America Acute Care therapy rentals and our North America Post-Acute Care extended care rentals.  The increase in therapy rental revenue was due to continued growth of our Envision® and P500 therapy wound surfaces.

Gross Profit
   
Years Ended September 30
 
               
Percentage
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
2010
   
2009
   
Change
 
Gross Profit
                 
Capital sales
  $ 448.0     $ 365.8       22.5  
Percent of Related Revenues
    45.0 %     39.7 %        
                         
Rental revenues
  $ 268.6     $ 262.1       2.5  
Percent of Related Revenues
    56.8 %     56.3 %        
                         
Total Gross Profit
  $ 716.6     $ 627.9       14.1  
Percent of Related Revenues
    48.8 %     45.3 %        

Consolidated gross profit increased 14.1 percent and increased as a percentage of revenue 350 basis points.

Capital sales gross profit increased 22.5 percent and gross margin (as a percentage of revenues) for capital sales increased 530 basis points.  The gross margin increase was primarily due to an improved mix towards higher margin products, modestly improved pricing, favorable material costs and several productivity initiatives executed over the past two years.  In addition, fiscal 2009 included a charge of $4.8 million for performance issues associated with a discontinued product and a non-recurring charge of $2.9 million related to the acquisition accounting step-up of acquired Liko inventories sold during fiscal 2009.

Rental revenue gross profit increased 2.5 percent while gross margin (as a percentage of revenues) increased only slightly.  The slight increase in gross margin is due mainly to continued leverage and cost improvements within our field service network.
 
 
Other
   
Years Ended September 30
 
   
 
   
 
   
Percentage
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
2010
   
2009
   
Change
 
                   
Research and development expenses
  $ 58.3     $ 55.7       4.7  
Percent of Total Revenues
    4.0 %     4.0 %        
                         
Selling and administrative expenses
  $ 474.6     $ 461.6       2.8  
Percent of Total Revenues
    32.3 %     33.3 %        
                         
Litigation credit
  $ (21.2 )   $ -       n/a  
                         
Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles
  $ -     $ 472.8       n/a  
Special charges
  $ 13.2     $ 20.5       (35.6 )
                         
Gain on sale of non-strategic assets
  $ -     $ 10.2       n/a  
Interest expense
  $ (8.7 )   $ (10.4 )     (16.3 )
Investment income
  $ 2.3     $ 2.9       (20.7 )
Other
  $ (2.4 )   $ 1.2       (300.0 )

Research and development expense increased due to our continued investment in the development of innovative new products.  Selling and administrative expenses increased related primarily to performance-based compensation expense.  In addition, unfavorable foreign exchange rates of $4.0 million negatively impacted the expense.  These increases were partially offset by savings from prior period restructuring actions and our continuous improvement activities.

During 2010, we reversed a $21.2 million litigation accrual as the statute of limitations expired for any additional claims to be filed from those plaintiffs that opted out of the fiscal 2005 Spartanburg antitrust settlement.  Partially offsetting this reversal were restructuring actions and an asset write down charge of $3.9 million related to our aviation assets.  Two separate restructuring actions resulted in the elimination of approximately 260 positions and cumulative special charges of $9.3 million primarily related to severance and other benefits provided to affected employees.  The majority of the cash expenditures associated with the severance was completed by the end of our 2011 fiscal year with the remainder to be paid in fiscal 2012.

During fiscal 2009, we recorded a charge of $472.8 million related to the impairment of goodwill and other intangibles as a result of the decline in our market capitalization during the second quarter related to the overall macro-economic climate and its resulting unfavorable impact on hospital capital spending and our operating results. The significance of the charge was reflective of the significant value in our unrecorded intangible assets such as the Hill-Rom trade name, technology and know-how and customer lists which reduce the value of our implied goodwill when calculating the impairment charge. There could be an additional adjustment of this charge upon the finalization of claims related to the provisions contained in the purchase agreement associated with the Liko Acquisition, with any such adjustment expected to be favorable and not material.

The decline in interest expense resulted from lower interest rates and lower outstanding debt.  Investment income decreased as well despite a larger cash balance period over period, similarly due to lower interest rates.
 
 
GAAP and Adjusted Earnings
   
Years Ended September 30
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
Income Before
Income Taxes
and NCI
                               
(Dollars in millions, except for per share amounts)
 
Income Tax
Expense
   
Diluted
EPS*
   
Loss Before
Income Taxes
   
Income Tax
Expense
   
Diluted EPS*
 
                                     
GAAP Earnings (Loss)
  $ 182.9     $ 56.9     $ 1.97     $ (378.8 )   $ 26.2     $ (6.47 )
Adjustments:
                                               
Litigation credit
    (21.2 )     (8.3 )     (0.20 )     -       -       -  
Tax settlement
    -       6.5       (0.10 )     -       -       -  
Gain on sale of non-strategic assets
    -       1.7       (0.03 )     (10.2 )     (2.0 )     (0.13 )
Special charges
    13.2       5.0       0.13       20.5       7.7       0.20  
Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles
    -       -       -       472.8       2.2       7.52  
Effect of Liko inventory valuation
    -       -       -       2.9       0.8       0.03  
Acquisition integration charges
    -       -       -       2.3       0.8       0.02  
                                                 
Adjusted Earnings
  $ 174.9     $ 61.8     $ 1.76     $ 109.5     $ 35.7     $ 1.18  
                                                 
* May not add due to rounding.
                                               
 
The tax rate for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010 was 31.1 percent compared to a negative 6.9 percent in fiscal 2009.  The effective rates for fiscal 2010 and 2009 were favorably impacted by the discrete tax benefits associated with the sale of non-strategic assets and the utilization of previously unrecognized capital loss carry forwards.  The effective tax rate for 2010 was also favorably impacted by the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits associated with the resolution of an income tax matter with the IRS during the second quarter of $6.5 million and other items in the fourth quarter upon the expiration of various statutes of limitations.  The effective tax rate for fiscal 2009 was impacted by the significant non-cash intangible impairment charge and the lack of deductibility of this charge for income tax purposes, along with the catch up related to the retroactive reinstatement of the research and development credit.

The adjusted effective tax rates were 35.3 and 32.6 percent for fiscal year 2010 and 2009.  The higher rate in 2010 is due primarily to the research and development tax credit and the timing of its expiration in 2010 and its reinstatement in 2009.  For fiscal 2009, we entered the year with no allowable credit, but its reinstatement in the first quarter required a retroactive “catch up” of previously unrecognized credits.  For fiscal 2010, the credit expired at the end of our first quarter.

Net income attributable to common shareholders was $125.3 million in fiscal 2010.  On an adjusted basis, net income attributable to common shareholders increased $38.6 million, representing an increase of 52.3 percent.  Diluted earnings per share increased from a loss per share of $6.47 to earnings per share of $1.97.  On an adjusted basis, diluted earnings per share increased 49.2 percent from $1.18 per share in 2009 to $1.76 per share in 2010.
 
 
Business Segment Results of Operations
 
   
Years Ended September 30
   
Percentage Change
 
   
 
   
 
         
Constant
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
2010
   
2009
   
As Reported
   
Currency
 
Revenues:
                       
North America Acute Care
  $ 875.8     $ 826.7       5.9       5.3  
North America Post-Acute Care
    205.7       200.8       2.4       2.4  
International
    388.1       359.4       8.0       6.4  
 Total revenues
  $ 1,469.6     $ 1,386.9       6.0       5.1  
                                 
Divisional income:
                               
North America Acute Care
  $ 177.8     $ 118.1       50.6          
North America Post-Acute Care
    46.0       41.7       10.3          
International
    29.9       10.3       190.3          
Corporate expenses
    (70.0 )     (59.5 )     17.6          
Total divisional income
  $ 183.7     $ 110.6       66.1          

North America Acute Care

North America Acute Care capital sales increased 7.6 percent, while rental revenues increased 2.3 percent.  The increase in capital sales was due mainly to higher volumes in most major product categories, led by our patient support systems, including the launch of our Advanta™ 2 med-surg bed, and modestly favorable pricing.  Partially offsetting this favorability was the divestiture of certain non-strategic health information technology product lines, which generated revenues of $11.7 million during fiscal 2009.  Rental revenues reflect higher therapy rental revenues from continued growth of our Envision ® and P500 therapy wound care surfaces.  In addition, rentals of moveable medical equipment increased due to a stronger influenza season in fiscal 2010 and we also realized an increase in bariatric frame rentals.

North America Acute Care divisional income increased primarily due to increases in total gross profit.  The increase in total gross profit was driven by the increase in revenue and margin improvements from modestly favorable pricing, product mix, favorable material costs and several productivity initiatives.  In addition, the prior year included a charge of $4.8 million related to performance issues associated with a discontinued product and the acquisition accounting step-up of acquired Liko inventories sold of $2.9 million.  Selling and administrative costs were consistent year-over-year as the effects of cost improvement initiatives, including previously announced headcount actions, were offset by increases in performance based compensation and administrative costs related to the joint venture with Encompass.

North America Post-Acute Care

North America Post-Acute Care capital sales increased by 6.0 percent,   led by volume growth in The Vest® respiratory care system and home care direct to consumer business, partially offset by a decline in our sales within the extended care environment due in part to the exit of the MedGas product line during 2009.  Rental revenues increased by 1.4 percent primarily related to increased rentals in extended care.  This was the fourth consecutive year of revenue growth for our North America Post-Acute Care segment.

The increase in North America Post-Acute Care divisional income was driven by increased revenue and gross margin improvements, partially offset by increased operating expenses.  The improved gross margin is the result of favorable product mix, improved field service costs and the exit of the MedGas product line during 2009.  The increase in operating expenses is related to investments in sales channel and new product development.

International

International capital sales increased 9.6 percent, 7.9 percent on a constant currency basis.  The increase was driven by volume growth in the Middle East, Latin America and Asia.  Rental revenues decreased 1.1 percent and 2.2 percent on a constant currency basis.  The decline in rental revenue was due to a rationalization of unprofitable business and other volume decreases in Europe.
 
 
International divisional income improved compared to prior year due to increases in gross profit partially offset by increases in operating expenses.  The increase in gross profit was the result of the increased revenue, favorable product and geographic mix, favorable material costs and several productivity initiatives.  Operating expenses increased related to increased selling and marketing efforts to support our long-term growth strategies.  In addition, the increase was impacted by $3.3 million related to the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange rates on costs.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
   
Years Ended September 30
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
Cash Flows Provided By (Used In):
                 
Operating activities
  $ 222.5     $ 139.8     $ 225.7  
Investing activities
    (78.0 )     (38.2 )     (234.2 )
Financing activities
    (101.9 )     (87.4 )     (45.3 )
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
    (2.5 )     (0.3 )     2.7  
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents
  $ 40.1     $ 13.9     $ (51.1 )

Net cash flows from operating activities and selected borrowings have represented our primary sources of funds for growth of the business, including capital expenditures and acquisitions. Our financing agreements contain no restrictive provisions or conditions relating to dividend payments, working capital or additional unsecured indebtedness (except to the extent that a dividend payment or incurrence of additional unsecured indebtedness would result in a default under our financing agreements), but there are limitations with respect to secured indebtedness. Our debt agreements also contain no credit rating triggers. Credit rating changes can, however, impact the cost of borrowings under our financing agreements. Additionally, we also have restrictive financial covenants within the Distribution Agreement with Hillenbrand, Inc.  This agreement has certain limitations on our ability to incur indebtedness, increase dividend payments and make share repurchases or acquisitions.

Operating Activities

Our cash flows from operations during fiscal 2011 were driven by net income, adjusted by non-cash expenses related to depreciation and amortization, stock compensation and deferred taxes.  These net sources of cash were partially offset by the payout of our performance-based compensation and restructuring accruals related to our 2010 fiscal year.  Cash flows from changes in working capital were relatively flat during fiscal 2011 with improvements in inventories and other assets/liabilities offset by higher receivables on increased fourth quarter sales and lower accounts payable.

The increase in fiscal 2011 operating cash flows was due to improved financial performance, along with the timing of tax payments as well as lower pension contributions in the current year. Partially offsetting this improvement was the payment of $47.3 million in litigation settlements in the fourth quarter of 2011, increased year-end receivables from higher fourth quarter sales and higher payouts of performance-based compensation in fiscal 2011.

Fiscal 2010 cash flows from operations were driven primarily by net income, adjusted by non-cash expenses related to depreciation and amortization, stock compensation, deferred taxes and the release of a $21.2 million reserve related to a litigation credit. Uses of cash included $52.3 million of pension funding, increased income tax payments on higher net income and the settlement of prior year tax audits, and investments in inventory to meet our increasing backlog position.  In addition, while our receivables were up year-over-year, our days sales outstanding were down six days from fiscal 2009.

The reduction in fiscal 2010 operating cash flows from fiscal 2009 was largely driven by the higher collection of year-end receivables in 2009 following record sales levels during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, fiscal 2010 investments in inventories to support higher revenue trends, increased pension contributions and the timing of tax payments related to both higher income levels in 2010 and settlements of prior year tax audits.

While our fiscal 2009 cash flows from operations and capital sales were unfavorably impacted by the macro-economic climate and its resulting unfavorable impact on hospital capital spending, strong expense controls and working capital improvement resulted in strong conversion to cash. Working capital improvements were led by strong collections of receivables and a reduction in inventory, offset by a decrease in trade payables related to lower production levels and the timing of payments, the payout of prior year incentive compensation, the timing of tax payments and payments made on our restructuring accruals.  The recognition of the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charge of $472.8 million, which resulted in the net loss in fiscal 2009, was non-cash in nature and therefore had no impact on our cash flows from operations.
 
 
Investing Activities

Our use of investing cash flows during fiscal 2011 was driven primarily by capital expenditures and to a lesser extent our acquisition of two Liko distributors.

The increase in net cash used in investing activities compared to fiscal 2010 was primarily due to lower proceeds received from the sale or calls of our auction rate securities, higher business acquisition payments and capital expenditures in fiscal 2011.

In fiscal 2010, our receipt of proceeds from the sale of a portion of our auction rate securities was more than offset by our cash used in investing activities related to capital expenditures and an investment in a joint venture.  The change in net cash used in investing activities from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010 was driven by our fiscal 2009 acquisition of Liko.  In addition, in 2010 we received $29.2 million more in proceeds from auction rate securities than in fiscal 2009, while 2009 included $11.9 million of proceeds on the disposition of non-strategic assets.

Financing Activities

In fiscal 2011, our use of cash for financing activities was primarily driven by $110.0 million related to share repurchases in the open market and $27.0 million of dividend payments to our shareholders, along with the purchase of the remaining interest in a former joint venture.  These uses of cash were partially offset by cash proceeds from stock option exercises and other stock issuances under our employee stock purchase plan.  Our higher use of cash from financing activities in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 was due primarily to an increase in stock repurchases. Also impacting the variance was the purchase of the noncontrolling interest in our joint venture, offset by significant debt repayments in fiscal 2010 and higher proceeds from stock option exercises in fiscal 2011.

Our use of cash for financing activities during fiscal 2010 consisted mainly of a $45.0 million payment on our revolving credit facility, $34.5 million related to our share repurchases in the open market and $25.8 million in dividend payments to our shareholders. These uses of cash were partially offset by cash proceeds from stock option exercises. Our change in use of cash in 2010 compared to fiscal 2009 was due to higher debt repayments and share repurchases, offset partially by cash provided from increased stock option exercises in 2010.

Net cash used for financing activities during fiscal 2009 consisted mainly of $25.7 million related to the final payment of senior notes issued in 2004 and $25.6 million in dividend payments to our shareholders.

Our debt-to-capital ratio was 16.9, 17.6 and 24.9 percent at September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009. The change from fiscal 2010 to fiscal 2011 was primarily due to higher net income, partially offset by share repurchases, which combined to produce higher shareholder’s equity.  The change from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010 was primarily due to the $45.0 million payment on our revolver and higher net income, which also improved shareholders’ equity.

Other Liquidity Matters

Net cash flows from operating activities and selected borrowings have represented our primary sources of funds for growth of the business, including capital expenditures and acquisitions.

As of September 30, 2011, we held investment securities with a fair value of $11.1 million, which consisted primarily of AAA rated student loan auction rate securities.  We have estimated the current fair value of our portfolio of auction rate securities based upon guidance provided by our investment advisors, including consideration of the credit quality of the underlying securities and the provisions of the respective security agreements.  At September 30, 2011, we have recorded temporary unrealized losses totaling $1.3 million on these securities to reflect the estimated decline in fair value associated with the current illiquidity in the auction rate market. If current market conditions do not improve or worsen, the result could be further realized or unrealized losses or impairments and liquidity and earnings could be adversely affected.

We have a $500 million five-year senior revolving credit facility. As of September 30, 2011, we had outstanding borrowings of $45.0 million and $5.8 million of outstanding, undrawn letters of credit under the facility, leaving $449.2 million of borrowing capacity available.
 
 
We also have trade finance credit lines and uncommitted letter of credit facilities.  These lines are associated with the normal course of business and do not currently, nor have they historically, been of a material size to the overall business.

We have $97.0 million of senior notes outstanding at various fixed rates of interest as of September 30, 2011.  Of the total amount, $49.5 million are classified as long-term and $47.5 million as short-term in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Our pension plans invest in a variety of equity and debt securities.  As mentioned previously, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, we contributed $50.0 million to our primary pension plan. At September 30, 2011, our latest measurement date, our pension plans were underfunded by approximately $79 million.  Given the significant funding contribution made during fiscal 2010, we currently do not anticipate any further contributions to our primary pension plan in fiscal 2012.

As previously disclosed, we intend to continue to pay quarterly cash dividends comparable to those paid in the periods covered by these financial statements. However, the declaration and payment of dividends by us will be subject to the sole discretion of our Board and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements, covenants associated with debt obligations, legal requirements and other factors deemed relevant by our Board.

We intend to continue to pursue selective acquisition candidates in certain areas of our business, but the timing, size or success of any acquisition effort and the related potential capital commitments cannot be predicted.  We expect to fund future acquisitions primarily with cash on hand, cash flow from operations and borrowings, within our set limits.  The Distribution Agreement executed in conjunction with our spin-off of the funeral services business contains certain restrictions with respect to additional indebtedness we may take on to make acquisitions.  We do not anticipate, however, such restrictions will limit our ability to execute our current growth strategy.

During fiscal 2011, we repurchased 3.0 million shares of our common stock for $110.0 million in the open market.  As of September 30, 2011, 2.0 million shares remain available for purchase under our existing board authorization, which does not have an expiration date.  Repurchases may be made on the open market or via private transactions, and are used for general business purposes.

We believe that cash on hand and generated from operations, along with amounts available under our credit facility, will be sufficient to fund operations, working capital needs, capital expenditure requirements and financing obligations.  However, disruption and volatility in the credit markets could impede our access to capital.  Our $500.0 million credit facility is with a syndicate of banks.  The syndication group consists of 11 financial institutions, which we believe reduces our exposure to any one institution and would still leave us with significant borrowing capacity in the event that any one of the institutions within the group is unable to comply with the terms of our agreement.

Credit Ratings

For fiscal 2011, Standard and Poor’s Rating Services and Moody’s Investor Service provided a credit rating of BBB- and Baa3 with stable outlooks.

Other Uses of Cash

We expect capital spending in 2012 to be between $75 and $85 million. Capital spending will be monitored and controlled as the year progresses.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.

 
Contractual Obligations, Contingent Liabilities and Commitments

To give a clear picture of matters potentially impacting our liquidity position, the following table outlines our contractual obligations as of September 30, 2011:
 
   
Payments Due by Period
 
         
Less Than
      1 - 3       4 - 5    
After 5
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
Total
   
1 Year
   
Years
   
Years
   
Years
 
Contractual Obligations
                                 
Long-term debt obligations
  $ 98.3     $ 47.5     $ 0.3     $ -     $ 50.5  
Interest payments relating to long-term debt (1)
    52.9       5.3       6.7       6.7       34.2  
Information technology infrastructure (2)
    33.0       11.0       22.0       -       -  
Operating lease obligations
    59.3       20.9       22.7       9.3       6.4  
Pension and postretirement
                                       
    health care benefit funding (3)
    16.4       1.5       2.9       3.3       8.7  
Purchase obligations (4)
    29.6       17.7       11.8       0.1       -  
Other long-term liabilities (5)
    31.5       -       16.6       13.0       1.9  
Total contractual cash obligations
  $ 321.0     $ 103.9     $ 83.0     $ 32.4     $ 101.7  
 
(1)
Interest payments on our long-term debt are projected based on the contractual rates of remaining debt securities.

(2)
We have a long term agreement with IBM to manage our global information technology environment that expires in September of 2014.  The expected aggregate cost from September 30, 2011 through the duration of the contract is $33.0 million.

(3)
Given the significant funding contribution made during fiscal 2011, we currently do not anticipate any further contributions to our master pension plan in fiscal 2012.

(4)
Purchase obligations represent contractual obligations under various take-or-pay arrangements executed in the normal course of business. These commitments represent future purchases in line with expected usage to obtain favorable pricing. Also included are obligations arising from purchase orders for which we have made firm commitments. As a result, we believe that the purchase obligations portion of our contractual obligations is substantially those obligations for which we are certain to pay, regardless of future facts and circumstances. We expect to fund purchase obligations with operating cash flows and current cash balances.

(5)
Other long-term liabilities include deferred compensation arrangements, self-insurance reserves, and other various liabilities.

We also had commercial commitments related to standby letters of credit at September 30, 2011 of $7.7 million.

In addition to the contractual obligations and commercial commitments disclosed above, we also have a variety of other agreements related to the procurement of materials and services and other commitments. While many of these agreements are long-term supply agreements, some of which are exclusive supply or complete requirements-based contracts, we are not committed under these agreements to accept or pay for requirements which are not needed to meet production needs.  Also, we have an additional $19.7 million of other liabilities as of September 30, 2011, which represent uncertain tax positions for which it is not possible to determine in which future period the tax liability might be settled.

In conjunction with our acquisition and divestiture activities, we have entered into certain guarantees and indemnifications of performance, as well as, non-competition agreements for varying periods of time. Potential losses under the indemnifications are generally limited to a portion of the original transaction price, or to other lesser specific dollar amounts for certain provisions. Guarantees and indemnifications with respect to acquisition and divestiture activities, if triggered, could have a materially adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

We are also subject to potential losses from adverse litigation results that are not accounted for by a self-insurance or other reserve; however, such potential losses are not quantifiable at this time, and may never occur.
 
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

Our accounting policies, including those described below, require management to make significant estimates and assumptions using information available at the time the estimates are made. Such estimates and assumptions significantly affect various reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. If future experience differs materially from these estimates and assumptions, results of operations and financial condition could be affected. Our most critical accounting policies are described below.

Revenue Recognition

Net revenues reflect gross revenues less sales discounts and allowances and customer returns for product sales and rental revenue reserves. Revenue is evaluated under the following criteria and recognized when each is met:

Evidence of an arrangement: An agreement with the customer reflecting the terms and conditions to deliver products or services serves as evidence of an arrangement.

Delivery: For products, delivery is considered to occur upon receipt by the customer and the transfer of title and risk of loss. For rental services, delivery is considered to occur when the services are rendered.

Fixed or determinable price : The sales price is considered fixed or determinable if it is not subject to refund or adjustment.

Collection is deemed probable : At or prior to the time of a transaction, credit reviews of each customer are performed to determine the creditworthiness of the customer. Collection is deemed probable if the customer is expected to be able to pay amounts under the arrangement as those amounts become due. If collection is not probable, revenue is recognized when collection becomes probable, generally upon cash collection.

As a general interpretation of the above guidelines, revenues for health care products in the patient care environment are generally recognized upon delivery of the products to the customer and their assumption of risk of loss and other risks and rewards of ownership. Local business customs and non-standard sales terms can sometimes result in deviations to this normal practice in certain instances; however, in no case is revenue recognized prior to the transfer of risk of loss and rewards of ownership.

For non-invasive therapy products and medical equipment management services, the majority of product offerings are rental products for which revenues are recognized consistent with the rendering of the service and use of products. For The Vest® product, revenue is generally recognized at the time of receipt of authorization for billing from the applicable paying entity as this serves as evidence of the arrangement and sets a fixed or determinable price.

For health care products and services aimed at improving operational efficiency and asset utilization, various revenue recognition techniques are used, depending on the offering. Arrangements to provide services, routinely under separately sold service and maintenance contracts, result in the deferral of revenues until specified services are performed. Service contract revenue is generally recognized ratably over the contract period, if applicable, or as services are rendered. Product-related goods are generally recognized upon delivery to the customer, similar to products in the patient care environment.

Revenue and Accounts Receivable Reserves

Revenues are presented in the Statements of Consolidated Income (Loss) net of certain discounts and sales adjustments. For product sales, we record reserves resulting in a reduction of revenue for contractual discounts, as well as price concessions and product returns. Likewise, rental revenue reserves, reflecting contractual and other routine billing adjustments, are recorded as a reduction of revenues. Reserves for revenue are estimated based upon historical rates for revenue adjustments.

Provisions for doubtful accounts are recorded as a component of operating expenses and represent our best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses and collection risk in our existing accounts receivable. We determine such reserves based on historical write-off experience by industry. Receivables are generally reviewed on a pooled basis based on historical collection experience for each receivable type and are also reviewed individually for collectability. Account balances are charged against the allowance when we believe it is probable the receivable will not be recovered. We do not have any off-balance sheet credit exposure related to our customers.

If circumstances change, such as higher than expected claims denials, payment defaults, adverse changes in general economic conditions, instability or disruption of credit markets, or an unexpected material adverse change in a major customer’s or payor’s ability to meet its obligations, our estimates of the realizability of trade receivables could be reduced by a material amount.
 
 
Liabilities for Loss Contingencies Related to Lawsuits

We are involved on an ongoing basis in claims, investigations and lawsuits relating to our operations, including environmental, antitrust, patent infringement, business practices, commercial transactions and other matters. The ultimate outcome of these actions cannot be predicted with certainty. An estimated loss from these contingencies is recognized when we believe it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. However, it is difficult to measure the actual loss that might be incurred related to claims, investigations and lawsuits. The ultimate outcome of these actions could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

We entered into a Judgment Sharing Agreement with Hillenbrand, Inc. in conjunction with the 2008 spin-off of our funeral services business to allocate any potential liability that may arise with respect to certain antitrust litigation matters. We apply the same methodology as described in the immediate preceding paragraph in evaluating and accounting for the Judgment Sharing Agreement.

We are also involved in other possible claims, including product and general liability, workers’ compensation, auto liability and employment related matters. Claims other than employment related matters have deductibles and self-insured retentions ranging from $150 thousand to $1.5 million per occurrence or per claim, depending upon the type of coverage and policy period. Outside insurance companies and third-party claims administrators establish individual claim reserves and an independent outside actuary provides estimates of ultimate projected losses, including incurred but not reported claims, which are used to establish reserves for losses. Claim reserves for employment related matters are established based upon advice from internal and external counsel and historical settlement information for claims and related fees, when such amounts are considered probable of payment.

The recorded amounts represent our best estimate of the costs we will incur in relation to such exposures, but it is possible that actual costs could differ from those estimates.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

We perform an impairment assessment on goodwill annually during the third fiscal quarter, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of a reporting unit may not be recoverable.  These events or conditions include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in the business environment; regulatory environment or legal factors; a current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of such losses or a projection of continuing losses; a substantial decline in market capitalization of our stock; or a sale or disposition of a significant portion of a reporting unit.

The goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, is a comparison of each reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying value, including goodwill.  If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, applicable goodwill is considered not to be impaired.  If the carrying value exceeds fair value, there is an indication of impairment and the second step is performed to measure the amount of the impairment.  The second step requires us to calculate an implied fair value of goodwill.  The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination, which is the excess of the fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in the first step, over the aggregate fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identifiable intangibles as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination.  If the goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess.

The fair value of our reporting units in the first step of our impairment process requires significant management judgment with respect to forecasted sales, gross margin and selling, general and administrative expenses, capital expenditures, the selection and use of an appropriate discount rate, the selection of comparable public companies and the determination of an appropriate control premium.  In addition, the use of third-party appraisals of significant tangible and intangible assets as part of the second step of the impairment test also requires management judgment related to certain inputs and assumptions.   There are inherent uncertainties related to each of the above listed assumptions and inputs, and our judgment in applying them.  The use of different assumptions, estimates or judgments in either step of the process could materially increase or decrease the related impairment charge.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2009, as a result of the decline in our market capitalization related to the overall macro-economic climate and its resulting unfavorable impact on hospital capital spending and our operating results, we recorded an impairment of goodwill and certain other intangibles.
 
 
Retirement Benefit Plans

We sponsor retirement and postretirement benefit plans covering select employees. Expense recognized in relation to these defined benefit retirement plans and the postretirement health care plan is based upon actuarial valuations and inherent in those valuations are key assumptions including discount rates, and where applicable, expected returns on assets, projected future salary rates and projected health care cost trends. The discount rates used in the valuation of our defined benefit pension and postretirement plans are evaluated annually based on current market conditions. In setting these rates we utilize long-term bond indices and yield curves as a preliminary indication of interest rate movements, and then make adjustments to the respective indices to reflect differences in the terms of the bonds covered under the indices in comparison to the projected outflow of our obligations. Our overall expected long-term rate of return on pension assets is based on historical and expected future returns, which are inflation adjusted and weighted for the expected return for each component of the investment portfolio. Our rate of assumed compensation increase is also based on our specific historical trends of past wage adjustments.

Changes in retirement and postretirement benefit expense and the recognized obligations may occur in the future as a result of a number of factors, including changes to any of these assumptions. Our expected rate of return on pension plan assets was 7.5 percent for fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009. At September 30, 2011, we had pension plan assets of $217.3 million. A 25 basis point increase in the expected rate of return on pension plan assets reduces annual pension expense by approximately $0.6 million. Differences between actual and projected investment returns, especially in periods of significant market volatility, can also impact estimates of required pension contributions. The discount rate for our retirement obligation was 4.6 percent in 2011, 5.1 percent in 2010 and 5.5 percent in 2009. The discount rate for our postretirement obligation may vary up to 100 basis points from that of our retirement obligations. For each 50 basis point change in the discount rate, the impact to annual pension expense ranges from $1.8 million to $2.0 million, while the impact to our postretirement health care plan expense would be less than $0.1 million. Impacts from assumption changes could be positive or negative depending on the direction of the change in rates.

Income Taxes

We compute our income taxes using an asset and liability approach to reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the corresponding income tax amounts. We have a variety of deferred tax assets in numerous tax jurisdictions. These deferred tax assets are subject to periodic assessment as to recoverability and if it is determined that it is more likely than not that the benefits will not be realized, valuation allowances are recognized. We have recorded valuation allowances against certain of our deferred tax assets, primarily those related to foreign tax attributes in countries with poor operating results and certain other domestic tax attributes. In evaluating whether it is more likely than not that we would recover these deferred tax assets, future taxable income, the reversal of existing temporary differences and tax planning strategies are considered.

We believe that our estimates for the valuation allowances recorded against deferred tax assets are appropriate based on current facts and circumstances. We currently have $8.1 million of valuation allowances on deferred tax assets, on a tax-effected basis, primarily related to foreign operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes.

We account for uncertain income tax positions using a threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return.  The difference between the tax benefit recognized in the financial statements for an uncertain income tax position and the tax benefit claimed in the tax return is referred to as an unrecognized tax benefit.

We also have on-going audits in various stages of completion with the IRS and several state and foreign jurisdictions, one or more of which may conclude within the next 12 months. Such settlements could involve some or all of the following: the payment of additional taxes, the adjustment of certain deferred taxes and/or the recognition of unrecognized tax benefits.  The resolution of these matters, in combination with the expiration of certain statutes of limitations in various jurisdictions, make it reasonably possible that our unrecognized tax benefits may decrease as a result of either payment or recognition by approximately $12 to $14 million in the next twelve months, excluding interest.
 
 
Guarantees

We routinely grant limited warranties on our products with respect to defects in material and workmanship. The terms of these warranties are generally one year, however, certain components and products have substantially longer warranty periods. We recognize a reserve with respect to these obligations at the time of product sale, with subsequent warranty claims recorded directly against the reserve. The amount of the warranty reserve is determined based on historical trend experience for the covered products. For more significant warranty-related matters which might require a broad-based correction, separate reserves are established when such events are identified and the cost of correction can be reasonably estimated.

Inventory

We review the net realizable value of inventory on an ongoing basis, considering factors such as excess, obsolescence, and other items.  We record an allowance for estimated losses when the facts and circumstances indicate that particular inventories will not be sold at prices in excess of current carrying costs.  These estimates are based on historical experience and expected future trends.  If future market conditions vary from those projected, and our estimates prove to be inaccurate, we may be required to write down inventory values and record an adjustment to cost of revenues.

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance

For a summary of recently issued accounting guidance applicable to us, see Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to various market risks, including fluctuations in interest rates, the impact of the current economic downturn, collection risk associated with our accounts and notes receivable portfolio, including the effects of various austerity measures initiated by some governmental authorities, and variability in currency exchange rates. We have established policies, procedures and internal processes governing our management of market risks and the use of financial instruments to manage our exposure to such risks.

We are subject to variability in foreign currency exchange rates in our international operations. Exposure to this variability is periodically managed primarily through the use of natural hedges, whereby funding obligations and assets are both managed in the local currency. We, from time-to-time, enter into currency exchange agreements to manage our exposure arising from fluctuating exchange rates related to specific and forecasted transactions.  We operate this program pursuant to documented corporate risk management policies and do not enter into derivative transactions for speculative purposes. The sensitivity of earnings and cash flows to variability in exchange rates is assessed by applying an appropriate range of potential rate fluctuations to our assets, obligations and projected results of operations denominated in foreign currencies.

Our currency risk consists primarily of foreign currency denominated firm commitments and forecasted foreign currency denominated intercompany and third-party transactions.  At September 30, 2011, we had outstanding foreign exchange derivative contracts in notional amounts of $8.8 million with the fair value of these contracts approximating original contract value. The maximum length of time over which we hedge transaction exposure is 15 months. Derivative gains/(losses), initially reported as a component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), are reclassified to earnings in the period when the forecasted transaction affects earnings.

We hold auction rate securities, for which the market continues to experience liquidity issues. Due to the lack of liquidity, we have obtained guidance from our investment advisors as to the current fair value of our portfolio.  If current market conditions do not improve, or if they worsen, the result could be further temporary unrealized losses or impairments.  At September 30, 2011, we had $11.1 million remaining in auction rate securities.

Our pension plan assets, which were approximately $217 million at September 30, 2011, are also subject to volatility that can be caused by fluctuations in general economic conditions. Our pension plans were underfunded at September 30, 2011 by approximately $79 million, an increase over the prior year based upon unfavorable asset performance and a decrease in the discount rate which increased the overall pension obligation. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, we contributed $50.0 million to our primary pension plan. Continued market volatility and disruption could cause further declines in asset values and low interest rates could continue to keep our position obligation high.  Should such trends continue, we may need to make additional pension plan contributions and our pension expense in future years may increase. Investment strategies and policies are set by the plan’s fiduciaries. Long-term strategic investment objectives utilize a diversified mix of equity and fixed income securities to preserve the funded status of the trusts and balance risk and return. The plan fiduciaries oversee the investment allocation process, which includes selecting investment managers, setting long-term strategic targets and monitoring asset allocations. Target allocation ranges are guidelines, not limitations, and plan fiduciaries may occasionally approve allocations above or below a target range or elect to rebalance the portfolio within the targeted range.

Trust assets are invested subject to the following policy restrictions: short-term securities must be rated A2/P2 or higher; all fixed-income securities shall have a credit quality rating “BBB” or higher; investments in equities in any one company may not exceed 10 percent of the equity portfolio.
 
 
35

 
 
Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
Page  
Financial Statements:
 
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
   
Financial Statement Schedule for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009:
 
78
   
All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or the notes thereto.
 
 
 

 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. (“we” or “our”). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed, under the supervision of our principal executive, principal financial and principal accounting officers, and effected by our Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). Our internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that:

 
1)
Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

 
2)
Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and our Board of Directors; and

 
3)
Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, our internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.

Management performed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2011 using criteria established in the Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on that criteria, management concluded that we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2011. There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended September 30, 2011 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting with the exception of the upgrade of our company-wide information technology platform.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2011 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, who also audited our Consolidated Financial Statements, as stated in their report included herein.


/s/ John J. Greisch
John J. Greisch
President and Chief Executive Officer


/s/ Mark J. Guinan
Mark J. Guinan
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


/s/ Richard G. Keller
Richard G. Keller
Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of
Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries at September 30, 2011, and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.  Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Indianapolis, Indiana
November 16, 2011
 
 
Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
STATEMENTS OF CONSOLIDATED INCOME (LOSS)
(Dollars in millions except per share data)

   
Years Ended September 30
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
Net Revenues
                 
Capital sales
  $ 1,119.0     $ 996.6     $ 921.5  
Rental revenues
    472.7       473.0       465.4  
Total revenues
    1,591.7       1,469.6       1,386.9  
                         
Cost of Revenues
                       
Cost of goods sold
    606.8       548.6       555.7  
Rental expenses
    203.6       204.4       203.3  
Total cost of revenues
    810.4       753.0       759.0  
                         
Gross Profit
    781.3       716.6       627.9  
                         
Research and development expenses
    63.8       58.3       55.7  
Selling and administrative expenses
    502.0       474.6       461.6  
Litigation charge (credit) (Note 14)
    47.3       (21.2 )     -  
Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles (Note 4)
    -       -       472.8  
Special charges (Note 9)
    1.4       13.2       20.5  
                         
                         
Operating Profit (Loss)
    166.8       191.7       (382.7 )
                         
Gain on sale of non-strategic assets (Note 3)
    -       -       10.2  
Interest expense
    (8.5 )     (8.7 )     (10.4 )
Investment income and other, net
    1.4       (0.1 )     4.1  
                         
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes
    159.7       182.9       (378.8 )
                         
Income tax expense (Note 10)
    26.2       56.9       26.2  
                         
Net Income (Loss)
    133.5       126.0       (405.0 )
                         
Less:  Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
    0.2       0.7       -  
                         
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Common Shareholders
  $ 133.3     $ 125.3     $ (405.0 )
                         
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Common Shareholders
                       
per Common Share - Basic
  $ 2.11     $ 1.99     $ (6.47 )
                         
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Common Shareholders
                       
per Common Share - Diluted
  $ 2.09     $ 1.97     $ (6.47 )
                         
Dividends per Common Share
  $ 0.43     $ 0.41     $ 0.41  
                         
Average Common Shares Outstanding - Basic (thousands) (Note 11)
    63,164       62,934       62,581  
                         
Average Common Shares Outstanding - Diluted (thousands) (Note 11)
    63,899       63,739       62,581  
                         
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
                       

Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
(Dollars in millions except share data)

   
September 30
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
ASSETS
           
Current Assets
           
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 224.6     $ 184.5  
Trade accounts receivable, less allowances of $26.7 in 2011 and $29.0 in 2010 (Note 1)
    386.2       353.1  
Inventories (Note 1)
    95.6       108.5  
Deferred income taxes (Notes 1 and 10)
    42.9       40.4  
Other current assets
    42.4       52.7  
Total current assets
    791.7       739.2  
Property, plant and equipment (Note 1)
    819.6       805.0  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (596.8 )     (561.3 )
Property, plant and equipment, net
    222.8       243.7  
Investments and investment securities (Notes 1 and 6)
    11.1       12.1  
Intangible assets:
               
Goodwill (Notes 1 and 4)
    87.2       81.1  
Software and other, net (Note 1)
    126.1       136.6  
Deferred income taxes (Notes 1 and 10)
    33.8       -  
Other assets
    26.4       32.9  
Total Assets
  $ 1,299.1     $ 1,245.6  
                 
LIABILITIES
               
Current Liabilities
               
Trade accounts payable
  $ 64.8     $ 80.6  
Short-term borrowings (Note 5)
    100.3       53.1  
Accrued compensation
    92.7       88.9  
Accrued product warranties (Note 1)
    17.8       15.8  
Other current liabilities
    58.4       50.3  
Total current liabilities
    334.0       288.7  
Long-term debt (Note 5)
    50.8       98.5  
Accrued pension and postretirement benefits (Note 7)
    87.4       59.0  
Deferred income taxes (Notes 1 and 10)
    36.2       31.3  
Other long-term liabilities
    49.0       52.3  
Total Liabilities
    557.4       529.8  
                 
Noncontrolling interest (Note 2)
    -       8.3  
                 
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 14)
               
                 
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Note 8)
               
Capital Stock:
               
Preferred stock - without par value:
               
Authorized - 1,000,000 shares; none issued or outstanding
    -       -  
Common stock - without par value:
               
Authorized - 199,000,000
               
Issued - 80,323,912 shares in 2011 and 2010
    4.4       4.4  
Additional paid-in-capital
    114.1       119.3  
Retained earnings
    1,309.8       1,203.6  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss  (Note 1)
    (79.0 )     (61.8 )
Treasury stock, at cost:  2011 - 18,637,540 common shares, 2010 - 17,537,029 common shares
    (607.6 )     (558.0 )
Total Shareholders' Equity
    741.7       707.5  
Total Liabilities, Noncontrolling Interest and Shareholders' Equity
  $ 1,299.1     $ 1,245.6  
                 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
               
 
Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
(Dollars in millions)
 
   
Years Ended September 30
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
                   
Operating Activities
                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 133.5     $ 126.0     $ (405.0 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    103.9       99.7       100.2  
Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles
    -       -       472.8  
Litigation credit
    -       (21.2 )     -  
Provision for deferred income taxes
    (21.5 )     21.2       3.5  
Loss on disposal of property, equipment leased to others, intangible assets and impairments
    1.3       7.3       5.8  
Gain on sale of non-strategic assets
    -       -       (10.2 )
Stock compensation
    12.2       12.0       12.1  
Tax settlement
    (4.9 )     (8.2 )     -  
Defined benefit plan funding
    (1.4 )     (52.3 )     (13.5 )
Excess tax benefits from employee stock plans
    (6.8 )     -       -  
Change in working capital excluding cash, current investments, current debt, acquisitions and dispositions:
                       
Trade accounts receivable
    (24.7 )     (7.0 )     61.2  
Inventories
    14.7       (16.2 )     23.7  
Other current assets
    14.4       (37.5 )     1.1  
Trade accounts payable
    (18.0 )     (2.4 )     (23.9 )
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    10.0       12.5       (20.2 )
Other, net
    9.8       5.9       18.1  
Net cash provided by operating activities
    222.5       139.8       225.7  
Investing Activities
                       
Capital expenditures and purchase of intangibles
    (68.9 )     (64.7 )     (63.9 )
Proceeds on sales of property and equipment leased to others
    5.9       2.5       2.9  
Proceeds on sales of non-strategic assets
    -       -       11.9  
Payment for acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired
    (15.5 )     (7.3 )     (187.2 )
Proceeds on investment sales and maturities
    0.5       31.3       2.1  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (78.0 )     (38.2 )     (234.2 )
Financing Activities
                       
Net change in short-term debt
    (0.4 )     (4.1 )     5.2  
Payment on revolver
    (0.2 )     (45.0 )     -  
Purchase of noncontrolling interest
    (11.8 )     -       -  
Payment of long-term debt, net of proceeds from settlement of interest rate swaps
    -       -       (25.7 )
Payment of cash dividends
    (27.0 )     (25.8 )     (25.6 )
Distribution to noncontrolling interest partner
    -       (1.1 )     -  
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    43.1       22.9       0.1  
Proceeds from stock issuance
    2.9       2.6       1.3  
Excess tax benefits from employee stock plans
    6.8       -       -  
Treasury stock acquired
    (115.3 )     (36.9 )     (0.6 )
Net cash used in financing activities
    (101.9 )     (87.4 )     (45.3 )
Effect of Exchange Rate changes on Cash
    (2.5 )     (0.3 )     2.7  
Net Cash Flows
    40.1       13.9       (51.1 )
Cash and Cash Equivalents
                       
At beginning of period
    184.5       170.6       221.7  
At end of period
  $ 224.6     $ 184.5     $ 170.6  
                         
Supplemental cash flow information:
                       
                         
Cash paid for income taxes
  $ 30.3     $ 87.3     $ 19.3  
Cash paid for interest
  $ 7.7     $ 7.7     $ 9.9  
                         
Non-cash financing activities:
                       
Treasury stock issued under stock compensation plans
  $ 65.7     $ 38.3     $ 6.1  
                         
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
                       
                         


Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
(Dollars in millions)
 
                           
Accumulated
                   
   
Common Stock
               
Other
   
Common Stock
       
   
Shares
         
Additional
   
Retained
   
Comprehensive
   
in Treasury
       
   
Outstanding
   
Amount
   
Paid-in-Capital
   
Earnings
   
Income (Loss)
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Total
 
                                                 
                                                 
Balance at September 30, 2008
    62,508,934     $ 4.4     $ 111.2     $ 1,536.1     $ (4.2 )     17,814,978     $ (564.9 )   $ 1,082.6  
                                                                 
Comprehensive Income (Loss):
                                                               
Net income (loss)
    -       -       -       (405.0 )     -       -       -       (405.0 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax
                                                               
of $0.9 million
    -       -       -       -       (15.0 )     -       -       (15.0 )
Net change in unrealized gain on available-for-sale
                                                               
securities, net of tax of $0.1 million
    -       -       -       -       (0.3 )     -       -       (0.3 )
Items not yet recognized as a component of net periodic
                                                               
pension costs, net of tax of $25.0 million
    -       -       -       -       (40.4 )     -       -       (40.4 )
Total comprehensive income (loss)
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (460.7 )
Dividends
    -       -       0.3       (25.9 )     -       -       -       (25.6 )
Treasury shares acquired
    (32,481 )     -       -       -       -       32,481       (0.6 )     (0.6 )
Stock awards and option exercises
    191,109       -       7.5       -       -       (191,109 )     6.1       13.6  
Balance at September 30, 2009
    62,667,562       4.4       119.0       1,105.2       (59.9 )     17,656,350       (559.4 )     609.3  
                                                                 
Comprehensive Income:
                                                               
Net income
    -       -       -       126.0       -       -       -       126.0  
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax
                                                               
of $1.3 million
    -       -       -       -       0.7       -       -       0.7  
Net change in unrealized gain on available-for-sale
                                                               
securities, net of tax of $0.1 million
    -       -       -       -       0.2       -       -       0.2  
Items not yet recognized as a component of net periodic
                                                               
pension costs, net of tax of $0.1 million
    -       -       -       -       (2.8 )     -       -       (2.8 )
Total comprehensive income
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       124.1  
Dividends
    -       -       0.3       (26.1 )     -       -       -       (25.8 )
Treasury shares acquired
    (1,092,469 )     -       -       -       -       1,092,469       (36.9 )     (36.9 )
Stock awards and option exercises
    1,211,790       -       (2.4 )     -       -       (1,211,790 )     38.3       35.9  
Impact of Joint Venture
    -       -       2.4       (1.5 )     -       -       -       0.9  
Balance at September 30, 2010
    62,786,883       4.4       119.3       1,203.6       (61.8 )     17,537,029       (558.0 )     707.5  
                                                                 
Comprehensive Income:
                                                               
Net income
    -       -       -       133.5       -       -       -       133.5  
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax
                                                               
of $0.5 million
    -       -       -       -       (3.8 )     -       -       (3.8 )
Net change in unrealized gain on available-for-sale
                                                               
securities, net of tax of $0.0 million
    -       -       -       -       (0.2 )     -       -       (0.2 )
Items not yet recognized as a component of net periodic
                                                               
pension costs, net of tax of $8.9 million
    -       -       -       -       (13.2 )     -       -       (13.2 )
Total comprehensive income
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       116.3  
Dividends
    -       -       0.1       (27.1 )     -       -       -       (27.0 )
Treasury shares acquired
    (3,145,899 )     -       -       -       -       3,145,899       (115.3 )     (115.3 )
Stock awards and option exercises
    2,045,388       -       (0.4 )     -       -       (2,045,388 )     65.7       65.3  
Impact of Joint Venture
    -       -       (4.9 )     (0.2 )     -       -       -       (5.1 )
Balance at September 30, 2011
    61,686,372     $ 4.4     $ 114.1     $ 1,309.8     $ (79.0 )     18,637,540     $ (607.6 )   $ 741.7  
                                                                 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
(Dollars in millions except per share data)

Note 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations

Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. (“Hill-Rom,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) (formerly known as Hillenbrand Industries, Inc.) was incorporated on August 7, 1969 in the State of Indiana and is headquartered in Batesville, Indiana. We are a leading worldwide manufacturer and provider of medical technologies and related services for the health care industry, including patient support systems, safe mobility and handling solutions, non-invasive therapeutic products for a variety of acute and chronic medical conditions, medical equipment rentals and information technology solutions. Our comprehensive product and service offerings are used by health care providers across the health care continuum and around the world in hospitals, extended care facilities and home care settings, to enhance the safety and quality of patient care.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Hill-Rom and its subsidiaries.  All subsidiaries are wholly-owned as of September 30, 2011.  During the first quarter of our fiscal 2011, we acquired the remaining 40 percent noncontrolling interest in a former joint venture (Note 2).  Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Examples of such estimates include our accounts receivable reserves (Note 1), accrued warranties (Note 1), the impairment of intangibles (Note 4), investments (Note 6), income taxes (Note 10) and commitments and contingencies (Note 14), among others.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider investments in marketable securities and other highly liquid instruments with a maturity of three months or less at date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Investments which have no stated maturity are also considered cash equivalents. All of our marketable securities may be freely traded.

Investment Securities

At September 30, 2011, investment securities consisted primarily of AAA rated student loan auction rate securities (“ARS”).  These securities are generally insured through the U.S. government’s Federal Family Education Loan Program, to the extent the borrowers meet certain prescribed criteria in their underlying lending practices.  These securities are classified as available-for-sale and changes in their fair value are recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (“AOCL”).

We also previously held ARS with UBS Financial Services (“UBS”).  During the first quarter of 2009, we entered into an enforceable, non-transferable right (the “Put”) with UBS, which allowed us to exercise this Put at anytime during the period of June 30, 2010 through July 2, 2012. During the quarter ended June 30, 2010, UBS redeemed $14.1 million of our ARS plus interest. On June 30, 2010, we successfully exercised our rights under this Put for all remaining ARS held with UBS and received cash proceeds of $12.0 million, including accrued interest, on July 1, 2010.

We regularly evaluate all investments classified as available-for-sale for possible impairment based on current economic conditions, credit loss experience and other criteria. The evaluation of investments for impairment requires significant judgments to be made including (i) the identification of potentially impaired securities; (ii) the determination of their estimated fair value; (iii) the assessment of whether any decline in estimated fair value is other-than-temporary; and (iv) the likelihood of selling before recovery. If there is a decline in a security’s net realizable value that is other-than-temporary and we are not likely to sell before recovery, the decline is separated into the amount of impairment related to credit loss and the amount of impairment related to all other factors.  The decline related to the credit loss is recognized in earnings, while the decline related to all other factors is recognized in AOCL.
 
 
See Note 6 for further details on our fair value measurements.

Trade Accounts Receivable

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest, unless the transaction is an installment sale with payment terms exceeding one year. Reserves for uncollectible accounts represent our best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses and collection risk in our existing accounts receivable. We determine such reserves based on historical write-off experience by industry and reimbursement platform. Receivables are generally reviewed on a pooled basis based on historical collection experience for each reimbursement and receivable type. Receivables for capital sales transactions are also reviewed individually for collectability. Account balances are charged against the allowance when we believe it is probable the receivable will not be recovered. We do not have any off-balance sheet credit exposure related to our customers. If circumstances change, such as higher than expected claims denials, payment defaults, adverse changes in general economic conditions, unfavorable impacts of austerity measures initiated by some governmental authorities, instability or disruption of credit markets, or an unexpected material adverse change in a major customer’s or payor’s ability to meet its obligations, our estimates of the realizability of trade receivables could be reduced by a material amount.

Within rental revenues, the domestic third-party payors’ reimbursement process requires extensive documentation, which has had the effect of slowing both the billing and cash collection cycles relative to the rest of the business, and therefore, increasing total accounts receivable. Because of the extensive documentation required and the requirement to settle a claim with the primary payor prior to billing the secondary and/or patient portion of the claim, the collection period for a claim in a portion of our business may, in some cases, be extended.

We generally hold our trade accounts receivable until they are paid. Certain long-term receivables are occasionally sold to third parties; however, any recognized gain or loss on such sales has historically not been material.

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Inventory costs are determined by the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method for approximately 60 and 65 percent of our inventories at September 30, 2011 and 2010. Costs for other inventories have been determined principally by the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. Inventories consist of the following:

   
September 30
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
             
Finished products
  $ 55.6     $ 64.2  
Work in process
    4.2       4.7  
Raw materials
    35.8       39.6  
Total
  $ 95.6     $ 108.5  
 
If the FIFO method of inventory accounting, which approximates current cost, had been used for all inventories, they would have been approximately $2.2 million and $1.2 million higher than reported at September 30, 2011 and 2010.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost and depreciated over the estimated useful life of the assets using principally the straight-line method. Ranges of estimated useful lives are as follows:

 
Useful Life
Land improvements
6 - 25 years
Buildings and building equipment
20 - 40 years
Machinery and equipment
3 - 10 years
Equipment leased to others
2 -10 years


When property, plant and equipment is retired from service or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related amount of depreciation or amortization are eliminated from the asset and accumulated depreciation accounts. The difference, if any, between the net asset value and the proceeds on sale are charged or credited to income. Total depreciation expense for fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $74.3 million, $72.8 million and $74.3 million. The major components of property and the related accumulated depreciation were as follows:
 
   
September 30
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
         
Accumulated
         
Accumulated
 
   
Cost
   
Depreciation
   
Cost
   
Depreciation
 
                         
Land and land improvements
  $ 12.2     $ 3.9     $ 12.5     $ 3.7  
Buildings and building equipment
    115.3       79.0       112.8       75.7  
Machinery and equipment
    269.0       205.3       257.1       192.2  
Equipment leased to others
    423.1       308.6       422.6       289.7  
Total
  $ 819.6     $ 596.8     $ 805.0     $ 561.3  
 
Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are stated at cost and consist predominantly of goodwill, software, patents and trademarks. With the exception of goodwill and certain trademarks, our intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods generally ranging from 3 to 20 years.

We assess the carrying value of goodwill and non-amortizable intangibles annually, during the third quarter of each fiscal year, or more often if events or changes in circumstances indicate there may be impairment. Goodwill is allocated among the reporting units based on the relative fair value of those units.

The majority of our goodwill and many of our intangible assets are not deductible for income tax purposes. A summary of intangible assets and the related accumulated amortization and impairment losses was as follows:
 
   
September 30
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
         
Amortization
         
Amortization
 
   
Cost
   
and Impairment
   
Cost
   
and Impairment
 
                         
Goodwill
  $ 560.0     $ 472.8     $ 553.9     $ 472.8  
Software
    154.7       106.2       150.5       91.7  
Other
    134.7       57.1       123.9       46.1  
Total
  $ 849.4     $ 636.1     $ 828.3     $ 610.6  
 
Amortization expense for fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $29.6 million, $26.9 million and $25.9 million. Amortization expense for all intangibles is expected to approximate the following for each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter:

   
Amount
 
2012
  $ 31.7  
2013
  $ 27.5  
2014
  $ 20.0  
2015
  $ 13.7  
2016
  $ 9.5  
2017 and beyond
  $ 4.7  
 
Software consists mainly of capitalized costs associated with internal use software, including applicable costs associated with the implementation/upgrade of our Enterprise Resource Planning system. In addition, software includes capitalized development costs for software products to be sold. The net book value of computer software costs, included within Intangible assets, was $48.5 million and $58.8 million at September 30, 2011 and 2010. Capitalized software costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from three to ten years. Amortization expense approximated $19.1 million, $17.5 million and $16.6 million for fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009.
 
 
Guarantees

We routinely grant limited warranties on our products with respect to defects in material and workmanship. The terms of these warranties are generally one year, however, certain components and products have substantially longer warranty periods. We recognize a reserve with respect to these obligations at the time of product sale, with subsequent warranty claims recorded directly against the reserve. The amount of the warranty reserve is determined based on historical trend experience for the covered products. For more significant warranty-related matters which might require a broad-based correction, separate reserves are established when such events are identified and the cost of correction can be reasonably estimated.

A reconciliation of changes in our warranty reserve is as follows:
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
                   
Balance at October 1
  $ 15.8     $ 17.1     $ 16.9  
Provision for warranties during the period
    17.0       16.0       16.9  
Warranty reserves acquired
    -       -       3.6  
Warranty claims incurred during the period
    (15.0 )     (17.3 )     (20.3 )
Balance at September 30
  $ 17.8     $ 15.8     $ 17.1  
 
In the normal course of business we enter into various other guarantees and indemnities in our relationships with suppliers, service providers, customers, business partners and others. Examples of these arrangements would include guarantees of product performance, indemnifications to service providers and indemnifications of our actions to business partners. These guarantees and indemnifications have not historically nor do we expect them to have a material impact our financial condition or results of operations, although indemnifications associated with our actions generally have no dollar limitations.

In conjunction with our acquisition and divestiture activities, we have entered into select guarantees and indemnifications of performance with respect to the fulfillment of our commitments under applicable purchase and sale agreements. The arrangements generally indemnify the buyer or seller for damages associated with breach of contract, inaccuracies in representations and warranties surviving the closing date and satisfaction of liabilities and commitments retained under the applicable contract. With respect to sale transactions, we also routinely enter into non-competition agreements for varying periods of time. Guarantees and indemnifications with respect to acquisition and divestiture activities, if triggered, could have a materially adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Retirement Plans

We sponsor retirement and postretirement plans covering select employees. Expense recognized in relation to these defined benefit retirement plans and the postretirement health care plan is based upon actuarial valuations and inherent in those valuations are key assumptions including discount rates, and where applicable, expected returns on assets, projected future salary rates and projected health care cost trends. The discount rates used in the valuation of our defined benefit pension and postretirement plans are evaluated annually based on current market conditions. In setting these rates we utilize long-term bond indices and yield curves as a preliminary indication of interest rate movements, and then make adjustments to the respective indices to reflect differences in the terms of the bonds covered under the indices in comparison to the projected outflow of our obligations. Our overall expected long-term rate of return on pension assets is based on historical and expected future returns, which are inflation adjusted and weighted for the expected return for each component of the investment portfolio. Our rate of assumed compensation increase is also based on our specific historical trends of wage adjustments.

We account for our defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans by recognizing the funded status of a benefit plan in the statement of financial position. We also recognize in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) certain gains and losses that arose during the period. See Note 7 for key assumptions and further discussion related to our pension and postretirement plans.
 
 
Environmental Liabilities

Expenditures that relate to an existing condition caused by past operations, and which do not contribute to future revenue generation, are expensed. A reserve is established when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. These reserves are determined without consideration of possible loss recoveries from third parties.

Specific costs included in environmental expense and reserves include site assessment, development of a remediation plan, clean-up costs, post-remediation expenditures, monitoring, fines, penalties and legal fees. Reserve amounts represent the expected undiscounted future cash outflows associated with such plans and actions.

Self Insurance

We are generally self-insured up to certain limits for product/general liability, workers’ compensation, auto liability and professional liability insurance programs.  These policies have deductibles and self- insured retentions ranging from $150 thousand to $1.5 million per occurrence, depending upon the type of coverage and policy period.  We are also generally self-insured up to certain stop-limits for certain employee health benefits, including medical, drug and dental.   Our policy is to estimate reserves based upon a number of factors including known claims, estimated incurred but not reported claims and outside actuarial analysis, which are based on historical information along with certain assumptions about future events. Such estimated reserves are classified as Other Current Liabilities and Other Long-Term Liabilities within the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Revenue Recognition — Sales and Rentals

Net revenues reflect gross revenues less sales discounts and allowances and customer returns for product sales and a provision for uncollectible receivables for rentals. Revenue is evaluated under the following criteria and recognized when each is met:

 
Evidence of an arrangement: An agreement with the customer reflecting the terms and conditions to deliver products or services serves as evidence of an arrangement.

 
Delivery: For products, delivery is considered to occur upon receipt by the customer and the transfer of title and risk of loss. For rental services, delivery is considered to occur when the services are rendered.

 
Fixed or determinable price: The sales price is considered fixed or determinable if it is not subject to refund or adjustment.

 
Collection is deemed probable: At or prior to the time of a transaction, credit reviews of each customer are performed to determine the creditworthiness of the customer. Collection is deemed probable if the customer is expected to be able to pay amounts under the arrangement as those amounts become due. If collection is not probable, revenue is recognized when collection becomes probable, generally upon cash collection.

As a general interpretation of the above guidelines, revenues for health care products in the patient care environment are generally recognized upon delivery of the products to the customer and their assumption of risk of loss and other risks and rewards of ownership. Local business customs and non-standard sales terms can sometimes result in deviations to this normal practice in certain instances; however, in no case is revenue recognized prior to the transfer of risk of loss and rewards of ownership.

For non-invasive therapy products and medical equipment management services, the majority of product offerings are rental products for which revenues are recognized consistent with the rendering of the service and use of products. For The Vest® product, revenue is generally recognized at the time of receipt of authorization for billing from the applicable paying entity as this serves as evidence of the arrangement and sets a fixed or determinable price.

For health care products and services aimed at improving operational efficiency and asset utilization, various revenue recognition techniques are used, depending on the offering. Arrangements to provide services, routinely under separately sold service and maintenance contracts, result in the deferral of revenues until specified services are performed. Service contract revenue is generally recognized ratably over the contract period, if applicable, or as services are rendered. Product-related goods are generally recognized upon delivery to the customer, similar to products in the patient care environment.

Revenues are presented in the Statements of Consolidated Income (Loss) net of certain discounts and sales adjustments. For product sales, we record reserves resulting in a reduction of revenue for contractual discounts, as well as price concessions and product returns. Likewise, rental revenue reserves, reflecting contractual and other routine billing adjustments, are recorded as a reduction of revenues. Reserves for revenue are estimated based upon historical rates for revenue adjustments.
 
 
Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Units

Taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are directly imposed on a revenue producing transaction between us and our customers, including but not limited to sales taxes, use taxes, and value added taxes, are accounted for on a net (excluded from revenues and costs) basis.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of goods sold for capital sales consists primarily of purchased material costs, fixed manufacturing expense, variable direct labor, overhead costs and costs associated with the distribution and delivery of products to our customers. Rental expenses consist of costs associated directly with rental revenue, including depreciation, maintenance, logistics and service center facility and personnel costs.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Costs were $63.8 million, $58.3 million and $55.7 million for fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009.

In addition, certain software development technology costs are capitalized as intangibles and are amortized over a period of three to five years once the software is ready for its intended use. The amount capitalized during fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009 was approximately $2.1 million, $4.8 million and $5.8 million.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Costs were $4.0 million, $4.3 million and $4.0 million for fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Comprehensive Income

We include the net-of-tax effect of unrealized gains or losses on our available-for-sale securities, foreign currency translation adjustments and pension or other defined benefit postretirement plans’ actuarial gains or losses and prior service costs or credits in comprehensive income.

The composition of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) is as follows:
   
September 30
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
                   
Available-for-sale securities and currency hedges, net of tax of
                 
 $0.4, $0.4 and $0.5, respectively
  $ (0.9 )   $ (0.7 )   $ (0.9 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $1.7, $2.2
                       
 and $3.5, respectively
    (15.7 )     (11.9 )     (12.6 )
Items not yet recognized as a component of net periodic pension
                       
and postretirement healthcare costs, net of tax of $38.2, $29.3
                       
and $29.2, respectively
    (62.4 )     (49.2 )     (46.4 )
Total
  $ (79.0 )   $ (61.8 )   $ (59.9 )
 
Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency of foreign operations is generally the local currency in the country of domicile. Assets and liabilities of foreign operations are primarily translated into U.S. dollars at year-end rates of exchange and the income statements are translated at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. Adjustments resulting from translation of the financial statements of foreign operations into U.S. dollars are excluded from the determination of net income, but included as a component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss). Foreign currency gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in our results of operations and are not material.
 
 
Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation under fair value provisions. Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense over the vesting period. In order to determine the fair value of stock options on the date of grant, we utilize a Binomial model. Inherent in this model are assumptions related to a volatility factor, expected life, risk-free interest rate, dividend yield and expected forfeitures. The risk-free interest rate is based on factual data derived from public sources. The volatility factor, expected life, dividend yield and expected forfeiture assumptions require judgment utilizing historical information, peer data and future expectations. Deferred stock (also known as restricted stock units (“RSUs”)) is measured based on the fair market price of our common stock on the date of grant, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange, multiplied by the number of units granted.  See Note 8 for further details.

Income Taxes

The Company and our eligible domestic subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. income tax return. Foreign operations file income tax returns in a number of jurisdictions. Deferred income taxes are computed using an asset and liability approach to reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the corresponding income tax amounts. We have a variety of deferred tax assets in numerous tax jurisdictions. These deferred tax assets are subject to periodic assessment as to recoverability and if it is determined that it is more likely than not that the benefits will not be realized, valuation allowances are recognized. In evaluating whether it is more likely than not that we would recover these deferred tax assets, future taxable income, the reversal of existing temporary differences and tax planning strategies are considered.

We account for uncertain income tax positions using a threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return.  The difference between the tax benefit recognized in the financial statements for an uncertain income tax position and the tax benefit claimed in the tax return is referred to as an unrecognized tax benefit. See Note 10 for further details.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity

We use derivative financial instruments to manage the economic impact of fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Derivative financial instruments related to currency exchange rates include forward purchase and sale agreements which generally have terms no greater than 15 months. Additionally, interest rate swaps have sometimes been used to convert a portion of our long-term debt from fixed to variable interest rates.

Derivative financial instruments are recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as either assets or liabilities and are measured at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recorded each period in the Statement of Consolidated Income (Loss) or Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), depending on whether a derivative is designated and considered effective as part of a hedge transaction, and if it is, the type of hedge transaction. Gains and losses on derivative instruments reported in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) are subsequently included in the Statement of Consolidated Income (Loss) in the periods in which earnings are affected by the hedged item. These activities have not had a material effect on our financial position or results of operations for the periods presented herein.

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance

On October 1, 2010, we adopted the Financial Accounting Standard Board’s (“FASB”) revised authoritative guidance requiring entities to provide more information about sales of securitized financial assets and similar transactions, particularly if the seller retains some risk with respect to the assets.  Our adoption of this guidance was prospective and did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

On October 1, 2010, we adopted the FASB’s revised authoritative guidance to improve financial reporting for companies involved with variable interest entities to provide more relevant and reliable information to users of financial statements.  Our adoption of this guidance was prospective and did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued an amendment to the authoritative guidance on fair value measurements.  The amendment requires companies to include expanded disclosures for their recurring Level 3 fair value measurements.  In addition, companies must report the level in the fair value hierarchy of assets and liabilities not recorded at fair value but where fair value is disclosed. The amendment will be applied prospectively and will be effective for our quarter ending March 31, 2012, with early adoption prohibited. Our adoption of this amendment is not expected to have a material effect, but may require additional disclosure on our available-for-sale marketable securities, which are classified and disclosed as Level 3 fair value measurements.
 
 
In June 2011, the FASB issued an amendment to the authoritative guidance on comprehensive income.  The amendment eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders' equity or include the components in the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and instead requires the presentation of comprehensive income in either (1) a continuous statement of comprehensive income or (2) two separate but consecutive statements.  The amendment will be effective for our quarter ending December 31, 2012.  The adoption of this amendment is not expected to have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements, but will require a change in the presentation of comprehensive income from the notes of our Consolidated Financial Statements, where it is currently disclosed, to the face of our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In September 2011, the FASB issued an amendment to the authoritative guidance on the annual goodwill impairment test.  The amendment provides the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the current two-step test.  If, as a result of the qualitative assessment, it is determined it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the quantitative impairment test is required.  Otherwise, no further testing is required.  The amendment will be effective beginning October 1, 2012, however early adoption is permitted.  We will consider and apply this guidance in connection with future annual goodwill impairment tests.  We do not expect this to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

NOTE 2. ACQUISITIONS

Liko Distributor Acquisition

On September 8, 2011, we acquired the distribution companies for our patient mobility products in France and Switzerland (collectively referred to as “Liko Distributors”).  The acquisition represents another step in our strategy for international expansion, leveraging and increasing our direct channel presence, especially in key European markets.  The purchase price for the Liko Distributors was $22.5 million ($15.5 million net of cash acquired).

The following table summarizes the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date:
 
   
Amount
 
Goodwill
  $ 6.1  
Customer relationships
    7.9  
Non-compete agreements
    0.6  
Net assets acquired
    10.6  
Deferred tax liabilities
    (2.7 )
  Total purchase price
  $ 22.5  
 
Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes and was allocated entirely to our International segment.  The useful lives assigned to intangibles identified as part of the Liko Distributor acquisition are as follows:
 
   
Useful Life
 
Customer relationships
    5  
Non-compete agreements
    2  
 
If the Liko Distributors had been acquired at the beginning of our 2009 fiscal year, the impact to revenues and net income on an unaudited pro forma basis would not have been significant to our financial results in any of the periods presented.

Encompass Joint Venture

On November 9, 2009, we entered into a joint venture with Encompass Group, LLC (“Encompass Group”), a leader in health care textiles and therapeutic and prevention surfaces, to form Encompass TSS, LLC (“Encompass”).  This joint venture included contributed former assets of Encompass Therapeutic Support Systems (“ETSS”), a division of Encompass Group and was 60 percent owned by us and 40 percent owned by Encompass Group.  Encompass Group, through its ETSS business unit, traditionally focused on providing surface replacement systems.  For our 60 percent ownership interest in the Encompass JV we paid $7.5 million to Encompass Group, contributed cash and entered into license and distribution agreements with Encompass JV.
 
 
The following table summarizes the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of formation.
 
   
Amount
 
Goodwill
  $ 8.0  
Trade Name
    1.5  
Customer relationships
    7.7  
Technology
    2.4  
Net liabilities assumed
    (0.7 )
Noncontrolling interest
    (7.5 )
Additional paid-in-capital
    (3.9 )
  Total purchase price
  $ 7.5  
 
The Encompass JV agreements contained both a put option for Encompass Group and a call option for us, requiring or allowing us to purchase the remaining 40 percent interest based on predetermined earnings multiples.  Changes to the value of the put were accreted to noncontrolling interest in our Consolidated Balance Sheet with the offset being recorded as a component of retained earnings.

The goodwill of $8.0 million arising from the Encompass JV consisted largely of the synergies created from combining ETSS’s focus on customer replacement surfaces with our platform brands.  The goodwill is deductible for tax purposes and was allocated entirely to our North America Acute Care segment.

The useful lives assigned to intangibles identified as part of the Encompass JV were as follows:
 
   
Useful Life
 
Trade name
    7  
Customer relationships
    7  
Technology
    5  
 
On November 30, 2010, we exercised our call option and purchased the remaining 40 percent of Encompass for $10.6 million, plus a variable earn-out with a minimum of $1.2 million and a maximum of $1.6 million per year over five years.  We have a total of $5.3 million accrued in other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet at September 30, 2011 related to the earn-out.

If Encompass had been wholly-owned at the beginning of our 2009 fiscal year, the impact to revenues and net income on an unaudited pro forma basis would not have been significant to our financial results in any of the periods presented.

Liko Acquisition

On October 1, 2008, we acquired two related companies (the “Liko Acquisition”): Liko Vårdlyft AB (“Liko Sweden”) and Liko North America Corporation (“Liko North America” and, together with Liko Sweden, “Liko”).  Liko, headquartered in Lulea, Sweden, is a leading supplier and developer of patient lifts, slings and other patient transfer technology.  The acquisition of Liko represents a direct connection to our mission of enhancing outcomes for patients and their caregivers and is in line with our strategy to add complementary technologies that leverage our global business and presence across the continuum of care.  The purchase price for Liko was $190.4 million, including direct acquisition costs of $3.6 million and the payment of outstanding Liko debt of $9.8 million ($187.2 million net of cash acquired).  The results of Liko are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements since the date of acquisition.
 
 
The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price of Liko based on estimated fair values as of the acquisition date:
 
   
Amount
 
Goodwill
  $ 139.5  
Trade name
    15.8  
Customer relationships
    15.1  
Developed technology
    7.3  
Non-compete agreements
    1.7  
Net assets acquired
    18.9  
Deferred tax liabilities
    (7.9 )
  Total purchase price
  $ 190.4  
 
The purchase price remains subject to adjustment based on claims related to provisions contained in the purchase agreements, which are currently being contested and expected to go to arbitration. Any such adjustment is expected to be favorable and not material and would be recorded in our Consolidated Statement of Income (Loss) as a reduction of the goodwill impairment charge that we recorded during fiscal 2009.  See Note 4 for further details.

Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes and has been allocated to reporting units included in all three of our reportable segments based on projected cash flows.  The useful lives assigned to intangibles identified as part of the acquisition are as follows:
 
   
Useful Life
 
Trade name
 
Indefinite
 
Developed technology
    7  
Customer relationships
    7  
Non-compete agreements
    5  
 
NOTE 3. SALE OF NON-STRATEGIC ASSETS

In June 2009, we completed the sale of patents and intellectual property related to our Negative Pressure Wound Therapy technology for which there were no capitalized costs reflected on our consolidated balance sheet.  In May 2009, we finalized a strategic development agreement with Teletracking Technologies, Inc. (“TeleTracking”) that resulted in the purchase by TeleTracking of certain assets and obligations related to the NaviCare® Patient Flow product line.  These combined transactions resulted in a gain of $10.2 million, net of related transaction costs.

NOTE 4. IMPAIRMENT OF GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES

We test goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis during our third fiscal quarter, or more often if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment.  The assessment during the third quarter of 2011 and 2010 indicated that there was no impairment with respect to goodwill or other recorded intangible assets. During the second quarter of fiscal 2009, as a result of the decline in our market capitalization related to the overall macro-economic climate and its resulting unfavorable impact on hospital capital spending and our operating results, we determined we were required to perform an interim impairment test with respect to goodwill and certain other intangibles outside of our normal third fiscal quarter test period.

Based on the results of goodwill and other intangible asset impairment testing as of March 31, 2009, we recorded an estimated impairment charge of $470 million in the second fiscal quarter of 2009.  During the third quarter of 2009, we refined our impairment assessment for the second quarter and recorded an additional charge of $3.8 million.  A further adjustment of $1.0 million was required in the fourth quarter as a result of purchase accounting adjustments in connection with the Liko Acquisition. An additional adjustment is possible based on claims related to provisions contained in the purchase agreement associated with the Liko Acquisition, with any such adjustment expected to be favorable and not material.

As discussed in Note 12, we operate in three reportable business segments.  Goodwill and other intangible impairment testing are performed at the reporting unit level, which is one level below a reportable business segment.  We have determined that we have eight reporting units.  Goodwill is assigned to reporting units at the date the goodwill is initially recorded and has been reallocated as necessary based on the restructuring of reporting units over time.  Once goodwill has been assigned to reporting units, it no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition, and all of the activities within a reporting unit, whether acquired or organically grown, are available to support the value of the goodwill.
 
 
The goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, is a comparison of each reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying value, including goodwill.  If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, applicable goodwill is considered not to be impaired.  If the carrying value exceeds fair value, there is an indication of impairment and the second step is performed to measure the amount of the impairment.  The second step requires us to calculate an implied fair value of goodwill.  The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination, which is the excess of the fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in the first step, over the aggregate fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identifiable intangibles as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination.  If the goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess.

For our second quarter of 2009 analysis, we estimated the fair value of each reporting unit in step one based on discounted cash flows as well as a market approach that compared each reporting unit’s earnings and revenue multiples to those of comparable public companies.  The reporting unit’s discounted cash flows required significant management judgment with respect to forecasted sales, gross margin and selling, general and administrative expenses, capital expenditures and the selection and use of an appropriate discount rate.  Utilizing our weighted average cost of capital as the discount rate for the discounted cash flows and median revenue and earnings multiples of comparable public companies under the market approach resulted in an implied fair value substantially in excess of our market capitalization.  In order to reconcile the discounted cash flows and market approach fair values to the trading value of the our common stock, we applied higher discount rates than our weighted average cost of capital to the discounted cash flows and utilized earnings and revenue multiples below the median of comparable public companies, reflecting the equity risk premiums expected by a market participant.  The reconciled fair values under both the discounted cash flows and market approach were substantially the same and resulted in three of our then reporting units having a carrying value in excess of their fair value.

The second step required us to allocate the fair value of each reporting unit that failed the first step test to the fair value of each reporting unit’s net assets . We calculated the fair values of each reporting unit’s net assets, with assistance from a third party valuation firm in the determination of fair values for significant tangible and intangible assets. All Hill-Rom-specific data and analytics, including estimates and assumptions, used in the valuations prepared by the third party valuation firm were either prepared or validated by us. Management takes full responsibility for this data and the ultimate results of the valuation work including the final fair values assigned to each reporting unit.  Due to the fact that we were required to allocate a significant portion of fair value to unrecorded intangible assets such as the Hill-Rom trade name, technology and know-how and customer lists, but were not permitted to record these assets on our balance sheet, the resulting fair value allocated to implied goodwill was significantly lower than recorded goodwill resulting in the impairment charge.

In fiscal 2009, we incurred the impairment charge for goodwill and other intangibles in each of our three reportable segments in the following amounts:  North America Acute Care $289.5 million, North America Post-Acute Care $68.6 million and International $114.7 million, which represented a full impairment of goodwill at that time in the affected North America Acute Care and International reporting units.

The following is a summary of the activity in goodwill by segment.  During the first quarter of fiscal 2011, we changed our segment reporting to reflect changes in our organizational structure and management’s view of the business.  As a part of these changes, we moved our surgical reporting unit from the International and Surgical segment (now referred to as the International segment) to the North America Acute Care segment.  The prior year segment information included below has been updated to reflect these changes.  See Note 12 for further details.
 
 
53

 
 
   
North America
Acute Care
   
North America
Post-Acute Care
   
International
   
Total
 
                         
Balances at September 30, 2009:
                       
Goodwill
  $ 317.0     $ 114.2     $ 114.7     $ 545.9  
Accumulated impairment losses
    (289.5 )     (68.6 )     (114.7 )     (472.8 )
Goodwill, net at September 30, 2009
    27.5       45.6       -       73.1  
                                 
Changes in Goodwill during the period:
                               
Goodwill related to acquisitions
    8.0       -       -       8.0  
                                 
Balances at September 30, 2010:
                               
Goodwill
    325.0       114.2       114.7       553.9  
Accumulated impairment losses
    (289.5 )     (68.6 )     (114.7 )     (472.8 )
Goodwill, net at September 30, 2010
    35.5       45.6       -       81.1  
                                 
Changes in Goodwill during the period:
                               
Goodwill related to acquisitions
    -       -       6.1       6.1  
                                 
Balances at September 30, 2011:
                               
Goodwill
    325.0       114.2       120.8       560.0  
Accumulated impairment losses
    (289.5 )     (68.6 )     (114.7 )     (472.8 )
Goodwill, net at September 30, 2011
  $ 35.5     $ 45.6     $ 6.1     $ 87.2  
 
NOTE 5. FINANCING AGREEMENTS

Total debt consists of the following:
   
Years Ended September 30
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
Outstanding finance credit lines
  $ 7.8     $ 8.1  
Revolving credit facility
    45.0       45.0  
Unsecured 8.50% debentures due on December 1, 2011
    47.5       48.4  
Unsecured 7.00% debentures due on February 15, 2024
    19.7       19.7  
Unsecured 6.75% debentures due on December 15, 2027
    29.8       29.8  
Other
    1.3       0.6  
Total debt
    151.1       151.6  
Less current portion of debt
    100.3       53.1  
Total long-term debt
  $ 50.8     $ 98.5  
 
We have trade finance credit lines and uncommitted letter of credit facilities.  These lines are associated with the normal course of business and are not currently, nor have they historically, been of material size to the overall business.

In 2004, we issued $250.0 million of 4.5 percent senior notes due in 2009.  In conjunction with and in preparation for the spin-off of the funeral services business, we made a cash tender offer to purchase any and all of these notes.  As a result of that tender offer, $224.3 million of long-term debt was retired effective March 31, 2008.  During our third fiscal quarter of 2009, we repaid the remaining $25.7 million of outstanding senior notes related to the 2004 issuance at the scheduled maturity date.

Unsecured debentures outstanding at September 30, 2011 have fixed rates of interest.  We have deferred gains included in the amounts above from the termination of previous interest rate swap agreements, and those deferred gains amounted to $0.9 million at September 30, 2011 and $2.1 million at September 30, 2010.  The deferred gains on the termination of the swaps are being amortized and recognized as a reduction of interest expense over the remaining term of the related debt through 2011 and 2024, and as a result, the effective interest rates on that debt have been and will continue to be lower than the stated interest rates on the debt.
 
 
We have a $500.0 million five-year senior revolving credit facility.  The term of the five-year facility expires on March 28, 2013 (subject to extension upon satisfaction of certain conditions set forth in the credit facility).  Borrowings under the credit facility bear interest at variable rates specified therein, and the availability of borrowings is subject to our ability at the time of borrowing to meet certain specified conditions, including compliance with covenants contained in the credit agreement governing the facility.  The credit agreement contains covenants that, among other matters, require us to maintain a ratio of consolidated indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA (each as defined in the credit agreement) of not more than 3.5:1.0 and a ratio of consolidated EBITDA to interest expense of not less than 3.5:1.0.  The proceeds of the five-year facility shall be used, as needed: (i) for working capital, capital expenditures, and other lawful corporate purposes; and (ii) to finance acquisitions.

As of September 30, 2011, we had outstanding borrowings of $45.0 million and undrawn letters of credit of $5.8 million under the five-year facility, leaving $449.2 million of borrowing capacity available under the facility.  During the first quarter of fiscal 2010, we made a payment of $45.0 million on our credit facility to reduce a portion of the short-term debt originally borrowed in conjunction with the Liko Acquisition.

The fair value of our debt is estimated based on the quoted market prices for the same or similar issues or on the current rates offered to us for debt of the same remaining maturities. The book values of our short-term debt instruments approximate fair value. The estimated fair values of our long-term debt instruments were $52.6 million and $95.7 million at September 30, 2011 and 2010.

NOTE 6. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Fair value measurements are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

 
·
Level 1:  Financial instruments with unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets and liabilities.

 
·
Level 2:  Financial instruments with observable inputs other than those included in Level 1 such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 
·
Level 3:  Financial instruments with unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Unobservable inputs reflect our own assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability (including assumptions about risk). Unobservable inputs shall be developed based on the best information available in the circumstances, which might include our own data.

The following table summarizes our financial assets and liabilities included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
 
         
Quoted Prices in
   
Significant Other
   
Significant
 
         
Active Markets for
   
Observable
   
Unobservable
 
   
Balance at
   
Identical Assets
   
Inputs
   
Inputs
 
   
September 30, 2011
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
                         
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 224.6     $ 224.6     $ -     $ -  
Available-for-sale marketable securities
    11.1       -       -       11.1  
Total assets at fair value
  $ 235.7     $ 224.6     $ -     $ 11.1  
 
         
Quoted Prices in
   
Significant Other
   
Significant
 
         
Active Markets for
   
Observable
   
Unobservable
 
   
Balance at
   
Identical Assets
   
Inputs
   
Inputs
 
   
September 30, 2010
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
                         
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 184.5     $ 184.5     $ -     $ -  
Available-for-sale marketable securities
    11.8       -       -       11.8  
Other investments
    0.3       -       -       0.3  
Total assets at fair value
  $ 196.6     $ 184.5     $ -     $ 12.1  


The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument for which it is practicable to estimate that value.

At September 30, 2011, we had $11.1 million of AAA rated investment securities which consisted primarily of student loan auction rate securities.  While we continue to earn interest on the ARS at the contractual rate, these investments are not currently being bought and sold in an active market and therefore do not have readily determinable market values.  At September 30, 2011, our investment advisors provided a valuation based on unobservable inputs for the ARS.  The investment advisors utilized a discounted cash flow approach (an “income approach”) to arrive at this valuation, which was corroborated by separate and comparable discounted cash flow analysis prepared by us.  The assumptions used in preparing the discounted cash flow model include estimates of interest rates, timing and amount of cash flows, credit spread related yield and illiquidity premiums, and expected holding periods of the ARS.  These assumptions are volatile and subject to change as the underlying sources of these assumptions and market conditions change.  See below for a reconciliation of the beginning to ending balances of these assets and the related change in the fair value of these assets during fiscal 2011.

Currently, we intend, and believe we have the ability to hold these assets until market conditions are more favorable.  If current market conditions do not improve or worsen, the result could be further realized or unrealized losses.

The following table presents the activity related to our ARS during the fiscal year.
 
   
Available-For-Sale
   
AOCL
 
Balance at October 1, 2010
  $ 11.8     $ 1.1  
Change in fair value
    (0.2 )     0.2  
Sales or redemptions
    (0.5 )     -  
Balance at September 30, 2011
  $ 11.1     $ 1.3  
 
The components of the change in our unrealized gains were as follows:
   
Years Ended September 30
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
                   
Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for sale securities:
                 
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period, net-of-tax
  $ (0.2 )   $ 0.2     $ (3.0 )
Less:  Reclassification adjustment for losses (gains) realized in net income, net-of-tax
    -       (0.1 )     2.7  
Net change in unrealized gains (losses), net-of-tax
  $ (0.2 )   $ 0.1     $ (0.3 )
 
For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we recognized income on our investments of $2.0 million, $2.3 million and $2.9 million, which did not include any impairments.

The carrying amounts of current assets and liabilities approximate fair value because of the short maturity of those instruments.

NOTE 7. RETIREMENT AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

Our retirement plans consist of defined benefit plans, a postretirement healthcare plan, and defined contribution savings plans. Plans cover certain employees both in and outside of the U.S.
 
Retirement Plans
 
We sponsor four defined benefit plans. Those plans include a master defined benefit retirement plan, a nonqualified supplemental executive defined benefit retirement plan, and two defined benefit retirement plans covering employees in Germany and France.  During 2010, we merged the defined benefit plan related to our fiscal 2004 acquisition of Mediq, Inc. (Mediq) into the master defined benefit plan.  Benefits for such plans are based primarily on years of service and the employee’s level of compensation during specific periods of employment. We contribute funds to trusts as necessary to provide for current service and for any unfunded projected future benefit obligation over a reasonable period of time. All of our plans have a September 30th measurement date.
 
 
As discussed in Note 9, we announced a restructuring plan during our second quarter of fiscal 2009. The restructuring resulted in a curtailment and remeasurement of both the master defined benefit retirement plan and the postretirement health care plan. The impact of the remeasurement in each plan is included within the following tables as curtailment and special termination benefits.

Effect on Operations

The components of net pension expense for our defined benefit retirement plans were as follows:
 
   
Years Ended September 30
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
                   
Service cost
  $ 5.2     $ 5.1     $ 4.0  
Interest cost
    13.2       13.2       13.3  
Expected return on plan assets
    (16.7 )     (13.1 )     (12.9 )
Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost, net
    0.6       0.6       0.6  
Amortization of net (gain) loss
    4.0       2.6       (0.1 )
Net periodic benefit cost
    6.3       8.4       4.9  
Curtailment and special termination benefits
    -       -       2.8  
Net pension expense
  $ 6.3     $ 8.4     $ 7.7  
 
Obligations and Funded Status

The change in benefit obligations, plan assets and funded status, along with amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for our defined benefit retirement plans were as follows:
 
   
September 30
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
             
Change in benefit obligation:
           
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 266.5     $ 246.2  
Service cost
    5.2       5.1  
Interest cost
    13.2       13.2  
Actuarial loss
    19.4       11.0  
Benefits paid
    (8.2 )     (8.1 )
Exchange rate (gain)
    (0.2 )     (0.9 )
Benefit obligation at end of year
    295.9       266.5  
                 
Change in plan assets:
               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
    215.7       152.8  
Actual return on plan assets
    8.8       19.7  
Employer contributions
    1.0       51.3  
Benefits paid
    (8.2 )     (8.1 )
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
    217.3       215.7  
Funded status and net amounts recognized
  $ (78.6 )   $ (50.8 )
                 
Amounts recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:
               
Accrued pension benefits, current portion
  $ (0.1 )   $ (1.0 )
Accrued pension benefits, long-term
    (78.5 )     (49.8 )
Net amount recognized
  $ (78.6 )   $ (50.8 )

 
In addition to the amounts above, net actuarial losses of $104.2 million and prior service costs of $2.9 million, less an applicable aggregate tax effect of $40.7 million are included as components of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) at September 30, 2011. At September 30, 2010, net actuarial losses of $81.4 million and prior service costs of $3.5 million, less an applicable aggregate tax effect of $31.5 million, were included as components of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss).
 
The estimated net actuarial loss and prior service cost for our defined benefit retirement plans that will be amortized from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are $6.1 million and $0.6 million.

Accumulated Benefit Obligation

The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $271.6 million and $243.6 million at September 30, 2011 and 2010. Selected information for our plans, including plans with accumulated benefit obligations exceeding plan assets, was as follows:
 
   
September 30
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
   
PBO
   
ABO
   
Plan Assets
   
PBO
   
ABO
   
Plan Assets
 
                                     
Supplemental executive plan
  $ 4.4     $ 3.7     $ -     $ 4.2     $ 3.2     $ -  
Master plan
    278.5       255.7       216.9       248.3       227.2       215.3  
German plan
    10.5       10.5       -       11.5       11.5       -  
French plan
    2.5       1.7       0.4       2.5       1.7       0.4  
    $ 295.9     $ 271.6     $ 217.3     $ 266.5     $ 243.6     $ 215.7  
 
Actuarial Assumptions

The weighted average assumptions used in accounting for our domestic pension plans were as follows:
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
Weighted average assumptions to determined benefit
                 
obligations at the measurement date:
                 
Discount rate for obligation
  4.6%     5.1%     5.5%  
Rate of compensation increase
  3.5%     3.5%     4.0%  
                   
Weighted average assumptions to determined benefit
                 
cost for the year:
                 
Discount rate for expense
  5.1%     5.5%     7.5%  
Expected rate of return on plan assets
  7.5%     7.5%     7.5%  
Rate of compensation increase
  3.5%     4.0%     4.0%  
 
 
The discount rates used in the valuation of our defined benefit pension plans are evaluated annually based on current market conditions. In setting these rates we utilize long-term bond indices and yield curves as a preliminary indication of interest rate movements, and then make adjustments to the respective indices to reflect differences in the terms of the bonds covered under the indices in comparison to the projected outflow of our pension obligations. The overall expected long-term rate of return is based on historical and expected future returns, which are inflation adjusted and weighted for the expected return for each component of the investment portfolio, as well as taking into consideration economic and capital market conditions. The rate of assumed compensation increase is also based on our specific historical trends of past wage adjustments.
 
 
Plan Assets

The weighted average asset allocations of our master defined benefit retirement plan at September 30, 2011 and 2010, by asset category, along with target allocations, are as follows:
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
   
Target
   
Target
   
Actual
   
Actual
 
   
Allocation
   
Allocation
   
Allocation
   
Allocation
 
                         
Equity securities
  40 - 60%     40 - 60%     47%     50%  
Fixed income securities
  40 - 60%     40 - 60%     53%     50%  
Total
              100%     100%  
 
We have a Plan Committee that sets investment guidelines with the assistance of an external consultant. These guidelines are established based on market conditions, risk tolerance, funding requirements and expected benefit payments. The Plan Committee also oversees the investment allocation process, selects the investment managers and monitors asset performance. As pension liabilities are long-term in nature, we employ a long-term total return approach to maximize the long-term rate of return on plan assets for a prudent level of risk.  Target allocations are guidelines, not limitations, and plan fiduciaries may occasionally approve allocations above or below a target range or elect to rebalance the portfolio within the targeted range.

The investment portfolio contains a diversified portfolio of primarily equities and fixed income securities.  Securities are also diversified in terms of domestic and international securities, short- and long-term securities, growth and value styles, large cap and small cap stocks. The Plan Committee believes with prudent risk tolerance and asset diversification, the account should be able to meet its pension obligations in the future.

Trust assets are invested subject to the following policy restrictions: short-term securities must be rated A2/P2 or higher; all fixed-income securities shall have a credit quality rating “BBB” or higher; investments in equities in any one company may not exceed 10 percent of the equity portfolio.  At both September 30, 2011 and 2010 the master trust assets did not include any Hill-Rom common stock.  All Hill-Rom common stock previously held in the master defined benefit retirement plan was sold in fiscal 2010.

Fair Value Measurements of Plan Assets

The following table summarizes the valuation of our pension plan assets by pricing categories:
 
         
Quoted Prices in
   
Significant
       
         
Active Markets
   
Other
   
Significant
 
         
for Identical
   
Observable
   
Unobservable
 
   
Balance at
   
Assets
   
Inputs
   
Inputs
 
 
 
September 30, 2011
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
Cash
  $ 2.3     $ 2.3     $ -     $ -  
Equities
                               
US companies
    70.3       70.3       -       -  
International companies
    30.7       30.7       -       -  
Fixed income securities
    113.6       58.4       55.2       -  
Other
    0.4       0.4       -       -  
Total plan assets at fair value
  $ 217.3     $ 162.1     $ 55.2     $ -  
 
 
         
Quoted Prices in
   
Significant
       
         
Active Markets
   
Other
   
Significant
 
         
for Identical
   
Observable
   
Unobservable
 
   
Balance at
   
Assets
   
Inputs
   
Inputs
 
 
 
September 30, 2010
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
Cash
  $ 3.6     $ 3.6     $ -     $ -  
Equities
                               
US companies
    72.9       72.9       -       -  
International companies
    33.4       33.4       -       -  
Fixed income securities
    105.4       53.4       52.0       -  
Other
    0.4       0.4       -       -  
Total plan assets at fair value
  $ 215.7     $ 163.7     $ 52.0     $ -  

The Level 2 fixed income securities are commingled funds valued using the net asset value (“NAV”) unit price provided by the fund administrator. The NAV is based on the value of the underlying assets owned by the fund, all of which are publicly traded securities. For further descriptions of the asset Levels used in the above chart, refer to Note 6.

Cash Flows

Our U.S. qualified defined benefit plan is funded in excess of 80 percent, and therefore we expect that the plans will not be subject to the “at risk” funding requirements of the Pension Protection Act.

During 2011 and 2010, we contributed cash of $1.0 million and $51.3 million to our defined benefit retirement plans. We do not expect to contribute to our master defined benefit retirement plan in fiscal year 2012, due to the significant contribution made during 2010, however, minimal contributions will be required for our unfunded plans.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The benefit payments, which are expected to be funded through plan assets and company contributions and reflect expected future service, are expected to be paid as follows:
 
   
Pension Benefits
 
2012
  $ 9.7  
2013
    10.3  
2014
    10.9  
2015
    11.7  
2016
    12.5  
2017-2021
    76.9  
 
Defined Contribution Savings Plans

We have defined contribution savings plans that cover substantially all U.S. employees and certain non-U.S. employees. The general purpose of these plans is to provide additional financial security during retirement by providing employees with an incentive to make regular savings.  Company contributions to the plans are based on eligibility and employee contributions.  Expense under these plans was $13.0 million, $12.6 million and $13.0 million in fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Postretirement Health Care Plan

In addition to defined benefit retirement plans, we also offer a domestic postretirement health care plan that provides health care benefits to qualified retirees and their dependents. The plan includes retiree cost sharing provisions and generally extends retiree coverage for medical, prescription and dental benefits beyond the COBRA continuation period to the date of Medicare eligibility. We use a measurement date of September 30 for this plan. The postretirement health care plan was remeasured at March 31, 2009 in connection with the restructuring mentioned previously.
 
 
The postretirement health care plan reflected (benefit) or cost during fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 of ($0.1) million, ($0.1) million and $1.0 million.  The change in the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was as follows:
 
   
Years Ended September 30
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
Change in benefit obligation:
           
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 9.7     $ 9.7  
Service cost
    0.4       0.4  
Interest cost
    0.4       0.5  
Actuarial (gain) loss
    (0.6 )     0.1  
Benefits paid
    (0.7 )     (1.3 )
Retiree contributions
    0.3       0.3  
Benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 9.5     $ 9.7  
                 
Amounts recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:
               
Accrued benefits obligation, current portion
  $ 0.6     $ 0.5  
Accrued benefits obligation,  long-term
    8.9       9.2  
Net amount recognized
  $ 9.5     $ 9.7  
 
During fiscal 2011 and 2010, we contributed $0.4 million and $1.0 million to the plan.

In addition to the amounts above, net actuarial gains of $1.7 million and prior service credits of $4.8 million, less an applicable aggregate tax effect of $2.5 million are included as components of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) at September 30, 2011. At September 30, 2010, net actuarial gains of $1.2 million and prior service credits of $5.7 million, less an applicable aggregate tax effect of $2.7 million, were included as components of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss).

The discount rate used to determine the net periodic benefit cost for the postretirement health care plan during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was 4.4, 5.5 and 7.5 percent. The discount rate used to determine the benefit obligation as of September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was 4.0, 4.4 and 5.5 percent. As of September 30, 2011 the health care-cost trend rates were assumed to decrease as follows:
 
   
2011
 
2010
 
2009
             
Year 1
 
7.25%
 
7.75%
 
8.25%
Year 2
 
6.75%
 
7.25%
 
7.75%
Year 3
 
6.25%
 
6.75%
 
7.25%
Year 4
 
5.75%
 
6.25%
 
6.75%
Year 5
 
5.25%
 
5.75%
 
6.25%
Year 6
 
5.00%
 
5.25%
 
5.75%
Year 7
 
5.00%
 
5.00%
 
5.25%
Year 8 and beyond
 
5.00%
 
5.00%
 
5.00%
 
A one-percentage-point increase/decrease in the assumed health care cost trend rates as of September 30, 2011 would cause an increase/decrease in service and interest costs of less than $0.1 million, along with an increase/decrease in the benefit obligation of $0.9 million and $0.8 million.

We fund the postretirement health care plan as benefits are paid, and current plan benefits are expected to require net company contributions of approximately $0.6 million in fiscal 2012 and less than $1 million per year thereafter.
 
 
NOTE 8. COMMON STOCK
 
Share Repurchases

We repurchased 3.0 million and 1.0 million shares of our common stock during fiscal years 2011 and 2010 for $110.0 million and $34.5 million in the open market.  No shares were repurchased in fiscal 2009.  In May 2011, our Board of Directors approved an expansion of our share repurchase authorization by 3.0 million shares.  Share repurchases may be made through the open market or private transactions.  As of September 30, 2011 a cumulative total of 26.7 million shares had been repurchased by us at market trading prices, leaving 2.0 million shares remaining for purchase under the Board’s authorization.  The Board’s approval has no expiration date and currently there are no plans to terminate this program in the future.

Stock-Based Compensation

We have stock-based compensation plans under which employees and non-employee directors may be granted options to purchase shares of Company common stock at the fair market value at the time of grant. In addition to stock options, we grant performance-based stock options, performance share units (“PSUs”) and RSUs to certain management level employees and vested deferred stock to non-employee directors. We also offer eligible employees the opportunity to buy shares of our common stock at a discount via an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”).  The ESPP was approved by our shareholders in February 2009 and did not have a significant impact on our financial statements in fiscal years 2011 and 2010.

Our primary stock-based compensation program is the Stock Incentive Plan, which has been approved by our shareholders.  In February 2009, our shareholders approved an amendment to the Stock Incentive Plan to reserve an additional 5.5 million shares for issuance, increasing the total number of shares authorized to 15.3 million shares.  At September 30, 2011, 6.2 million shares were available for future grants under our stock-based compensation plans. We generally settle our stock-based awards with treasury shares. As of September 30, 2011, we had 18.6 million treasury shares available for use to settle stock-based awards.

The following table sets forth a summary of the annual stock-based compensation cost that was charged against income for all types of awards:
 
   
Years Ended September 30
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
                   
Total stock-based compensation cost (pre-tax)
  $ 12.2     $ 12.0     $ 12.1  
Total income tax benefit
    (4.5 )     (4.4 )     (4.5 )
Total stock-based compensation cost, net of tax
  $ 7.7     $ 7.6     $ 7.6  
 
Stock Options

Stock options granted by our Compensation Committee under the Stock Incentive Plan are non-qualified stock options. These awards are generally granted with exercise prices equal to the average of the high and low prices of our common stock on the date of grant. They vest in equal annual installments over a three or four year period and the maximum contractual term is ten years. We use a Binomial option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock options, and compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.
 
 
The following table sets forth the weighted average fair value per share of stock options and the related valuation assumptions used in the determination of those fair values, excluding performance-based stock options:
 
   
Years Ended September 30
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
Weighted average fair value per share
  $ 12.31     $ 7.86     $ 5.63  
                         
Valuation assumptions:
                       
Risk-free interest rate
  1.2%     2.4%     0.8 - 2.7%  
Expected dividend yield
  1.1%     1.7%     1.5%  
Expected volatility
  37.3%     37.2%     30.4%  
Weighted average expected life
 
5.3 years
   
5.6 years
   
6.2 years
 
 
The risk-free interest rate is based upon observed U.S. Treasury interest rates appropriate for the term of our employee stock options. Expected dividend yield is based on the history and our expectation of dividend payouts. Expected volatility for options was based on the median volatility of our Peer Group. Expected life represents the weighted average period the stock options are expected to remain outstanding and is a derived output of the Binomial model. The expected life of employee stock options is impacted by the above assumptions as well as the post-vesting forfeiture rate and the exercise factor used in the Binomial model. These two variables are based on the history of exercises and forfeitures for previous stock options granted by us and Hillenbrand Industries, Inc., our predecessor.

The following table summarizes transactions under our stock option plans, excluding performance-based stock options, for fiscal year 2011:
 
   
Weighted
       
Weighted
     
   
Average
   
Weighted
 
Average
 
Aggregate
 
   
Number of
   
Average
 
Remaining
 
Intrinsic
 
   
Shares
   
Exercise
 
Contractual
 
Value (1)
 
   
(in thousands)
   
Price
 
Term
 
(in millions)
 
                     
Balance Outstanding at October 1, 2010
    2,920     $ 26.02          
Granted
    628       39.18          
Exercised
    (1,586 )     27.16          
Cancelled/Forfeited
    (258 )     24.67          
Balance Outstanding at September 30, 2011
    1,704     $ 30.05  
7.5 years
  $ 5.8  
Exercisable at September 30, 2011
    551     $ 27.63  
5.3 years
  $ 1.7  
Options Expected to Vest
    984     $ 30.85  
8.5 years
  $ 3.7  
 
(1) 
The aggregate intrinsic value represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on our closing stock price of $30.02, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange on September 30, 2011. This amount, which changes continuously based on the fair value of our common stock, would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options as of the balance sheet date.

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $23.3 million, $3.9 million and $15 thousand.

As of September 30, 2011, there was $8.2 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to stock options granted under the Plan. This unrecognized compensation expense does not reflect a reduction for our estimate of potential forfeitures, and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.8 years.
 
 
Performance-Based Stock Options

Our Compensation Committee sometimes grants performance-based stock options to a limited number of our executives. These awards are consistent with our compensation program’s guiding principles and are designed to align management’s interests with those of shareholders. Option prices and the term of such awards are similar to our stock options; however, vesting of the performance grants is contingent upon the achievement of performance targets and corresponding service requirements. Performance targets are set at the date of grant with a threshold, target and maximum level. The number of options that ultimately vests increases at each level of performance attained. Expense recognized to date related to performance-based stock options has not been significant.

The fair values of the performance options are estimated on the date of the grant using the Binomial option-pricing model and related valuation assumptions for stock options, as previously discussed. For certain performance awards with a market condition such as total shareholder return, as described below, a Monte-Carlo simulation method is used to determine fair value. The Monte-Carlo simulation is a generally accepted statistical technique used to generate a defined number of stock price paths in order to develop a reasonable estimate of the range of our and the Peer Group’s future expected stock prices and minimizes standard error.

As of September 30, 2011, the total number of performance-based stock options granted and outstanding is approximately 0.5 million shares. There is no unrecognized compensation expense related to performance-based stock options as of September 30, 2011 and the performance period concluded as of September 30, 2011.

There were no performance-based stock options granted during fiscal years 2011 and 2010. The following table sets forth the weighted average fair value per share for performance-based stock options and the related valuation assumptions used in the determination of those fair values for grants made in fiscal year 2009.
 
   
Year Ended September 30, 2009
 
Weighted average fair value per share
  $4.88  
       
Valuation assumptions:
     
Risk-free interest rate
  0.8 - 2.7%  
Expected dividend yield
  1.5%  
Expected volatility
  30.4%  
Weighted average expected life
 
6.2 years
 
 
The basis for the assumptions listed above is similar to the valuation assumptions used for non-performance-based stock options, as discussed previously.

The following table summarizes our stock option activity related to performance-based stock options for fiscal year 2011. None of the performance-based stock options were exercisable as of September 30, 2011.
 
   
Weighted
       
Weighted
   
   
Average
   
Weighted
 
Average
 
Aggregate
   
Number of
   
Average
 
Remaining
 
Intrinsic
   
Shares
   
Exercise
 
Contractual
 
Value (1)
   
(in thousands)
   
Price
 
Term
 
(in millions)
                   
Balance Outstanding at October 1, 2010
    897     $ 19.39        
Granted
    -       -        
Exercised
    -       -        
Cancelled/Forfeited
    (373 )     19.39        
Balance Outstanding at September 30, 2011
    524     $ 19.39  
7.20
 
                  5.6
 
(1)
The aggregate intrinsic value represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on our closing stock price of $30.02 as reported by the New York Stock Exchange on September 30, 2011. This amount, which changes continuously based on the fair value of our common stock, would have been received by the option holders had the maximum performance targets been achieved and all option holders met the maximum performance targets and exercised their options as of the balance sheet date.
 
 
Restricted Stock Units

RSUs are granted to certain employees with fair values equal to the average of the high and low prices of our common stock on the date of grant, multiplied by the number of units granted. RSU grants are contingent upon continued employment and vest over periods ranging from one to five years. Dividends, payable in common stock equivalents, accrue on the grants and are subject to the same specified terms as the original grants, including the risk of forfeiture.

The following table summarizes transactions for our nonvested RSUs for fiscal year 2011:
         
Weighted
 
   
Number of
   
Average
 
   
Share Units
   
Grant Date
 
   
(in thousands)
   
Fair Value
 
             
Nonvested RSUs at October 1, 2010
    793     $ 24.66  
Granted
    143       39.40  
Vested
    (378 )     25.05  
Forfeited
    (152 )     25.86  
Nonvested RSUs at September 30, 2011
    406     $ 29.03  
 
As of September 30, 2011, there was $7.2 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested RSUs granted under the Stock Incentive Plan. This unrecognized compensation expense does not reflect a reduction for our estimate of potential forfeitures, and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.2 years. The total vest date fair value of shares that vested during fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $15.9 million, $7.3 million and $1.9 million.

Performance Share Units

Our Compensation Committee grants PSUs to certain employees and these awards are subject to any stock dividends, stock splits, and other similar rights inuring to common stock, but unlike our RSUs are not entitled to dividend reinvestment.  Vesting of the grants is contingent upon achievement of performance targets and corresponding service requirements.

The fair value of the PSUs is equal to the average of the high and low prices of our common stock on the date of grant, multiplied by the number of units granted.  For PSUs with a market condition such as total shareholder return, the Monte-Carlo simulation method is used to determine fair value.  The following table sets forth the weighted average fair value per share for total shareholder return PSUs and the related valuation assumptions used in the determination of those fair values for fiscal 2011:

   
Year Ended September 30, 2011
Weighted average fair value per share
 
$31.13
     
Valuation assumptions:
   
Risk-free interest rate
 
0.8%
Expected dividend yield
 
1.1%
Expected volatility
 
39.8 - 41.7%

The basis for the assumptions listed above is similar to the valuation assumptions used for stock options, as discussed previously.
 
 
The following table summarizes transactions for our nonvested PSUs for fiscal 2011:
 
         
Weighted
 
   
Number of
   
Average
 
   
Share Units
   
Grant Date
 
   
(in thousands)
   
Fair Value
 
             
Nonvested PSUs as of October 1, 2010
    102     $ 20.72  
Granted
    186       31.41  
Vested
    (17 )     23.26  
Forfeited
    (29 )     26.44  
Nonvested PSUs at September 30, 2011
    242     $ 22.52  
 
As of September 30, 2011, there was $4.8 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to PSUs granted under the Stock Incentive plan based on the expected achievement of certain performance targets or market conditions. This unrecognized compensation expense does not reflect a reduction for our estimate of potential forfeitures, and is expected to be recognized by the end of fiscal 2013.

NOTE 9. SPECIAL CHARGES

Over the past several years, we have placed a focus on improving our cost structure and business processes through various means including consolidation of certain manufacturing and select back office operations, customer rationalizations and various other organizational changes.  The charges associated with these actions are summarized below.

2011 Actions
 
·
During the second quarter of fiscal 2011, we recorded an additional special charge of $2.6 million related to our fiscal 2010 fourth quarter action.  The majority of the charge related to additional severance and other benefits provided to affected employees of that action as well as a write-down of assets held for sale.  During the third quarter of fiscal 2011, we recorded a benefit of $1.2 million primarily related to the net reversal of severance recorded in relation to our fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 restructuring action, partially offset by an additional write-down of assets held for sale.  The table below excludes the impacts of write-downs on assets held for sale.

2010 Actions
 
·
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, we announced plans to eliminate approximately 100 positions which resulted in a special charge of $4.3 million primarily related to severance and other benefits provided to affected employees.  The majority of the cash expenditures associated with the severance will be completed by the end of our 2011 fiscal year.  We also recorded a charge of $3.9 million related to write-downs associated with the planned disposal of two aircraft from our corporate aviation assets, which are jointly owned with Hillenbrand, Inc.  The loss was recognized net of management’s estimate of amounts to be recovered.  The assets held for sale are recorded in other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 
·
During the second quarter of fiscal 2010, we announced organizational changes including the elimination of approximately 160 positions across the Company. The result was a special charge of $5.0 million primarily related to severance and other benefits provided to affected employees. The majority of the cash expenditures associated with the severance was completed by the end of our 2011 fiscal year with the remainder to be paid in fiscal 2012.

2009 Actions
 
·
During the second quarter of fiscal 2009, we announced a plan which impacted approximately 450 salaried, hourly and temporary employees. In total, the plan resulted in a charge of $11.9 million related to severance and early retirement packages. Additionally, postretirement health care costs and the waiver of an early retirement pension penalty offered in conjunction with a voluntary early retirement incentive and the associated curtailment charges resulted in additional charges of $4.2 million. Asset impairment, discontinued use of a building under an operating lease and other charges of approximately $4.4 million were also recorded in conjunction with these actions. The charge related to severance and early retirement packages and resulted in cash expenditures that were substantially completed as of September 30, 2010.
 
 
Severance activity related to these actions during fiscal 2011 was as follows:
 
   
Beginning
                     
Ending
 
   
Balance
         
 
         
Balance
 
   
September 30,
                     
September 30,
 
   
2010
   
Expenses
   
Cash Payments
   
Reversals
   
2011
 
Fiscal Year 2010
                             
Q2 Action - Restructuring
  $ 1.5     $ -     $ 1.1     $ -     $ 0.4  
Q4 Action - Restructuring
    3.7       3.3       2.9       2.6       1.5  
Total Fiscal Year 2010
  $ 5.2     $ 3.3     $ 4.0     $ 2.6     $ 1.9  
                                         
Fiscal Year 2009
                                       
Q2 Action - Restructuring
  $ 0.4     $ -     $ 0.4     $ -     $ -  
                                         
                                         
Total
  $ 5.6     $ 3.3     $ 4.4     $ 2.6     $ 1.9  
 
NOTE 10. INCOME TAXES

The significant components of income before income taxes and the consolidated income tax provision were as follows:
 
   
Years Ended September 30
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
Income before income taxes:
                 
Domestic
  $ 122.5     $ 169.4     $ (221.4 )
Foreign
    37.2       13.5       (157.4 )
Total
  $ 159.7     $ 182.9     $ (378.8 )
                         
Income tax expense:
                       
Current provision
                       
Federal
  $ 41.1     $ 35.9     $ 23.3  
State
    2.3       (5.3 )     (0.3 )
Foreign
    4.3       7.0       1.4  
Total current provision
    47.7       37.6       24.4  
Deferred provision:
                       
Federal
    (0.8 )     15.2       (3.2 )
State
    (0.2 )     4.4       5.3  
Foreign
    (20.5 )     (0.3 )     (0.3 )
Total deferred provision
    (21.5 )     19.3       1.8  
Income tax expense
  $ 26.2     $ 56.9     $ 26.2  

 
Differences between income tax expense reported for financial reporting purposes and that computed based upon the application of the statutory U.S. Federal tax rate to the reported income before income taxes were as follows:
 
   
Years Ended September 30
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
         
% of
         
% of
         
% of
 
         
Pretax
         
Pretax
         
Pretax
 
   
Amount
   
Income
   
Amount
   
Income
   
Amount
   
Income
 
                                     
Federal income tax (a)
  $ 55.9       35.0     $ 64.0       35.0     $ (132.6 )     35.0  
State income tax (b)
    2.4       1.5       4.8       2.6       3.6       (0.9 )
Foreign income tax (c)
    (8.0 )     (5.0 )     (0.6 )     (0.3 )     (2.1 )     0.5  
Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles
    -       -       -       -       163.3       (43.1 )
Application of federal tax credits
    (4.1 )     (2.5 )     (0.6 )     (0.3 )     (3.6 )     0.9  
Adjustment of estimated income tax accruals
    2.3       1.4       (9.7 )     (5.4 )     0.2       -  
Valuation of tax attributes
    (19.5 )     (12.2 )     -       -       (1.9 )     0.5  
Other, net
    (2.8 )     (1.8 )     (1.0 )     (0.5 )     (0.7 )     0.2  
Income tax expense
  $ 26.2       16.4     $ 56.9       31.1     $ 26.2       (6.9 )
 
(a)
At statutory rate.
(b)
Net of Federal benefit.
(c)
Federal tax rate differential.

The tax effect of temporary differences that gave rise to the deferred tax balance sheet accounts were as follows:
 
   
Years Ended September 30
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
Deferred tax assets:
           
Employee benefit accruals
  $ 57.4     $ 45.4  
Reserve for bad debts
    9.0       10.4  
Net operating loss carryforwards - state
    2.7       2.1  
Tax credit carryforwards
    1.9       2.4  
Foreign (loss carryforwards and other tax attributes)
    18.4       21.7  
Other, net
    31.8       34.3  
      121.2       116.3  
Less:  Valuation allowance
    (8.1 )     (28.5 )
      Total deferred tax assets
    113.1       87.8  
                 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Depreciation
    (42.5 )     (41.2 )
Amortization
    (25.4 )     (31.1 )
Other, net
    (4.7 )     (6.4 )
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (72.6 )     (78.7 )
Deferred tax asset - net
  $ 40.5     $ 9.1  
 
At September 30, 2011, we had $18.4 million of deferred tax assets related to operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes in foreign jurisdictions. These tax attributes are subject to various carryforward periods with the majority eligible to be carried forward for an unlimited period. We also had $2.7 million of deferred tax assets related to state net operating loss carryforwards, which expire between 2012 and 2027 and $1.9 million of deferred tax assets related to state credits, which expire between 2012 and 2026.

The gross deferred tax assets as of September 30, 2011 were reduced by valuation allowances of $8.1 million, relating primarily to foreign operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes, as it is more likely than not that some portion or all of these tax attributes will not be realized.  The valuation allowance was reduced by $20.4 million during fiscal 2011 due to releases of valuation allowances on deferred tax assets realized or expected to be utilized as well as adjustments in value of related deferred tax assets.
 
 
In evaluating whether it is more likely than not that we would recover our deferred tax assets, future taxable income, the reversal of existing temporary differences and tax planning strategies were considered. We believe that our estimates for the valuation allowances recorded against deferred tax assets are appropriate based on current facts and circumstances.

We file a consolidated federal income tax return as well as multiple state, local and foreign jurisdiction tax returns.  In the normal course of business, we are subject to examination by the taxing authorities in each of the jurisdictions where we file tax returns.  During fiscal 2011, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) concluded its audit for fiscal year ended 2009.  Also during fiscal 2011, the IRS initiated and is still conducting its post-filing examination of the fiscal 2010 consolidated federal return.  We also continued to participate in the IRS Compliance Assurance Program (“CAP”) for fiscal year 2011 and have submitted the application to remain in the CAP for fiscal 2012 and 2013.  The CAP provides the opportunity for the IRS to review certain tax matters prior to us filing our tax return for the year, thereby reducing the time it takes to complete the post-filing examination. We are also subject to state and local or foreign income tax examinations by taxing authorities for years back to fiscal 2003.

We also have on-going audits in various stages of completion in several state and foreign jurisdictions, one or more of which may conclude within the next 12 months. Such settlements could involve some or all of the following: the payment of additional taxes, the adjustment of certain deferred taxes and/or the recognition of unrecognized tax benefits.  The resolution of these matters, in combination with the expiration of certain statutes of limitations in various jurisdictions, make it reasonably possible that our unrecognized tax benefits may decrease as a result of either payment or recognition by approximately $12 to $14 million in the next twelve months, excluding interest.

The total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits as of September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $17.8 million, $24.0 million and $35.5 million which includes $11.5 million, $8.0 million and $17.3 million, that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate in future periods. The remaining amount relates to items which, if recognized, would not impact our effective tax rate.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
 
   
Years Ended September 30
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
Balance at October 1
  $ 24.0     $ 35.5     $ 29.6  
Increases in tax position of prior years
    0.4       3.9       2.6  
Decreases in tax position of prior years
    (3.0 )     (6.8 )     (3.1 )
Increases in tax positions related to the current year
    5.1       1.4       8.0  
Settlements with taxing authorities
    (5.2 )     (6.0 )     (1.0 )
Lapse of applicable statute of limitations
    (3.5 )     (4.0 )     (1.2 )
Change in positions due to acquisitions or dispositions
    -       -       0.7  
Foreign currency adjustments
    -       -       (0.1 )
Total change
    (6.2 )     (11.5 )     5.9  
Balance at September 30
  $ 17.8     $ 24.0     $ 35.5  

We recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense.  Accrued interest and penalties, which are not presented in the reconciliation table above, were $1.9 million, $2.1 million and $6.8 million at September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009.  During fiscal 2011 and 2009, we recognized $0.1 million and $0.8 million of income tax expense for interest and penalties, while in fiscal 2010 we recognized $3.0 million of income tax benefit for interest and penalties.

The amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits reflected in our financial statements includes amounts related to our former funeral services business for taxing jurisdictions where we filed consolidated tax returns.  Pursuant to the Tax Sharing Agreement entered into as part of the spin-off, Hillenbrand, Inc. is responsible for the portion of the unrecognized tax benefits attributable to the funeral services business.  As of September 30, 2011, such gross unrecognized tax benefits were $2.6 million, excluding interest.
 
 
NOTE 11. EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

Basic earnings per share is calculated based upon the weighted average number of outstanding common shares for the period, plus the effect of deferred vested shares. Diluted earnings per share is calculated consistent with the basic earnings per share calculation plus the effect of dilutive unissued common shares related to stock-based employee compensation programs. For all years presented, anti-dilutive stock options were excluded from the calculation of dilutive earnings per share. Excluded shares were 0.6 million, 3.4 million and 5.8 million for fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009. Cumulative treasury stock acquired, less cumulative shares reissued, have been excluded in determining the average number of shares outstanding. For the year ended September 30, 2009, as a result of our net loss and to avoid dilution of the net loss, our basic and diluted earnings per share were identical.

Earnings per share is calculated as follows:
   
Years Ended September 30
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
                   
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders
  $ 133.3     $ 125.3     $ (405.0 )
                         
Average shares outstanding - Basic
    63,164       62,934       62,581  
Add potential effect of exercise of stock options
                       
and other unvested equity awards
    735       805       -  
Average shares outstanding - Diluted
    63,899       63,739       62,581  
                         
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Common Shareholders
                       
per Common Share - Basic
  $ 2.11     $ 1.99     $ (6.47 )
                         
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Common Shareholders
                       
per Common Share - Diluted
  $ 2.09     $ 1.97     $ (6.47 )
 
NOTE 12. SEGMENT REPORTING

We disclose segment information that is consistent with the way in which management operates and views the business. During the first quarter of fiscal 2011, we changed our segment reporting to reflect changes in our organizational structure and management’s view of the business.  We moved our surgical reporting unit from the International and Surgical segment (now referred to as the International segment) to the North America Acute Care segment.  In addition, manufacturing and research and development costs were fully allocated to our three segments.  We have also assigned additional direct functional costs to the segments as well as an allocation of certain corporate functional expenses that can be attributed to the segments.  The prior year segment information included in this Note has been updated to reflect these changes.  Our new operating structure contains the following reporting segments:
 
 
·
North America Acute Care - sells and rents our hospital patient support and near-patient technologies, as well as our health information technology solutions and surgical accessories, to acute care facilities .
 
 
·
North America Post-Acute Care - sells and rents a variety of products outside of the hospital setting including long-term acute care, extended care and home care and our respiratory care products in all settings .
 
 
·
International - sells and rents similar products as our North America businesses in regions outside of the U.S. and Canada.
 
Our performance under the new operating structure continues to be measured on a divisional income basis before litigation and special charges.  Divisional income generally represents the division’s standard gross profit less its direct operating costs along with an allocation of manufacturing and distribution costs, research and development and corporate functional expenses.

Corporate expenses, while not considered a segment, are presented separately to aid in the reconciliation of segment information to consolidated financial information.  These costs include corporate expenses that support the entire organization such as administration, finance, legal and human resources.
 
 
   
Years Ended September 30
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
Revenues:
                 
North America Acute Care
  $ 981.0     $ 875.8     $ 826.7  
North America Post-Acute Care
    209.1       205.7       200.8  
International
    401.6       388.1       359.4  
     Total revenues
  $ 1,591.7     $ 1,469.6     $ 1,386.9  
                         
Divisional income:
                       
North America Acute Care
  $ 227.3     $ 177.8     $ 118.1  
North America Post-Acute Care
    43.3       46.0       41.7  
International
    27.9       29.9       10.3  
Corporate expenses
    (83.0 )     (70.0 )     (59.5 )
     Total divisional income
    215.5       183.7       110.6  
                         
Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles
    -       -       472.8  
Litigation charge (credit)
    47.3       (21.2 )     -  
Special charges
    1.4       13.2       20.5  
     Operating profit (loss)
    166.8       191.7       (382.7 )
                         
Gain on sale of non-strategic assets
    -       -       10.2  
Interest expense
    (8.5 )     (8.7 )     (10.4 )
Investment income and other, net
    1.4       (0.1 )     4.1  
     Income before income taxes
  $ 159.7     $ 182.9     $ (378.8 )
 
Geographic Information

Geographic data for net revenues and long-lived assets (which consist mainly of property and equipment leased to others) were as follows:
 
   
Years Ended September 30
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
Net revenues to unaffiliated customers: (a)
                 
United States
  $ 1,105.0     $ 1,027.1     $ 985.5  
Foreign
    486.7       442.5       401.4  
Total revenues
  $ 1,591.7     $ 1,469.6     $ 1,386.9  
Long-lived assets: (b)
                       
United States
  $ 180.2     $ 200.3     $ 230.5  
Foreign
    42.6       43.4       41.9  
Total long-lived assets
  $ 222.8     $ 243.7     $ 272.4  
                         
(a) Net revenues are attributed to geographic areas based on the location of the customer.
         
                         
(b) Includes property and equipment leased to others.
                       

 
NOTE 13. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

The following table presents selected consolidated financial data by quarter for each of the last two fiscal years.
 
2011 Quarter Ended
                       
 
 
December 31, 2010
   
March 31, 2011
   
June 30, 2011
   
September 30, 2011
 
                         
Net revenues
  $ 374.2     $ 402.1     $ 384.8     $ 430.6  
Gross profit
  $ 184.5     $ 198.6     $ 187.6     $ 210.6  
Net income attributable to common shareholders
  $ 35.2     $ 33.1     $ 1.5     $ 63.5  
Basic net income attributable to common
                               
shareholders per common share
  $ 0.56     $ 0.53     $ 0.02     $ 1.01  
Diluted net income attributable to common
                               
shareholders per common share
  $ 0.55     $ 0.52     $ 0.02     $ 1.01  
                                 
                                 
2010 Quarter Ended
                               
 
 
December 31, 2009
   
March 31, 2010
   
June 30, 2010
   
September 30, 2010
 
                                 
Net revenues
  $ 355.3     $ 357.1     $ 360.6     $ 396.6  
Gross profit
  $ 170.8     $ 171.8     $ 178.0     $ 196.0  
Net income attributable to common shareholders
  $ 19.8     $ 24.2     $ 30.6     $ 50.7  
Basic net income attributable to common
                               
shareholders per common share
  $ 0.32     $ 0.38     $ 0.48     $ 0.80  
Diluted net income attributable to common
                               
shareholders per common share
  $ 0.31     $ 0.38     $ 0.48     $ 0.79  
 
 
NOTE 14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Lease Commitments

Rental expense for fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $20.0 million, $19.5 million and $19.4 million. The table below indicates the minimum annual rental commitments (excluding renewable periods) aggregating $59.3 million, for manufacturing facilities, warehouse distribution centers, service centers and sales offices, under non-cancelable operating leases.
 
   
Amount
 
2012
  $ 20.9  
2013
  $ 13.7  
2014
  $ 9.0  
2015
  $ 5.4  
2016
  $ 3.9  
2017 and beyond
  $ 6.4  

 
We have a long-term agreement with IBM to manage our global information structure environment that expires in September 2014.  The expected aggregate cost from September 30, 2011 through the duration of the contract is $33.0 million.

 
Self Insurance

We are involved in possible claims and are generally self-insured up to certain limits for product/general liability, workers’ compensation, auto liability and professional liability insurance programs.  These policies have deductibles and self-insured retentions ranging from $150 thousand to $1.5 million per occurrence, depending upon the type of coverage and policy period.  We are also generally self-insured up to certain stop-loss limits for certain employee health benefits, including medical, drug and dental.  Our policy is to estimate reserves based upon a number of factors including known claims, estimated incurred but not reported claims and outside actuarial analysis, which are based on historical information along with certain assumptions about future events.

Legal Proceedings

Batesville Casket Antitrust Litigation

In 2005 the Funeral Consumers Alliance, Inc. and a number of individual consumer casket purchasers filed a purported class action antitrust lawsuit on behalf of certain consumer purchasers of Batesville® caskets against us and our former Batesville Casket Company, Inc. subsidiary (now wholly-owned by Hillenbrand, Inc.), and three national funeral home businesses.

The district court has dismissed the claims and denied class certification, but in October 2010, the plaintiffs appealed these decisions to the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit.  If the plaintiffs were to succeed in reversing the district court’s dismissal of the claims, but not the denial of class certification, then the plaintiffs would be able to pursue individual damages claims: the alleged overcharges on the plaintiffs’ individual casket purchases, which would be trebled as a matter of law, plus reasonable attorneys fees and costs.

If the plaintiffs were to (1) succeed in reversing the district court’s dismissal of the claims, (2) succeed in reversing the district court order denying class certification and certify a class, and (3) prevail at trial, then the damages awarded to the plaintiffs, which would be trebled as a matter of law, could have a significant material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and/or liquidity.  The plaintiffs filed a report indicating that they are seeking damages ranging from approximately $947.0 million to approximately $1.5 billion before trebling on behalf of the purported class of consumers they seek to represent.

We and Hillenbrand, Inc. have entered into a judgment sharing agreement that apportions the costs and any potential liabilities associated with this litigation between us and Hillenbrand, Inc.  We believe that we have committed no wrongdoing as alleged by the plaintiffs and that we have meritorious defenses to class certification and to plaintiffs’ underlying allegations and damage theories.

Office of Inspector General Investigation

In February 2008, we were served with an Administrative Investigative Demand subpoena by the United States Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of Tennessee pursuant to a Health and Human Services’ Office of Inspector General investigation.  In September 2008, we were informed that the investigation was precipitated by the 2005 filing of a qui tam complaint under the False Claims Act in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Tennessee.  In June 2011, we reached agreement with respect to a tentative financial settlement and recognized a charge in the third quarter of $42.3 million.  This settlement was finalized and paid in September 2011.  Concurrently with this settlement, we entered into a five year Corporate Integrity Agreement, which provides for certain other compliance-related activities during the five year term of the agreement, including specific written standards, monitoring, training, education, independent review, disclosure and reporting requirements. We did not admit any wrongdoing as part of the settlement.

Freedom Medical Antitrust Litigation

On October 19, 2009, Freedom Medical, Inc. filed a complaint against us, another manufacturer and two group purchasing organizations in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas.  The plaintiff alleged, among other things, that we and the other defendants conspired to exclude it from the biomedical equipment rental market and to maintain our market share by engaging in a variety of conduct in violation of state and federal antitrust laws.  In September 2011, we settled this matter in exchange for a payment of $5.0 million.  We did not admit any wrongdoing as part of the settlement.
 
 
Stryker Litigation

On April 4, 2011, we filed two separate actions against Stryker Corporation alleging infringement of certain Hill-Rom patents covering proprietary communications networks, status information systems and powered wheels used in our beds or stretchers.  One suit was filed in the Southern District of Indiana and the other was filed in the Western District of Wisconsin.  Both suits seek monetary damages and injunctions against Stryker for selling or distributing any beds, stretchers or ancillary products that infringe Hill-Rom’s patents. Stryker responded in the Wisconsin litigation with counterclaims seeking declaratory judgment for noninfringement and invalidity for the patents at issue.  In the Indiana litigation, Stryker has counterclaimed for non-infringement and invalidity for several of the patents at issue, and has filed counterclaims alleging infringement of three of their patents.  In August 2011 the Wisconsin litigation was transferred to the Southern District of Indiana. No trial dates have been set.  Because the litigation is in a preliminary stage, we cannot assess the likelihood of a positive or negative outcome or determine an estimate, or a range of estimates, of potential damages, nor can we give any assurances that this matter will not have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Antitrust Settlement

In fiscal 2005, we entered into a definitive, court approved agreement with Spartanburg Regional Healthcare Systems and its attorneys to settle a purported antitrust class action lawsuit.  A number of potential plaintiffs, including the United States government, opted out of the settlement, and we retained a reserve of $21.2 million against these potential claims.  However, no individual claims were filed prior to the August 2010 statute of limitations deadline, and we therefore reversed this reserve into income as of September 30, 2010.

General

We are subject to various other claims and contingencies arising out of the normal course of business, including those relating to governmental investigations and proceedings, commercial transactions, product liability, employee related matters, antitrust, safety, health, taxes, environmental and other matters.  Litigation is subject to many uncertainties and the outcome of individual litigated matters is not predictable with assurance.  It is possible that some litigation matters for which reserves have not been established could be decided unfavorably to us, and that any such unfavorable decisions could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
 


Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the supervision and participation of our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (the “Certifying Officers”), has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of September 30, 2011. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Certifying Officers and our Board of Directors, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Based upon that evaluation, the Certifying Officers concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of September 30, 2011.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The report of management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2011 and the related attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm, are included under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Except as described in the following paragraph, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended September 30, 2011 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

We utilize a company-wide information technology (“IT”) platform.  This IT platform is integrated into substantially all of our company-wide operations and materially impacts our manufacturing, sales, accounting and other back-office functionality.  In the second quarter of fiscal 2011, we completed the first phase of a multi-year initiative to upgrade this platform, with the second phase of the initiative beginning in the fourth quarter.  This upgrade includes changes to the design and operation of controls over financial reporting as well as monitoring controls surrounding the implementation of these changes.  We are testing controls for design effectiveness prior to implementation of each phase, and operating effectiveness during and after implementation.


None.



The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC in January 2012 relating to our 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2012 Proxy Statement”), under the headings “Election of Directors”, “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”, and “Corporate Governance.” Information relating to our executive officers is included in this report in Part I, Item 1 under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant.”


The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the 2012 Proxy Statement, under the heading “Executive Compensation.”


The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the 2012 Proxy Statement, under the headings “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information.”


The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the 2012 Proxy Statement, where such information is included under the heading “Corporate Governance.”


The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the 2012 Proxy Statement, where such information is included under the heading “Proposals Requiring Your Vote - Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”
 
 


(a)
The following documents have been filed as a part of this Form 10-K or, where noted, incorporated by reference:

 
(1)
Financial Statements

The financial statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries are listed under Part II, Item 8 on the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 36.

 
(2)
Financial Statement Schedules

The financial statement schedule filed in response to Part II, Item 8 and Part IV, Item 15(c) of Form 10-K is listed under Part II, Item 8 on the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 36.

 
(3)
Exhibits (See changes to Exhibit Index below):

“The Exhibit Index, which follows the signature page to this Form 10-K and is hereby incorporated herein by reference, sets forth a list of those exhibits filed herewith, and includes and identifies management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as exhibits to this Form 10-K by Item 601 (b)(10)(iii) of Regulation S-K.”

The agreements included as exhibits to this Form 10-K are intended to provide information regarding their terms and not to provide any other factual or disclosure information about us or the other parties to the agreements.  The agreements may contain representations and warranties by the parties to the agreements, including us, solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement.  Such representation and warranties:

 
·
should not in all instances be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate;
 
·
may have been qualified by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement, which disclosures are not necessarily reflected in the agreement;
 
·
may apply standards of materiality in a way that is different from what may be viewed as material to certain investors; and
 
·
were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement and are subject to more recent developments.

Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time.

SCHEDULE II


Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

For The Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in millions)
 
         
ADDITIONS
                 
   
BALANCE AT
   
CHARGED TO
   
CHARGED TO
     
DEDUCTIONS
     
BALANCE
 
   
BEGINNING
   
COSTS AND
   
OTHER
     
NET OF
     
AT END
 
DESCRIPTION
 
OF PERIOD
   
EXPENSES
   
ACCOUNTS
     
RECOVERIES
     
OF PERIOD
 
                                   
Reserves deducted from assets to which they apply:
                                 
Allowance for possible losses and sales returns -
                                 
accounts receivable:
                                 
                                   
Period Ended:
                                 
September 30, 2011
  $ 29.0     $ 1.5     $ 3.1  
(a)
  $ (6.9 )
(b)
    26.7  
September 30, 2010
  $ 27.5     $ 0.8     $ 7.2  
(a)
  $ (6.5 )
(b)
  $ 29.0  
September 30, 2009
  $ 25.9     $ 4.1     $ 8.0  
(a)
  $ (10.5 )
(b)
  $ 27.5  
                                             
Allowance for inventory valuation:
                                           
                                             
Period Ended:
                                           
September 30, 2011
  $ 24.7     $ 3.7     $ -       $ (5.5 )
(c)
    22.9  
September 30, 2010
  $ 28.3     $ 0.2     $ -       $ (3.8 )
(c)
    24.7  
September 30, 2009
  $ 21.2     $ 10.5     $ -       $ (3.4 )
(c)
    28.3  
                                             
Valuation allowance against deferred tax assets:
                                           
                                             
Period Ended:
                                           
September 30, 2011
  $ 28.5     $ (19.5 )   $ -       $ (0.9 )
(d)
    8.1  
September 30, 2010
  $ 37.5     $ (0.8 )   $ -       $ (8.2 )
(d)
    28.5  
September 30, 2009
  $ 85.7     $ 2.4     $ -       $ (50.6 )
(d)
    37.5  
 
(a)
Reduction of gross revenues for uncollectible health care rental reimbursements, cash discounts and other adjustments in determining
 
net revenue.  Also includes the effect of acquired businesses, if any.
   
(b)
Generally reflects the write-off  of specific receivables against recorded reserves.
   
(c)
Generally reflects the write-off of specific inventory against recorded reserves.
   
(d)
Primarily reflects write-offs of deferred tax assets against the valuation allowance and other movement of the valuation allowance
 
offset by an opposing change in deferred tax assets.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 
HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC.
 
     
       
 
By:
/s/ John J. Greisch
 
   
John J. Greisch
 
   
President and Chief Executive Officer
 

Date: November 16, 2011

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.



/s/         Rolf A. Classon                                                                         
 
/s/         James R. Giertz                                                                         
Rolf A. Classon
Chairman of the Board
 
James R. Giertz
Director
     
/s/         John J. Greisch                                                                         
 
/s/         Charles E. Golden                                                                         
John J. Greisch
President and Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
Charles E. Golden
Director
     
/s/         Joanne C. Smith, M.D.                                                                         
 
/s/         W August Hillenbrand                                                                         
Joanne C. Smith, M.D.
Director
Vice Chairperson of the Board
 
W August Hillenbrand
Director
     
/s/         Mark J. Guinan                                                                         
 
/s/         Ronald A. Malone                                                                         
Mark J. Guinan
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
Ronald A. Malone
Director
     
/s/         Richard G. Keller                                                                         
 
/s/         Eduardo R. Menascé                                                                         
Richard G. Keller
Vice President — Controller and
Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
 
Eduardo R. Menascé
Director
   
/s/       Katherine S. Napier                                                                                
   
Katherine S. Napier
Director

Date: November 16, 2011

HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC.

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Management contracts and compensatory plans or arrangements are designated with “*”.
 
2.1
Distribution Agreement dated as of March 14, 2008 by and between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. (formerly Hillenbrand Industries, Inc.)  and Hillenbrand, Inc. (formerly Batesville Holdings, Inc.) (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 filed with Form 8-K dated April 1, 2008)
   
2.2
Letter Agreement dated as of March 31, 2008 between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Hillenbrand, Inc. regarding interpretation of Distribution Agreement (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.2 filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008.)
   
2.3
Share Sale and Purchase Agreement dated as of September 30, 2008 between Family Holding I Alvik AB and Hill-Rom AB regarding the sale of Liko Vårdlyft AB (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 filed with Form 8-K dated September 30, 2008)
   
2.4
Share Sale and Purchase Agreement dated as of September 30, 2008 between AM Holding AB and Hill-Rom Company, Inc. regarding the sale of Liko North America Corporation (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.2 filed with Form 8-K dated September 30, 2008)
   
3.1
Restated and Amended Articles of Incorporation of Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc., as currently in effect (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 filed with Form 8-K dated March 10, 2010)
   
3.2
Amended and Restated Code of By-Laws of Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc., as currently in effect (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 filed with Form 8-K dated March 10, 2010)
   
4.1
Indenture dated as of December 1, 1991, between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Union Bank, N.A. (as successor to LaSalle Bank National Association and Harris Trust and Savings Bank) as Trustee (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (4) (a) to Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration No. 33-44086)
   
*10.1
Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated Short Term Incentive Compensation Program (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2009)
   
*10.2
Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 27, 1999)
   
*10.3
Form of Stock Award granted to certain executive officers (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 filed with Form 10-K for the year ended November 27, 1999)
   
*10.4
Form of Stock Award granted to certain executive officers under the Stock Incentive Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 filed with Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2003)
   
*10.5
Form of Director Indemnity Agreement (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 filed with Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2003)
   
*10.6
Form of Indemnity Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and certain executive officers
   
*10.7
Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Board of Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 2, 2001)
   
*10.8
Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Director Phantom Stock Plan and form of award (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 2, 2001)
 
 
*10.9
Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 filed with Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2003)
   
*10.10
Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Senior Executive Deferred Compensation Program (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 filed with Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2003)
   
*10.11
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under Amended and Restated Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan
   
*10.12
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (CEO version) under Amended and Restated Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan
   
*10.13
Form of Director Stock Award (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2004)
   
*10.14
Form of Performance Based Stock Award granted December 3, 2009 to certain executive officers, including the named executive officers, under the Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 filed with Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2010)
   
  10.15
Credit Agreement dated as of March 28, 2008 among Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc., the lenders named therein, and Citibank, N.A. as agent for the lenders (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K dated April 1, 2008)
   
*10.16
Employment Agreement dated as of March 31, 2008 between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and  Peter H. Soderberg (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 filed with Form 8-K dated April 1, 2008)
   
*10.17
Employment Agreement dated as of March 31, 2008 between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Gregory N. Miller (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 filed with Form 8-K dated April 1, 2008)
   
*10.18
Employment Agreement dated as of March 31, 2008 between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Patrick D. de Maynadier (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 filed with Form 8-K dated April 1, 2008)
   
*10.19
Employment Agreement dated as of March 31, 2008 between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and John H. Dickey (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 filed with Form 8-K dated April 1, 2008)
   
*10.20
Form of Change in Control Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Peter H. Soderberg (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 filed with Form 8-K dated April 1, 2008)
   
  10.21
Judgment Sharing Agreement dated as of March 14, 2008 among Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc., Hillenbrand, Inc. and Batesville Casket Company, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 filed with Form 8-K dated April 1, 2008)
   
  10.22
Employee Matters Agreement dated as of March 14, 2008 between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Hillenbrand, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 filed with Form 8-K dated April 1, 2008)
   
  10.23
Tax Sharing Agreement dated as of March 31, 2008 between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Hillenbrand, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 filed with Form 8-K dated April 1, 2008)
   
*10.24
Amended and Restated Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, as currently in effect (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.30 filed with Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2009)
   
*10.25
Employment Agreement dated as of March 31, 2008 between Hill-Rom Company, Inc. and Richard G. Keller (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008)
   
*10.26
Employment Agreement dated as of  March 31, 2008 between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and C. Jeffery Kao (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008)
 
 
*10.27
Employment Agreement dated as of  March 31, 2008 between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Mark D. Baron (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008)
   
*10.28
Employment Agreement dated as of March 31, 2008 between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Kimberly K. Dennis (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008)
   
*10.29
Employment Agreement dated as of July 31, 2008 between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Earl V. DeCarli (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008)
   
*10.30
Letter Agreement dated September 27, 2009 between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Peter H. Soderberg (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with Form 8-K dated September 27, 2009)
   
*10.31
Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (Incorporated by reference to Appendix I to the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A dated January 7, 2009)
   
*10.32
Letter Agreement effective October 1, 2009 between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Earl V. DeCarli (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.40 filed with Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2009)
   
*10.33
Employment Agreement dated January 6, 2010 between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and John J. Greisch (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with Form 8-K dated January 7, 2010)
   
*10.34
Change in Control Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and John J. Greisch dated January 6, 2010 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 filed with Form 8-K dated January 7, 2010)
   
*10.35
Limited Recapture Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and John J. Greisch dated January 6, 2010 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 filed with Form 8-K dated January 7, 2010)
   
*10.36
Separation and Release Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and C. Jeffrey Kao dated March 1, 2010 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with Form 8-K dated March 3, 2010)
   
*10.37
Separation and Release Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Gregory J. Tucholski dated April 23, 2010 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010)
   
*10.38
Employment Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Alejandro Infante-Saracho dated May 6, 2010 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010)
 
 
*10.39
Limited Recapture Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Alejandro Infante-Saracho dated May 6, 2010 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010)
 
 
*10.40
Employment Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Susan R. Lichtenstein dated May 10, 2010 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010)
 
 
*10.41
Limited Recapture Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Susan R. Lichtenstein dated May 10, 2010 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010)
 
 
*10.42
Employment Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Philip D. Settimi dated May 6, 2010 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010)
 
 
*10.43
Limited Recapture Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Philip D. Settimi dated May 6, 2010 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010)
   
*10.44
Employment Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Martha G. Aronson dated August 1, 2010 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K on November 17, 2010)
 
 
*10.45
Limited Recapture Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Martha G. Aronson dated August 1, 2010 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K on November 17, 2010)
 
 
*10.46
Employment Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Perry Stuckey III dated August 1, 2010 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.52 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K on November 17, 2010)
 
 
*10.47
Limited Recapture Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Perry Stuckey III dated August 1, 2010 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.53 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K on November 17, 2010)
 
 
*10.48
Employment Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Scott R. Jeffers dated September 13, 2010 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.54 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K on November 17, 2010)
 
 
*10.49
Limited Recapture Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Scott R. Jeffers dated September 13, 2010 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.55 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K on November 17, 2010)
   
*10.50
Amended Employment Agreement dated as of July 28, 2010 between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Patrick D. de Maynadier (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.56 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K on November 17, 2010)
   
*10.51
Amended Employment Agreement dated as of August 26, 2010 between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Mark D. Baron (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.57 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K on November 17, 2010)
   
*10.52
Form of Change in Control Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and certain of its officers, including Named Executive Officers (other than the CEO) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.58 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K on November 17, 2010)
   
*10.53
Amended Change in Control Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and John J. Greisch dated September 30, 2010 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.59 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K on November 17, 2010)
   
*10.54
Change in Control Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Kimberly K. Dennis dated September 30, 2010 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.60 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K on November 17, 2010)
   
*10.55
2011 Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.61 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K on November 17, 2010)
   
*10.56
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under Amended and Restated Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.63 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K on November 17, 2010)
   
*10.57
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (CEO version) under Amended and Restated Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.65 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K on November 17, 2010)
   
*10.58
Employment Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Mark Guinan, dated November 1, 2010 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with the Company’s Form 8-K on November 1, 2010)
   
*10.59
Limited Recapture Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Mark Guinan, dated November 1, 2010 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 filed with the Company’s Form 8-K on November 1, 2010)
   
*10.60
Letter Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Greg Miller, dated November 1, 2010 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 filed with the Company’s Form 8-K on November 1, 2010)
   
*10.61
FY 2011 Form of Performance Based Stock Award under the Stock Incentive Plan
   
*10.62
FY 2011 Form of Performance Based Stock Award under the Stock Incentive Plan (CEO version)
   
*10.63
Separation and Release Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Perry Stuckey effective December 31, 2010 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q on January 27, 2011)
   
*10.64
Employment Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Brian Lawrence, dated December 6, 2010 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q on January 27, 2011)
 
 
*10.65
Limited Recapture Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Brian Lawrence, dated December 6, 2010 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q on January 27, 2011)
   
*10.66
Employment Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Michael O. Oliver, dated March 14, 2011 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q on April 28, 2011)
   
*10.67
Limited Recapture Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Michael O. Oliver, dated March 14, 2011 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q on April 28, 2011)
   
*10.68
Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Short-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Appendix 1 to the Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A dated January 18, 2011)
   
*10.69
Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
   
*10.70
Employment Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Alton Shader, dated July 11, 2011 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q on July 28, 2011)
   
*10.71
Limited Recapture Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Alton Shader, dated July 11, 2011 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q on July 28, 2011)
   
*10.72
Employment Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Andreas Frank, dated October 3, 2011
   
*10.73
Limited Recapture Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Andreas Frank, dated October 3, 2011
   
  99.1
Schedules showing the effect of changes in reportable segments for quarterly periods in fiscal year 2009 and 2010 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q on April 28, 2011)
   
  21
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
   
  23
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
   
  31.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
   
  31.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
   
  32.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
   
  32.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
   
101.INS     
XBRL Instance Document
 
 
101.SCH    
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
 
 
101.CAL    
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
 
 
101.DEF    
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
   
101.LAB    
XBRL Extension Labels Linkbase Document
 
 
101.PRE    
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
 
 
 
84
 

 
Exhibit 10.6
OFFICER INDEMNITY AGREEMENT


THIS AGREEMENT is made as of _______________, 20__, by and between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc., an Indiana corporation (the “Corporation”), and _____________________ (the “Officer”).

WHEREAS, the Corporation is aware that competent and experienced persons are increasingly reluctant to serve as officers of corporations unless they are protected by officer liability insurance and/or indemnification, due to the increasing amount of litigation against officers and the increasing expense of defending such claims; and

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Corporation to retain and attract as officers the most capable and qualified persons available; and

WHEREAS, the Corporation’s articles of incorporation and the Indiana Business Corporation Law, by their nonexclusive nature, permit contracts between the Corporation and its officers with respect to indemnification of officers.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Corporation and the Officer agree as follows:

1.            Definitions .  As used in this Agreement:

(a)          “expenses” includes all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and related disbursements and other out-of-pocket costs) actually and reasonably incurred by the Officer in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of a proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Agreement; provided, however, that expenses shall not include any judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties or amounts paid in settlement of a proceeding.

(b)          “proceeding” includes, without limitation, any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing or any other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative and whether formal or informal, whether by a third party or by or in the right of the Corporation, by reason of the fact that the Officer is or was an officer of the Corporation or, while an officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, member, manager, trustee, employee, fiduciary, or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, or an affiliate of the Corporation, whether for profit or not.
 
 
 

 
 
2.            Indemnity .  The Corporation shall indemnify the Officer in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 if the Officer is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any proceeding against all expenses, judgments, fines (including any excise tax or penalty assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan) and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the Officer in connection with such proceeding, but only (a) if the Officer acted in good faith, and (b) (i) in the case of conduct in the Officer’s official capacity with the Corporation, if the Officer acted in a manner which the Officer reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Corporation, or (ii) in the case of conduct other than in the Officer’s official capacity with the Corporation, if the Officer acted in a manner which the Officer reasonably believed was at least not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and (c) in the case of a criminal proceeding, the Officer had reasonable cause to believe that the Officer’s conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe that the Officer’s conduct was unlawful, and (d) if required by the Indiana Business Corporation Law, as amended or as may be amended, revised or superseded (the “Act”), the Corporation makes a determination that indemnification of the Officer is permissible because the Officer has met the standard of conduct as set forth in the Act.

3.            Indemnification of Expenses of Successful Party .  Notwith-standing any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that the Officer has been wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, including the dismissal of an action without prejudice, the Corporation shall indemnify the Officer against all expenses incurred in connection therewith.

4.            Additional Indemnification .  Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2 or 3, the Corporation shall indemnify the Officer to the full extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the Act adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers if the Officer is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any proceeding against all expenses, judgments, fines (including any excise tax or penalty assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan) and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the Officer in connection with such proceeding.

5.            Exclusions .  Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Corporation shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity or advance expenses in connection with any claim made against the Officer:

(a)          for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of the Officer under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under such insurance or other indemnity provision;

(b)         if a court having jurisdiction in the matter shall finally determine that the Officer derived an improper personal benefit from any transaction;

(c)          if a court having jurisdiction in the matter shall finally determine that the Officer is liable for disgorgement of profits resulting from the purchase and sale or sale and purchase by the Officer of securities of the Corporation in violation of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and amendments thereto or similar provisions of any federal, state or local statutory law or common law;

(d)         if a court having jurisdiction in the matter shall finally determine that such indemnification is not lawful under any applicable statute or public policy (in this respect, if applicable, both the Corporation and the Officer have been advised that the Securities and Exchange Commission takes the position that indemnification for liabilities arising under the federal securities laws is against public policy and is, therefore, unenforceable and that claims for indemnification should be submitted to appropriate courts for adjudication); or
 
 
- 2 -

 
 
(e)          in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by the Officer against the Corporation or its directors, officers or employees, unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the Corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Corporation under applicable law, or (iv) the proceeding is initiated pursuant to Section 8 hereof and the Officer is successful in whole or in part in such proceeding.

6.            Advancement of Expenses .  The expenses incurred by the Officer in any proceeding shall be paid promptly by the Corporation upon demand and in advance of final disposition of the proceeding at the written request of the Officer, if (a) the Officer furnishes the Corporation with a written affirmation of the Officer’s good faith belief that the Officer has met the standard of conduct required by the Act or this Agreement, (b) the Officer furnishes the Corporation with a written undertaking to repay such advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that the Officer did not meet the standard of conduct that would entitle the Officer to indemnification, and (c) if required by the Act, the Corporation makes a determination that the facts known to those making the determination would not preclude indemnification under the Act.  Such advances shall be made without regard to the Officer’s ability to repay such expenses.

7.            Notification and Defense of Claim .  As soon as practicable after receipt by the Officer of notice of the commencement of any proceeding, the Officer will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Corporation under this Agreement, notify the Corporation of the commencement thereof; provided, however, that the omission so to notify the Corporation will not relieve the Corporation from any liability which it may have to the Officer otherwise than under this Agreement.  With respect to any such proceeding as to which the Officer notifies the Corporation of the commencement thereof:

(a)         The Corporation will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense.

(b)         Except as otherwise provided below, the Corporation may, at its option and jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified and electing to assume such defense, assume the defense thereof, with legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Officer.  The Officer shall have the right to employ separate counsel in such proceeding, but the Corporation shall not be liable to the Officer under this Agreement, including Section 6 hereof, for the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Corporation of its assumption of the defense, unless (i) the Officer reasonably concludes that there may be a conflict of interest between the Corporation and the Officer in the conduct of the defense of such proceeding or (ii) the Corporation does not employ counsel to assume the defense of such proceeding.  The Corporation shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any proceeding brought by the Corporation or as to which the Officer shall have made the conclusion provided for in (i) above.
 
 
- 3 -

 
 
(c)         If two or more persons who may be entitled to indemnification from the Corporation, including the Officer, are parties to any proceeding, the Corporation may require the Officer to engage the same legal counsel as the other parties.  The Officer shall have the right to employ separate legal counsel in such proceeding, but the Corporation shall not be liable to the Officer under this Agreement, including Section 6 hereof, for the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Corporation of the requirement to engage the same counsel as other parties, unless the Officer reasonably concludes that there may be a conflict of interest between the Officer and any of the other parties required by the Corporation to be represented by the same legal counsel.

(d)         The Corporation shall not be liable to indemnify the Officer under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent in advance which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  The Corporation shall be permitted to settle any proceeding the defense of which it assumes, except the Corporation shall not settle any action or claim in any manner which would impose any penalty or limitation on the Officer without the Officer’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

8.            Enforcement .  Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Agreement to the Officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the Officer in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within 90 days of a written request therefor.  The Officer, in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim.  Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or its shareholders) to make a determination prior to the commencement of such enforcement action that indemnification of the Officer is proper in the circumstances, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or its shareholders) that such indemnification is improper, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the Officer is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise.  The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order of court, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Officer is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise.

9.            Partial Indemnification .  If the Officer is entitled under any provisions of this Agreement to indemnification by the Corporation for some or a portion of the expenses, judgments, fines (including any excise tax or penalty assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan) and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the Officer in the investigation, defense, appeal or settlement of any proceeding but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Corporation shall indemnify the Officer for the portion of such expenses, judgments, fines (including any excise tax or penalty assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan) and amounts paid in settlement to which the Officer is entitled.

10.          Term .  The term of this Agreement shall begin on the date first written above and shall terminate at such time as the Officer no longer serves as an officer of the Corporation, subject to the survival of rights of indemnification set forth in paragraph 11 below.
 
 
- 4 -

 
 
11.          Nonexclusivity; Survival; Successors and Assigns .  The indemnification and advance payment of expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the Officer may be entitled under the Corporation’s articles of incorporation, the by-laws, any other agreement, any vote of shareholders or directors, the Act, or otherwise, both as to action in the Officer’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.  The right of the Officer to indemnification under this Agreement shall vest at the time of occurrence or performance of any event, act or omission or any alleged event, act or omission giving rise to any action, suit or proceeding and, once vested, shall survive any actual or purported termination of this Agreement by the Corporation or its successors or assigns whether by operation of law or otherwise and shall survive termination of the Officer’s services to the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, personal representatives and estate of the Officer. This Agreement shall be binding, and the Corporation shall take such action to ensure that it is binding, upon all successors and assigns of the Corporation, including any transferee of all or substantially all of its assets and any successor by merger, consolidation, or operation of law.

12.          Severability .  If this Agreement or any portion thereof is invali-dated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, the Corporation shall indemnify the Officer as to expenses, judgments, fines (including any excise tax or penalty assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan) and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any proceeding to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Agreement that is not invalidated or by any other applicable law.

13.          Subrogation .  In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Officer, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts necessary or desirable to secure such rights and to enable the Corporation effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

14.          Modification and Waiver .  No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or nor similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

15.          Notices .  All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) if delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom such notice or other communication shall have been directed, at the time of such delivery, or (ii) if mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, three (3) business days after deposit into the United States mail if to an address in the United States, or if delivered by recognized overnight courier three (3) business days after receipt by such courier if to an address outside the United States:

(a)         If to the Officer, at the address indicated above.

(b)         If to the Corporation, to:
 
                               
Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc.
 
1069 State Route 46 East
 
Batesville, Indiana  47006
 
Attention:  General Counsel
                       
or to such other address as may have been furnished to either party by the other party.
 
 
- 5 -

 
 
16.          Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, which shall together constitute one agreement.

17.          Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana, without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles requiring application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction.

18.          Scope of Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto for the purposes herein contained, and this Agreement shall supercede any other agreements, understandings, representations, or warranties, oral or written, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, which shall be deemed to exist or to bind any of the parties hereto or their respective successors or assigns, except as expressly referred to herein.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have entered into this Agreement as of the date first written above.
 
 
HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC.
 
OFFICER
 
           
 
         
           
           
By:
     
 
Susan R. Lichtenstein
       
  Senior Vice President, Corporate Affairs,        
 
Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
       
           
 
 
 
- 6 -

Exhibit 10.11
 
HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC.
 
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
 
 
Name of Grantee:  <NAME>
No. of  Shares:  <UNITS>
   
Date of Grant:  <GRANT DATE>
Price per Share:  <GRANT PRICE>
 

 
This Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) by and between HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC. (the “ Company ”) and the Grantee named above (referred to below as “you”) evidences the grant by the Company of a Non-Qualified Stock Option to you on the date stated above (the “ Grant Date ”) and your acceptance of such Option in accordance with the provisions of the Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).
 
Your Option is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan (which is incorporated herein by reference), any rules and regulations adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company or the committee of the Board which administers the Plan (collectively, the “ Committee ”), and this Agreement.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Plan and the provisions of this Agreement, the terms, conditions and provisions of the Plan shall control, and this Agreement shall be deemed to be modified accordingly.  This grant becomes effective only if you sign and return to the Company a copy of this Agreement evidencing your understanding of the terms and conditions of your Option.  Any terms used in this Agreement and not defined have the meanings set forth in the Plan.
 
1.             Option Grant
 
You have been granted an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock, without par value (“ Common Stock ”), set forth above.  The Option is a “non-qualified stock option” and is not an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).
 
2.             Option Price
 
The price at which you may purchase the shares of Common Stock covered by the Option is the price per share set forth above.
 
3.             Term of Option
 
Your Option expires in all events on the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date (“ Expiration Date ”).  Your Option, however, may terminate prior to the Expiration Date as provided in paragraphs 7 and 11 of this Agreement upon the occurrence of one of the events described in those paragraphs.  Regardless of the provisions of paragraphs 7 and 11 and notwithstanding anything else to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in no event can your Option be exercised after the Expiration Date.
 
 
 

 
 
4.             Vesting of Option
 
(a)         Unless it becomes exercisable on an earlier date as provided in paragraph 7 or 11 below and subject to those paragraphs, your Option will become exercisable with respect to the first 25 percent of the shares of Common Stock covered by the Option on the first anniversary of the Grant Date and your Option will become exercisable with respect to the second, third and fourth 25 percent of the shares covered by Option on the second, third and fourth anniversaries of the Grant Date, respectively, provided that you are an employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries on each such date.
 
(b)         To the extent your Option has become exercisable, you may exercise the Option to purchase all or any part of such shares at any time on or before the date the Option expires or terminates, but in no case may fewer than 100 shares be purchased at any one time, except to purchase a residue of fewer than 100 shares.
 
5.             Manner of Exercise
 
 You may exercise your Option by giving notice to the Company or its designated administrator on a form acceptable to the Company (which may be written or electronic) specifying the number of shares of Common Stock desired to be purchased.  The notice must be accompanied by payment of the aggregate option price for such shares, which payment may be made in the following ways:  in cash; by delivery of shares of Common Stock; by broker-assisted cashless exercise; or by a combination of the above, in each case subject to the terms and conditions set forth in paragraphs 6(a), 6(b), and 6(c) below.   Your Option will be deemed exercised on the date your notice of exercise (with required accompaniments as described in paragraph 6) is received by the Company or its designated administrator.
 
6.             Satisfaction of Option Price
 
(a)          Payment of Cash.   Your Option may be exercised by payment of the option price in cash (including cash equivalents, such as check, bank draft, money order, or wire transfer to the order of the Company).
 
(b)          Payment in Common Stock.   Your Option may be exercised by the delivery of unencumbered shares of Common Stock already owned by you for at least six months (either by actual delivery of the shares or by providing an affidavit affirming ownership of the shares in form and manner approved by the Committee).  The shares will be valued at their fair market value on the date of exercise as provided in the Plan.  The stock certificates for the shares you deliver in payment of the exercise price must be duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate stock powers.  Only stock certificates issued solely in your name or jointly in your and your spouse’s name may be delivered.  Only whole shares may be delivered.  Any portion of the exercise price in excess of the fair market value of a whole number of shares must be paid in cash.  If a certificate delivered in exercise of your Option evidences more shares than are needed to pay the exercise price, an appropriate replacement certificate will be issued to you for the excess shares.
 
                (c)          Broker-Assisted Cashless Exercise.   You may exercise your Option by executing and delivering the documents necessary to irrevocably authorize a broker acceptable to the Company to sell shares of Common Stock (or a sufficient portion of such shares) acquired upon exercise of the Option and remit to the Company a sufficient portion of the sale proceeds to pay the entire option price and any withholding tax obligation resulting from such exercise.
 
 
 

 
 
7.             Termination of Employment
 
                (a)          General.   The following rules apply to your Option in the event of your death, disability, retirement, or other termination of your employment with the Company or one of its Subsidiaries.  Authorized leaves of absence from the Company or a Subsidiary shall not constitute a termination of employment for purposes of this Agreement.  Except as set forth in Paragraph 7(d), if you are employed by a Subsidiary of the Company and the Company ceases to own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the ownership interests of the Subsidiary, your employment shall be deemed terminated for purposes of this Agreement at such time.  Paragraph 11 provides special rules which apply after a Change in Control (as defined in that paragraph).
 
(i)          Termination of Employment.   If (a) your employment terminates because of your voluntary resignation (other than Retirement as that term is used below), or (b) if your employment is terminated involuntarily by the Company or a Subsidiary (as applicable, the "Employer") other than for "Cause" (as defined below), your Option will terminate ninety (90) days after such termination of employment.  Following the termination of your employment, no additional portions of your Option will become exercisable, and your Option will be exercisable during such ninety (90) day period only for the number of shares with respect to which it is exercisable on the date of the termination of your employment.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, your Option may not be exercised after the Expiration Date.  If your employment is terminated involuntarily by the Employer for "Cause," your Option (including any portion that has previously become exercisable) will immediately expire and may not be exercised.
 
For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean the Employer's good faith determination that you have:
 
(A)        acted with gross neglect or willful misconduct in the discharge of your duties and responsibilities or refused to follow or comply with the lawful direction of the Employer or the terms and conditions of any applicable employment agreement, providing such refusal is not based primarily on your good faith compliance with applicable legal or ethical standards;
 
(B)         acquiesced or participated in any conduct that is dishonest, fraudulent, illegal (at the felony level), unethical, involves moral turpitude or is otherwise illegal and involves conduct that has the potential, in the Employer's reasonable opinion, to cause the Company, a Subsidiary, its officers or its directors embarrassment or ridicule;
 
(C)         violated a material requirement of any Company or Subsidiary policy or procedure, specifically including a violation of the Company's Code of Ethics or Associate Policy Manual;
 
(D)        disclosed without proper authorization any trade secrets or other confidential information;
 
 
 

 
 
(E)         engaged in any act that, in the reasonable opinion of the Employer, is contrary to its best interests or would hold the Company, a Subsidiary, its officers or directors up to probable civil or criminal liability, provided that, if you act in good faith in compliance with applicable legal or ethical standards, such actions shall not be grounds for termination for Cause; or
 
(F)         engaged in such other conduct recognized at law as constituting Cause.
 
(ii)            Retirement.   If, on or after the first anniversary of the Grant Date, your employment terminates by reason of retirement after attaining age fifty-five (55) and completion of five (5) years of employment (“ Retirement ”), your Option will become fully exercisable upon such retirement and may be exercised during the period commencing on the date of your Retirement and ending on the earlier of (A) the third anniversary of the date of your Retirement, or (B) the Expiration Date, and at the conclusion of such period, your Option will terminate.
 
(iii)            Disability.   If your employment terminates by reason of disability (as determined by the Committee), your Option will become fully exercisable upon such termination of employment and may be exercised during the period commencing on the date of your termination of employment and ending on the earlier of (A) the third anniversary of the date of your termination of employment, or (B) the Expiration Date, and at the conclusion of such period, your Option will terminate.
 
(iv)            Death.   If your employment terminates by reason of death, your Option will become fully exercisable upon such termination of employment and may be exercised during the period commencing on the date of your death and ending on the earlier of (A) the third anniversary of the date of your death, or (B) the Expiration Date, and at the conclusion of such period, your Option will terminate.
 
(b)          Adjustments by the Committee.   The Committee may, in its discretion, exercised before or after your termination of employment, declare all or any portion of your Option immediately exercisable and/or permit all or any part of your Option to remain exercisable for such period designated by it after the time when the Option would have otherwise terminated as provided in the applicable portion of paragraph 7(a), but not beyond the Expiration Date.
 
(c)          Committee Determinations.   For purposes of this Agreement and the Plan, the Committee shall have absolute discretion to determine the date and circumstances of termination of your employment, and its determination shall be final, conclusive and binding upon you.
 
(d)          Distribution of Subsidiary.   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the distribution by the Company of any or all or a part of the shares of common stock of any of its Subsidiaries to Company shareholders ("Distribution") shall not constitute a termination of employment for purposes of this Agreement, and if you are employed by a Subsidiary of the Company whose shares of common stock are included in a Distribution, your employment will be deemed to continue for purposes of this Agreement until otherwise terminated as provided herein.  In addition, if you transfer employment from the Company to one of its Subsidiaries or from one of the Company’s Subsidiaries to the Company or another of the Company’s Subsidiaries in connection with or in anticipation of the Distribution, such transfer shall not constitute a termination of employment for purposes of this Agreement, and your employment will be deemed to continue for purposes of this Agreement until otherwise terminated as provided herein.
 
 
 

 
 
8.            Restrictions on Option Exercise
 
(a)         Even though your Option is otherwise exercisable, your right to exercise the Option will be suspended if the Committee determines that your exercise of the Option would violate applicable laws or regulations.  The suspension will last until the exercise would be lawful.  Any such suspension will not extend the term of your Option.  The Company has no obligation to register the Common Stock covered by your Option under federal or state securities laws or to compensate you for any loss caused by the implementation of this paragraph 8.
 
(b)         Even though your Option is otherwise exercisable, the Committee may refuse to permit such exercise if it determines, in its discretion, that any of the following circumstances is present:
 
(i)            the shares to be acquired upon such exercise are required to be registered or qualified under any federal or state securities law, or to be listed on any securities exchange or quotation system, and such registration, qualification, or listing has not occurred;
 
(ii)           the consent or approval of any government regulatory body is required or desirable and has not been obtained;
 
(iii)          an agreement by you with respect to the disposition of shares to be acquired upon exercise of your Option is determined by the Committee to be necessary or desirable in order to comply with any legal requirements and you have not executed such agreement; or
 
(iv)          the issuance, sale or delivery of any shares of Common Stock is or may in the circumstances be unlawful under the laws or regulations of any applicable jurisdiction.
 
9.            Income Tax Withholding
 
In connection with the exercise of your Option, you will be required to pay, or make other arrangements satisfactory to the Committee, to satisfy any applicable tax withholding liability.  You may elect to have the tax withholding obligation satisfied by having the Company retain shares of Common Stock, otherwise deliverable to you upon exercise of your Option, having a value equal to the amount of your withholding obligation.  If you fail to satisfy your tax withholding obligation in a time and manner satisfactory to the Committee, the Company shall have the right to withhold the required amount from your salary or other amounts payable to you.
 
Any election to have shares withheld must be made (in the manner acceptable to the Company) on or before the date you exercise your Option.
 
 
 

 
 
The amount of withholding tax paid by you to the Company will be paid to the appropriate federal, state and local tax authorities in satisfaction of the withholding obligations under the tax laws.  The total amount of income you recognize by reason of exercise of the Option will be reported to the appropriate taxing authorities in the year in which you recognize income with respect to the exercise.  Whether you owe additional tax will depend on your overall taxable income for the applicable year and the total tax remitted for that year through withholding or by estimated payments.
 
10.          Non-transferability of Option
 
The Option granted to you by this Agreement may be exercised only by you, and may not be assigned, pledged, or otherwise transferred by you, with the exception that in the event of your death the Option may be exercised (at any time prior to its expiration or termination as provided in paragraphs 3 and 7) by the executor or administrator of your estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise your Option by bequest or inheritance or by the laws of descent and distribution.
 
11.          Change in Control
 
Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 7, in the event   your employment is terminated at any time after a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) but prior to the second anniversary thereof (a) by the Company for any reason other than on account of your death, disability, retirement or for Cause (as defined above) or (b) by you for Good reason (as defined in your employment agreement), your Option will become immediately exercisable in full and will remain exercisable for a period of ninety (90) days after your termination of employment or such longer period as may be specified in paragraph 7, but not beyond the Expiration Date.
 
12.          Adjustment in Certain Events
 
In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, sale of substantially all assets, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, split-up, split-off, distribution of assets or other change in corporate structure occurring after the effective date of this award affecting the Common Stock underlying your award, the Board shall adjust the number and kind of shares of Common Stock covered by your Option and the exercise price so as to maintain without change the aggregate exercise price and such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding upon you and the Company.
 
13.          Forfeiture
 
Your Option and any Common Stock acquired under the Plan and any gain from the sale of any Common Stock acquired under the Plan are required to be forfeited by you, including after exercise or vesting, if, during your employment or within one (1) year following your termination of employment (or any longer period specified in any applicable employment or severance agreement with the Company), you engage in Disqualifying Conduct, which shall mean:  (i) your performance of service (including service as an employee, director, or consultant) for a competitor of the Company or its Subsidiaries or the establishing by you of a business which competes with the Company or its Subsidiaries, (ii) your solicitation of employees or customers of the Company or its Subsidiaries, (iii) your improper use or disclosure of confidential information of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or (iv) your material misconduct in the performance of your duties for the Company or its Subsidiaries, as determined by the Committee.
 
 
 

 
 
14.          No Guarantee of Employment
 
The grant of this Option does not constitute an assurance of continued employment for any period or in any way interfere with the Company’s right to terminate your employment or to change the terms and conditions of your employment.
 
15.          Other Plans
 
You acknowledge that any income derived from your Option (or the sale of Common Stock underlying your Option) will not affect your participation in, or benefits under, any other benefit plan maintained by the Company.
 
16.          Administration
 
The Committee has the sole power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to act upon all matters relating to Options granted under the Plan.  Any decision, determination, interpretation, or other action taken pursuant to the provisions of the Plan by the Committee shall be final, binding, and conclusive.
 
17.          Amendment
 
The Committee may from time to time amend the terms of this grant in accordance with the terms of the Plan in effect at the time of such amendment, but no amendment which is unfavorable to you can be made without your written consent.
 
 
 

 
 
This Agreement contains the formal terms and conditions of your award and accordingly should be retained in your files for future reference.  Please complete the on-line agreement process to evidence your acceptance of this Option on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
 
 

    BY:
/s/ John Dickey
 
         
         
     
John Dickey, Senior Vice President
 
         
         
         
         
         
ACCEPTED:
       
 
 
 
 
 

Exhibit 10.12
 
HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC.
 
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
 
 
Name of Grantee:  <NAME>
No. of  Shares:  <UNITS>
   
Date of Grant:  <GRANT DATE>
Price per Share:  <GRANT PRICE>
 

 
This Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) by and between HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC. (the “ Company ”) and the Grantee named above (referred to below as “you”) evidences the grant by the Company of a Non-Qualified Stock Option to you on the date stated above (the “ Grant Date ”) and your acceptance of such Option in accordance with the provisions of the Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).
 
Your Option is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan (which is incorporated herein by reference), any rules and regulations adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company or the committee of the Board which administers the Plan (collectively, the “ Committee ”), and this Agreement.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Plan and the provisions of this Agreement, the terms, conditions and provisions of the Plan shall control, and this Agreement shall be deemed to be modified accordingly.  This grant becomes effective only if you sign and return to the Company a copy of this Agreement evidencing your understanding of the terms and conditions of your Option.  Any terms used in this Agreement and not defined have the meanings set forth in the Plan.
 
1.             Option Grant
 
You have been granted an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock, without par value (“ Common Stock ”), set forth above.  The Option is a “non-qualified stock option” and is not an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).
 
2.             Option Price
 
The price at which you may purchase the shares of Common Stock covered by the Option is the price per share set forth above.
 
3.             Term of Option
 
Your Option expires in all events on the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date (“ Expiration Date ”).  Your Option, however, may terminate prior to the Expiration Date as provided in paragraphs 7 and 11 of this Agreement upon the occurrence of one of the events described in those paragraphs.  Regardless of the provisions of paragraphs 7 and 11 and notwithstanding anything else to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in no event can your Option be exercised after the Expiration Date.
 
 
 

 
 
4.            Vesting of Option
 
(a)           Unless it becomes exercisable on an earlier date as provided in paragraph 7 or 11 below and subject to those paragraphs, your Option will become exercisable with respect to the first 25 percent of the shares of Common Stock covered by the Option on the first anniversary of the Grant Date and your Option will become exercisable with respect to the second, third and fourth 25 percent of the shares covered by Option on the second, third and fourth anniversaries of the Grant Date, respectively, provided that you are an employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries on each such date.
 
(b)           To the extent your Option has become exercisable, you may exercise the Option to purchase all or any part of such shares at any time on or before the date the Option expires or terminates, but in no case may fewer than 100 shares be purchased at any one time, except to purchase a residue of fewer than 100 shares.
 
5.            Manner of Exercise
 
You may exercise your Option by giving notice to the Company or its designated administrator on a form acceptable to the Company (which may be written or electronic) specifying the number of shares of Common Stock desired to be purchased.  The notice must be accompanied by payment of the aggregate option price for such shares, which payment may be made in the following ways:  in cash; by delivery of shares of Common Stock; by broker-assisted cashless exercise; or by a combination of the above, in each case subject to the terms and conditions set forth in paragraphs 6(a), 6(b), and 6(c) below.   Your Option will be deemed exercised on the date your notice of exercise (with required accompaniments as described in paragraph 6) is received by the Company or its designated administrator.
 
6.             Satisfaction of Option Price
 
(a)            Payment of Cash.   Your Option may be exercised by payment of the option price in cash (including cash equivalents, such as check, bank draft, money order, or wire transfer to the order of the Company).
 
(b)            Payment in Common Stock.   Your Option may be exercised by the delivery of unencumbered shares of Common Stock already owned by you for at least six months (either by actual delivery of the shares or by providing an affidavit affirming ownership of the shares in form and manner approved by the Committee).  The shares will be valued at their fair market value on the date of exercise as provided in the Plan.  The stock certificates for the shares you deliver in payment of the exercise price must be duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate stock powers.  Only stock certificates issued solely in your name or jointly in your and your spouse’s name may be delivered.  Only whole shares may be delivered.  Any portion of the exercise price in excess of the fair market value of a whole number of shares must be paid in cash.  If a certificate delivered in exercise of your Option evidences more shares than are needed to pay the exercise price, an appropriate replacement certificate will be issued to you for the excess shares.
 
                (c)            Broker-Assisted Cashless Exercise.   You may exercise your Option by executing and delivering the documents necessary to irrevocably authorize a broker acceptable to the Company to sell shares of Common Stock (or a sufficient portion of such shares) acquired upon exercise of the Option and remit to the Company a sufficient portion of the sale proceeds to pay the entire option price and any withholding tax obligation resulting from such exercise.
 
 
 

 
 
7.             Termination of Employment
 
                (a)            General.   The following rules apply to your Option in the event of your death, disability, retirement, or other termination of your employment with the Company or one of its Subsidiaries.  Authorized leaves of absence from the Company or a Subsidiary shall not constitute a termination of employment for purposes of this Agreement.  Except as set forth in Paragraph 7(d), if you are employed by a Subsidiary of the Company and the Company ceases to own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the ownership interests of the Subsidiary, your employment shall be deemed terminated for purposes of this Agreement at such time.  Paragraph 11 provides special rules which apply after a Change in Control (as defined in that paragraph).
 
(i)            Termination of Employment.   If (a) your employment terminates because of your voluntary resignation (other than Retirement as that term is used below), or (b) if your employment is terminated involuntarily by the Company or a Subsidiary (as applicable, the "Employer") other than for "Cause" (as defined below), your Option will terminate ninety (90) days after such termination of employment.  Following the termination of your employment, no additional portions of your Option will become exercisable, and your Option will be exercisable during such ninety (90) day period only for the number of shares with respect to which it is exercisable on the date of the termination of your employment.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, your Option may not be exercised after the Expiration Date.  If your employment is terminated involuntarily by the Employer for "Cause," your Option (including any portion that has previously become exercisable) will immediately expire and may not be exercised.
 
For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean the Employer's good faith determination that you have:
 
(A)        acted with gross neglect or willful misconduct in the discharge of your duties and responsibilities or refused to follow or comply with the lawful direction of the Employer or the terms and conditions of any applicable employment agreement, providing such refusal is not based primarily on your good faith compliance with applicable legal or ethical standards;
 
(B)         acquiesced or participated in any conduct that is dishonest, fraudulent, illegal (at the felony level), unethical, involves moral turpitude or is otherwise illegal and involves conduct that has the potential, in the Employer's reasonable opinion, to cause the Company, a Subsidiary, its officers or its directors embarrassment or ridicule;
 
(C)         violated a material requirement of any Company or Subsidiary policy or procedure, specifically including a violation of the Company's Code of Ethics or Associate Policy Manual;
 
(D)        disclosed without proper authorization any trade secrets or other confidential information;
 
 
 

 
 
(E)         engaged in any act that, in the reasonable opinion of the Employer, is contrary to its best interests or would hold the Company, a Subsidiary, its officers or directors up to probable civil or criminal liability, provided that, if you act in good faith in compliance with applicable legal or ethical standards, such actions shall not be grounds for termination for Cause; or
 
(F)         engaged in such other conduct recognized at law as constituting Cause.
 
(ii)            Retirement.   If, on or after the first anniversary of the Grant Date, your employment terminates by reason of retirement after attaining age fifty-five (55) and completion of five (5) years of employment (“ Retirement ”), your Option will become fully exercisable upon such retirement and may be exercised during the period commencing on the date of your Retirement and ending on the earlier of (A) the third anniversary of the date of your Retirement, or (B) the Expiration Date, and at the conclusion of such period, your Option will terminate.
 
(iii)           Disability.   If your employment terminates by reason of disability (as determined by the Committee), your Option will become fully exercisable upon such termination of employment and may be exercised during the period commencing on the date of your termination of employment and ending on the earlier of (A) the third anniversary of the date of your termination of employment, or (B) the Expiration Date, and at the conclusion of such period, your Option will terminate.
 
(iv)           Death.   If your employment terminates by reason of death, your Option will become fully exercisable upon such termination of employment and may be exercised during the period commencing on the date of your death and ending on the earlier of (A) the third anniversary of the date of your death, or (B) the Expiration Date, and at the conclusion of such period, your Option will terminate.
 
(b)            Adjustments by the Committee.   The Committee may, in its discretion, exercised before or after your termination of employment, declare all or any portion of your Option immediately exercisable and/or permit all or any part of your Option to remain exercisable for such period designated by it after the time when the Option would have otherwise terminated as provided in the applicable portion of paragraph 7(a), but not beyond the Expiration Date.
 
(c)            Committee Determinations.   For purposes of this Agreement and the Plan, the Committee shall have absolute discretion to determine the date and circumstances of termination of your employment, and its determination shall be final, conclusive and binding upon you.
 
(d)            Distribution of Subsidiary.   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the distribution by the Company of any or all or a part of the shares of common stock of any of its Subsidiaries to Company shareholders ("Distribution") shall not constitute a termination of employment for purposes of this Agreement, and if you are employed by a Subsidiary of the Company whose shares of common stock are included in a Distribution, your employment will be deemed to continue for purposes of this Agreement until otherwise terminated as provided herein.  In addition, if you transfer employment from the Company to one of its Subsidiaries or from one of the Company’s Subsidiaries to the Company or another of the Company’s Subsidiaries in connection with or in anticipation of the Distribution, such transfer shall not constitute a termination of employment for purposes of this Agreement, and your employment will be deemed to continue for purposes of this Agreement until otherwise terminated as provided herein.
 
 
 

 
 
 
8.             Restrictions on Option Exercise
 
(a)           Even though your Option is otherwise exercisable, your right to exercise the Option will be suspended if the Committee determines that your exercise of the Option would violate applicable laws or regulations.  The suspension will last until the exercise would be lawful.  Any such suspension will not extend the term of your Option.  The Company has no obligation to register the Common Stock covered by your Option under federal or state securities laws or to compensate you for any loss caused by the implementation of this paragraph 8.
 
(b)           Even though your Option is otherwise exercisable, the Committee may refuse to permit such exercise if it determines, in its discretion, that any of the following circumstances is present:
 
(i)          the shares to be acquired upon such exercise are required to be registered or qualified under any federal or state securities law, or to be listed on any securities exchange or quotation system, and such registration, qualification, or listing has not occurred;
 
(ii)         the consent or approval of any government regulatory body is required or desirable and has not been obtained;
 
(iii)        an agreement by you with respect to the disposition of shares to be acquired upon exercise of your Option is determined by the Committee to be necessary or desirable in order to comply with any legal requirements and you have not executed such agreement; or
 
(iv)        the issuance, sale or delivery of any shares of Common Stock is or may in the circumstances be unlawful under the laws or regulations of any applicable jurisdiction.
 
9.             Income Tax Withholding
 
In connection with the exercise of your Option, you will be required to pay, or make other arrangements satisfactory to the Committee, to satisfy any applicable tax withholding liability.  You may elect to have the tax withholding obligation satisfied by having the Company retain shares of Common Stock, otherwise deliverable to you upon exercise of your Option, having a value equal to the amount of your withholding obligation.  If you fail to satisfy your tax withholding obligation in a time and manner satisfactory to the Committee, the Company shall have the right to withhold the required amount from your salary or other amounts payable to you.
 
Any election to have shares withheld must be made (in the manner acceptable to the Company) on or before the date you exercise your Option.
 
 
 

 
 
The amount of withholding tax paid by you to the Company will be paid to the appropriate federal, state and local tax authorities in satisfaction of the withholding obligations under the tax laws.  The total amount of income you recognize by reason of exercise of the Option will be reported to the appropriate taxing authorities in the year in which you recognize income with respect to the exercise.  Whether you owe additional tax will depend on your overall taxable income for the applicable year and the total tax remitted for that year through withholding or by estimated payments.
 
10.          Non-transferability of Option
 
The Option granted to you by this Agreement may be exercised only by you, and may not be assigned, pledged, or otherwise transferred by you, with the exception that in the event of your death the Option may be exercised (at any time prior to its expiration or termination as provided in paragraphs 3 and 7) by the executor or administrator of your estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise your Option by bequest or inheritance or by the laws of descent and distribution.
 
11.          Change in Control
 
Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 7, in the event your employment is terminated at any time after a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) but prior to the third anniversary thereof (a) by the Company for any reason other than on account of your death, disability, retirement or for Cause (as defined above) or (b) by you for Good reason (as defined in your employment agreement), your Option will become immediately exercisable in full and will remain exercisable for a period of ninety (90) days after your termination of employment or such longer period as may be specified in paragraph 7, but not beyond the Expiration Date.
 
12.          Adjustment in Certain Events
 
In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, sale of substantially all assets, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, split-up, split-off, distribution of assets or other change in corporate structure occurring after the effective date of this award affecting the Common Stock underlying your award, the Board shall adjust the number and kind of shares of Common Stock covered by your Option and the exercise price so as to maintain without change the aggregate exercise price and such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding upon you and the Company.
 
13.          Forfeiture
 
Your Option and any Common Stock acquired under the Plan and any gain from the sale of any Common Stock acquired under the Plan are required to be forfeited by you, including after exercise or vesting, if, during your employment or within one (1) year following your termination of employment (or any longer period specified in any applicable employment or severance agreement with the Company), you engage in Disqualifying Conduct, which shall mean:  (i) your performance of service (including service as an employee, director, or consultant) for a competitor of the Company or its Subsidiaries or the establishing by you of a business which competes with the Company or its Subsidiaries, (ii) your solicitation of employees or customers of the Company or its Subsidiaries, (iii) your improper use or disclosure of confidential information of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or (iv) your material misconduct in the performance of your duties for the Company or its Subsidiaries, as determined by the Committee.
 
 
 

 
 
14.           No Guarantee of Employment
 
The grant of this Option does not constitute an assurance of continued employment for any period or in any way interfere with the Company’s right to terminate your employment or to change the terms and conditions of your employment.
 
15.          Other Plans
 
You acknowledge that any income derived from your Option (or the sale of Common Stock underlying your Option) will not affect your participation in, or benefits under, any other benefit plan maintained by the Company.
 
16.          Administration
 
The Committee has the sole power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to act upon all matters relating to Options granted under the Plan.  Any decision, determination, interpretation, or other action taken pursuant to the provisions of the Plan by the Committee shall be final, binding, and conclusive.
 
17.          Amendment
 
The Committee may from time to time amend the terms of this grant in accordance with the terms of the Plan in effect at the time of such amendment, but no amendment which is unfavorable to you can be made without your written consent.
 
 
 

 
 
This Agreement contains the formal terms and conditions of your award and accordingly should be retained in your files for future reference.  Please complete the on-line agreement process to evidence your acceptance of this Option on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
 
 
 
    BY:
/s/ John Dickey
 
         
         
     
John Dickey, Senior Vice President
 
         
         
         
         
         
ACCEPTED:
       
 
 
 
 
 
 

Exhibit 10.61
HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC.
 STOCK AWARD
(EFFECTIVE <date>)

1.             Purpose .  The purpose of the Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Stock Award (hereinafter called the “Award”), which is granted under the Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), is to promote profitability and growth of Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) by offering an incentive payable in Company common stock to <Name> (the “Employee”) who contributes to such profitability and growth.

2.             Amount of Award .  Solely for purposes of this Award, the Company shall cause an account to be established in the name of the Employee (“Deferred Stock Account”), which shall be assumed to be invested in <Units> shares (“Initial Deferred Stock Award”) of common stock, no par value of the Company (“Common Stock”).  The Initial Deferred Stock Award represents the number of shares of Common Stock that would be earned if the performance goal described in Section 3 were attained at the “Target” performance level, as described in Section 3.  No actual shares of Common Stock shall be held in the Deferred Stock Account, and the number of hypothetical shares of Common Stock maintained in the Deferred Stock Account (“Deferred Stock”) shall be a book entry which states the number of shares of Common Stock the Employee would have a right to receive in accordance with the terms of this Award.  Any stock dividends, stock splits and other similar rights inuring to Common Stock shall be assumed to inure to the Deferred Stock, which may increase or decrease the number of shares of Deferred Stock in the Deferred Stock Account.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no cash dividends paid on Common Stock by the Company shall be paid or credited to the account of the Employee with respect to any Deferred Stock in the Deferred Stock Account.


3.             Vested Deferred Stock .
 
(a)           Subject to Section 4, the shares of Deferred Stock in the Employee’s Deferred Stock Account will become non-forfeitable (“Vested Deferred Stock”) based on the Company’s total shareholder return (“TSR”) performance over a period beginning on October 1, 2010 and ending on September 30, 2013 (“Performance Period”) relative to the Peer Companies’ (as defined in Exhibit A) TSR during the Performance Period, as determined by the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Committee”), in accordance with the following schedule:
 
 
Company’s Relative TSR
Percentile Ranking
Percentage of Deferred Stock
Becoming Vested Deferred Stock
Performance Level
       
       
Less than 25 th percentile
0%
   
       
25 th percentile
25%
 
Threshold
       
60 th percentile
100%
 
Target
 
 
 

 
 
If the Company’s TSR relative to the Peer Companies’ TSR during the Performance Period is above the 25 th percentile but below the 60 th percentile, the number of shares of Deferred Stock that become Vested Deferred Stock shall be determined by interpolation based on the schedule set forth above.  Subject to Section 4, any portion of the Deferred Stock that does not become Vested Deferred Stock in accordance with the schedule set forth above based on the Company’s TSR performance during the Performance Period shall be forfeited by Employee without the payment of any consideration or further consideration by the Company.

If the Company’s TSR relative to the Peer Companies’ TSR during the Performance Period is above the 60 th percentile, (i) all of the Deferred Stock in the Employee’s Deferred Stock Account on September 30, 2013 shall become Vested Deferred Stock, and (ii) the Committee, in its discretion, may grant to Employee additional Deferred Stock equal to a percentage of the shares of Deferred Stock in the Employee’s Deferred Stock Account on September 30, 2013, determined according to the following schedule, with the appropriate percentage determined by interpolation as necessary:
 
 
Percentage of September 30, 2013
 
Deferred Stock Account Balance
Company’s Relative TSR
That May Be Granted
Percentile Ranking
As Additional Deferred Stock
     
60 th percentile
0%
 
     
65 th percentile
33%
 
     
70 th percentile
67%
 
     
75 th percentile or above
100%
 
 
Any additional Deferred Stock granted by the Committee shall immediately be Vested Deferred Stock as of the date of such grant by the Committee.  Any fractional shares of Vested Deferred Stock determined under this Section 3 shall be rounded up to the next whole share of Vested Deferred Stock.

(b)           TSR shall be based on the trailing 20-day average closing stock prices of the Company and the Peer Companies measured as of (and including the 20th day) the first and last business days of the Performance Period and including the effect of any dividends actually paid as if the dividends were invested in the stock of the Company or the Peer Company, as the case may be, and proportionately adjusted for stock splits, reorganizations or similar transactions occurring the during the Performance Period.

(c)           The Peer Companies are set forth in Exhibit A.  If a member of the Peer Companies is acquired by a third party during the Performance Period, such member shall no longer be a Peer Company.  If a member of the Peer Companies declares bankruptcy during the Performance Period, such member will remain a Peer Company for purposes of determining the Company’s relative TSR percentile ranking for the Performance Period, and such member's TSR shall be considered to be at the lowest ranking.
 
 
- 2 -

 
 
4.             Employment Requirements .

(a)           Except as otherwise provided herein, upon the Employee’s termination of employment for any reason before the end of the Performance Period, any Deferred Stock maintained in the Deferred Stock Account which is not Vested Deferred Stock shall be forfeited by the Employee without the payment of any consideration or further consideration by the Company, and neither the Employee nor any successors, heirs, assigns, or legal representatives of the Employee shall thereafter have any further rights or interest in such forfeited Deferred Stock.  If the Employee remains continuously employed by the Company until the last day of the Performance Period, the number of shares of Deferred Stock that are determined by the Committee to be Vested Deferred Stock pursuant to Section 3 shall become Vested Deferred Stock, regardless of whether the Employee remains employed with the Company until the date of such determination. Temporary absences from employment because of illness, vacation or leave of absence and transfers among the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries (as defined in the Plan) shall not be considered terminations of employment.  For purposes of this Agreement and the Plan, the Committee shall have absolute discretion to determine the date and circumstances of termination of the Employee’s employment, and its determination shall be final, conclusive and binding upon the Employee.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the transfer of the Employee’s employment from the Company to any of its Subsidiaries or from one of the Company’s Subsidiaries to the Company or another of the Company’s Subsidiaries in connection with a Distribution (as defined below) or disposition shall not constitute a termination of employment for purposes of this Agreement, and the Employee’s employment will be deemed to continue for purposes of this Agreement until otherwise terminated as provided herein.  In particular, if the Employee transfers employment from the Company to any of its Subsidiaries or from one of the Company’s Subsidiaries to the Company or another of the Company’s Subsidiaries in connection with or in anticipation of a Distribution or disposition, such transfer of employment shall not constitute a termination of employment for purposes of this Agreement, and the Employee’s employment will be deemed to continue for purposes of this Agreement until otherwise terminated as provided herein.

(b)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Deferred Stock maintained in the Deferred Stock Account shall become Vested Deferred Stock upon the termination of the Employee’s employment with the Company, one of its Subsidiaries or one of their respective divisions before the end of the Performance Period by reason of disability (as determined by the Committee) or death.  The Employee shall have no right to any additional shares of Deferred Stock, regardless of the Company’s TSR performance during the Performance Period.  In the event of the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company, one of its Subsidiaries or one of their respective divisions before the end of the Performance Period by reason of Retirement (as defined below), a pro rata portion (based on the number of days of Employee’s employment during the Performance Period) of the Deferred Stock that would have become Vested Deferred Stock in accordance with Section 3, if any, shall become Vested Deferred Stock at the end of the Performance Period, including any additional Deferred Stock that may be granted by the Committee under Section 3 if the Company’s TSR relative to the Peer Companies’ TSR during the Performance Period is above the 60 th percentile.  For purposes of this paragraph, “Retirement” means a termination of employment after (i) the day after the first anniversary date of the effective date of this Award, and (ii) attaining age fifty-five (55) and completion of five (5) years of employment.
 
 
- 3 -

 
 
(c)           Any Deferred Stock maintained in the Deferred Stock Account shall become Vested Deferred Stock upon the termination of the Employee’s employment by the Company for any reason other than on account of his death, disability, retirement or for Cause (as defined in the Employee’s employment agreement) or by Employee for Good Reason (as defined in the Employee’s employment agreement)(i) after the day after the first anniversary date of the effective date of this Award and (ii) after the occurrence, but before the second anniversary of (A) a Change in Control (as defined in Section 14.2 of the Plan), or (B) a sale, transfer or disposition of substantially all of the assets or capital stock of a Subsidiary (as defined in the Plan) or division of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries for whom the Employee is employed at the time of such Change in Control, sale, transfer, or disposition.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the distribution by the Company to Company shareholders of any or all of the shares of common stock of any of its Subsidiaries (“Distribution”) shall not constitute an event causing Deferred Stock to become Vested Deferred Stock as described in the preceding sentence.

In consideration of the grant of this Award, the Employee hereby agrees and acknowledges that any provisions in an Employment Agreement and/or a Change in Control Agreement between the Employee and the Company related to the vesting of awards granted under the Plan shall not apply and have no effect with respect to this Award, and that the vesting of this Award upon a Change in Control shall be governed solely by this Agreement.

5.             Delivery of Shares .  The Company shall deliver to the Employee shares of Common Stock equal in number to the number of shares of Vested Deferred Stock.  The shares of Common Stock delivered to the Employee shall be from shares held by the Company as treasury stock or from shares of Common Stock acquired by the Company in the open market.  Subject to the Employee’s election to defer, all shares of Common Stock to be delivered to the Employee shall be delivered as soon as administratively possible after the day on which such shares become Vested Deferred Stock, but no later than March 15 th of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which such shares become Vested Deferred Stock.  However, shares of Vested Deferred Stock delivered due to the Employee’s termination under Section 4(c) shall be delivered with ninety (90) days after the Employee’s termination provided that the Employee shall have no right to designate the calendar year in which the shares will be delivered.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if shares become deliverable by reason of the Employee’s separation from service following a Change in Control and at the time of the Employee’s separation from service the Employee is a “specified employee” as defined in Code Section 409A, then the shares of Common Stock to be delivered shall be delivered on the date which is six months after the date of the Employee’s separation from service.
 
 
- 4 -

 
 
6.             Administration of the Award .  The Committee shall administer the Award.  The Committee shall have complete and full discretion in the administration and interpretation of the terms of the Award.

7.             Right to Defer Payment of Award .

(a)           Election to Defer Award.  The Employee may elect to defer payment of the Award otherwise due on the date shares become Vested Deferred Stock by completing a written election and delivering such election to the Company at least one year prior to such date; provided however, that the completion of such written election and the delivery of such election may be at an earlier date as determined by the Committee or required by law to insure the validity of such deferral.  The Employee may not defer payment for a period that is shorter than five (5) years after the date the shares become Vested Deferred Stock.  At the end of the deferral period elected by the Employee (or within a certain period of time after the last day of the deferral period as determined by the Committee or required by law to insure the validity of the deferral), the Company, subject to Sections 9, 10 and 11, shall deliver to the Employee shares of Common Stock equal in number to the number of Vested Deferred Stock held in the Employee’s Deferred Stock Account.

(b)           Financial Hardship.  A withdrawal from the Employee’s Deferred Stock Account of Vested Deferred Stock shall be permitted prior to the termination of the deferral period in the event that the Employee experiences an “unforeseeable emergency” as such term in defined Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(ii) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”) and the regulations issued thereunder.  The Employee must apply to the Committee for an unforeseeable emergency withdrawal and demonstrate that the circumstances being experienced were not under the Employee’s control and constitute a real emergency, which is likely to cause a severe financial hardship.  The Committee shall have the authority to require such medical or other evidence as it may need to determine the necessity for the Employee’s withdrawal request.  If such application for withdrawal is permitted, the amount of such withdrawal shall be limited to an amount reasonably necessary to satisfy the emergency need, and the Committee must take into account any additional compensation available.  If the Employee makes a withdrawal, the amount of the Employee’s Deferred Stock Account under this Award shall be proportionately reduced to reflect the withdrawal.  Also, the withholding requirements described in Section 11 shall also be effected before the withdrawal.  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4(b) to the contrary, any withdrawal for any unforeseeable emergency must comply with Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B).

8.             No Rights as Stockholder .  The Employee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock covered by this Award until shares of Common Stock are delivered to the Employee.  Until such time, the Employee shall not be entitled to dividends (except where the Employee’s Deferred Stock Account is adjusted for stock dividends pursuant to Section 2) or to vote at meetings of the stockholders of the Company.
 
 
- 5 -

 
 
9.             Compliance With Securities Laws .  Prior to the receipt of any certificates for shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Award, the Employee (or the Employee’s beneficiary or legal representative upon the Employee’s death or disability) shall enter into such additional written representations, warranties and Awards as the Company may reasonably request in order to comply with applicable securities laws or with this Award.

10.            Stock Ownership Guidelines .  The Employee (or the Employee’s beneficiary or legal representative upon the Employee’s death or disability) shall be bound by the “Stock Ownership Guidelines” of the Company as may be in effect from time to time.

11.            Withholding .  Any payment of Common Stock under this Award shall be subject to applicable federal and state withholding requirements.  Hence, unless the Employee delivers a check to the Company equal to the required withholding, the number of shares distributed shall be reduced to meet the Employee’s applicable withholding requirements.

12.            Designation of Beneficiary .  The Employee shall be permitted to provide to the Committee a beneficiary designation for receipt of his or her Award after death.  If the Employee fails to designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Employee, the Award shall be paid to the deceased Employee’s spouse, if living, or if such spouse is not living, to the deceased Employee’s estate.

13.            Adjustments .  In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, sale of substantially all assets, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, split-up, split-off, distribution of assets or other change in corporate structure occurring after the effective date of this Award affecting the Common Stock subject to this award, the Board of Directors of the Company shall adjust the number and kind of shares of Common Stock subject to this Award so as to maintain the proportionate number of shares subject to this award, and such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding upon the Employee and the Company.

14.            Non-Transferability .

(a)           The Deferred Stock, the Deferred Stock Account and the Vested Deferred Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, exchanged, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered and no such sale, assignment, transfer, exchange, pledge, hypothecation, or encumbrance, whether made or created by a voluntary act of the Employee or any agent of the Employee or by operation of law, shall be recognized by, or be binding upon, or shall in any manner affect the rights of, the Company, its successors or any agent thereof.

(b)           No amounts payable under the Award shall be transferable by the Employee other than by his designation of a beneficiary pursuant to Section 12.  The amounts payable under the Award shall be exempt from the claims of creditors of the Employee and from all orders, decrees, levies and executions and any other legal process to the fullest extent that may be permitted by law.
 
 
- 6 -

 
 
15.            Amendments to Award .  The Award may only be modified upon the mutual agreement of the Company and the Employee.

16.            Source of Benefit Payments.   The payment of the Award to the Employee shall be paid solely from the general assets of the Company.  Until the actual delivery of the shares of Common Stock, the Employee shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, including shares of Common Stock, under the terms of the Award.  The Award shall not be considered to create an escrow account, trust fund or other funding arrangement of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Employee and the Company.  Until such time of payment, no shares of the Common Stock shall be set aside by the Company for the Award.

17.            Successors and Assigns .

(a)           This Award is personal to the Employee and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by the Employee except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  This Award shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Employee’s guardian and legal representatives.

(b)           This Award shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

(c)           The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Award in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.

18.            Award Subject to Plan .  This Award is subject to the terms of the Plan.  The terms and provisions of the Plan (including any subsequent amendments thereto) are hereby incorporated herein by reference.  In the event of a conflict between any terms and provisions contained herein and the terms or provisions of the Plan, the applicable terms or provisions of the Plan will govern and prevail.

19.            Governing Law .  This Award shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Indiana without reference to principles of conflict of laws.  The captions of this Award are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect.  This Award may not be amended or modified except by a written Award executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

20.            Severability .  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Award shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Award.

21.            No Waiver .  The failure of the Employee or the Company to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Award or the failure to assert any right the Employee or the Company may have under this Award shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this Award.
 
 
- 7 -

 

 
22.            Code Section 409A .  The Plan is intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Code Section 409A. The Plan shall be administered, interpreted, and construed in a manner consistent with Code Section 409A or an exemption therefrom.  Should any provision of the Plan be found not to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, the provisions of Code Section 409A, such provision shall be modified and given effect (retroactively if necessary), in the sole discretion of the Committee, and without the consent of the Employee, in such manner as the Committee determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Code Section 409A.  If any of the payments under this Agreement are subject to Code Section 409A and the Company determines that the Employee is a “specified employee” under Code Section 409A at the time of the Employee’s separation from service, then each such payment will not be made or commence until the date which is the first day of the seventh month after the Employee’s separation from service, and any payments that otherwise would have been paid during the first six months after the Employee’s separation from service will be paid in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month after the Employee’s separation from service or upon the Employee’s death, if earlier.  Such deferral will be effected only to the extent required to avoid adverse tax treatment to the Employee, including (without limitation) the additional twenty percent (20%) federal tax for which the Employee would otherwise be liable under Code Section 409A(a)(l)(B) in the absence of such deferral.

23.            Entire Award .  The Employee and the Company acknowledge that this Award supersedes any prior agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Award.
24.            Counterparts .  This Award may be executed in counterparts, which together shall constitute one and the same original.

Effective Date:
<date>
 

    HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC.  
         
         
    By:
/s/ John Dickey
 
         
         
   
John Dickey
 
   
Senior Vice President
 
         
         
 
Accepted:
 
 
 
   
<Name>
   

 
- 8 -

 

Exhibit A

Peer Companies


Affymetrix, Inc.
Thoratec Corp.
Alere, Inc.
United Therapeutics Corp.
Bard (C.R.)
Universal Health Services, Inc.
Beckman Coulter, Inc.
Valeant Pharmaceuticals International
Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc.
Varian, Inc.
Cerner Corporation
VCA Antech, Inc.
Charles River Laboratories International
Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Community Health Systems, Inc.
WellCare Health Plans, Inc.
Conmed
 
Cooper Industries
 
Covance, Inc.
 
Dentsply
 
Edwards Lifesciences Corp.
 
Endo Pharmaceuticals Holdings, Inc.
 
Gen-Probe, Inc.
 
Health Management Associates, Inc.
 
Health Net, Inc.
 
Henry Schein, Inc.
 
Hologic, Inc.
 
Hospira
 
IDEXX Laboratories, Inc.
 
Immucor, Inc.
 
Integra Lifesciences
 
Invacare
 
Kindred Healthcare, Inc.
 
Kinetic Concepts, Inc.
 
LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.
 
Lincare Holdings, Inc.
 
Masimo Corp.
 
Medicis Pharmaceutical Corp.
 
Mettler-Toledo International, Inc.
 
Omnicare, Inc.
 
OSI Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
 
Owens & Minor, Inc.
 
Perkinelmer
 
Perrigo Co.
 
Pharmaceutical Product Development, Inc.
 
Psychiatric Solutions, Inc.
 
ResMed, Inc.
 
STERIS Corp.
 
Techne Corp.
 
Teleflex, Inc.
 

 
 

Exhibit 10.62
HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC.
 STOCK AWARD
(EFFECTIVE <date>)

1.             Purpose .  The purpose of the Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Stock Award (hereinafter called the “Award”), which is granted under the Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), is to promote profitability and growth of Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) by offering an incentive payable in Company common stock to <Name> (the “Employee”) who contributes to such profitability and growth.

2.             Amount of Award .  Solely for purposes of this Award, the Company shall cause an account to be established in the name of the Employee (“Deferred Stock Account”), which shall be assumed to be invested in <Units> shares (“Initial Deferred Stock Award”) of common stock, no par value of the Company (“Common Stock”).  The Initial Deferred Stock Award represents the number of shares of Common Stock that would be earned if the performance goal described in Section 3 were attained at the “Target” performance level, as described in Section 3.  No actual shares of Common Stock shall be held in the Deferred Stock Account, and the number of hypothetical shares of Common Stock maintained in the Deferred Stock Account (“Deferred Stock”) shall be a book entry which states the number of shares of Common Stock the Employee would have a right to receive in accordance with the terms of this Award.  Any stock dividends, stock splits and other similar rights inuring to Common Stock shall be assumed to inure to the Deferred Stock, which may increase or decrease the number of shares of Deferred Stock in the Deferred Stock Account.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no cash dividends paid on Common Stock by the Company shall be paid or credited to the account of the Employee with respect to any Deferred Stock in the Deferred Stock Account.


3.             Vested Deferred Stock .

(a)           Subject to Section 4, the shares of Deferred Stock in the Employee’s Deferred Stock Account will become non-forfeitable (“Vested Deferred Stock”) based on the Company’s total shareholder return (“TSR”) performance over a period beginning on October 1, 2010 and ending on September 30, 2013 (“Performance Period”) relative to the Peer Companies’ (as defined in Exhibit A) TSR during the Performance Period, as determined by the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Committee”), in accordance with the following schedule:
 
 
Company’s Relative TSR
Percentile Ranking
Percentage of Deferred Stock
Becoming Vested Deferred Stock
Performance Level
       
Less than 25 th percentile
0%
   
       
25 th percentile
25%
 
Threshold
       
60 th percentile
100%
 
Target
 
 
 

 
 
If the Company’s TSR relative to the Peer Companies’ TSR during the Performance Period is above the 25 th percentile but below the 60 th percentile, the number of shares of Deferred Stock that become Vested Deferred Stock shall be determined by interpolation based on the schedule set forth above.  Subject to Section 4, any portion of the Deferred Stock that does not become Vested Deferred Stock in accordance with the schedule set forth above based on the Company’s TSR performance during the Performance Period shall be forfeited by Employee without the payment of any consideration or further consideration by the Company.

If the Company’s TSR relative to the Peer Companies’ TSR during the Performance Period is above the 60 th percentile, (i) all of the Deferred Stock in the Employee’s Deferred Stock Account on September 30, 2013 shall become Vested Deferred Stock, and (ii) the Committee, in its discretion, may grant to Employee additional Deferred Stock equal to a percentage of the shares of Deferred Stock in the Employee’s Deferred Stock Account on September 30, 2013, determined according to the following schedule, with the appropriate percentage determined by interpolation as necessary:
 
 
Percentage of September 30, 2013
 
Deferred Stock Account Balance
Company’s Relative TSR
That May Be Granted
Percentile Ranking
As Additional Deferred Stock
     
60 th percentile
0%
 
     
65 th percentile
33%
 
     
70 th percentile
67%
 
     
75 th percentile or above
100%
 
 
Any additional Deferred Stock granted by the Committee shall immediately be Vested Deferred Stock as of the date of such grant by the Committee.  Any fractional shares of Vested Deferred Stock determined under this Section 3 shall be rounded up to the next whole share of Vested Deferred Stock.

(b)           TSR shall be based on the trailing 20-day average closing stock prices of the Company and the Peer Companies measured as of (and including the 20th day) the first and last business days of the Performance Period and including the effect of any dividends actually paid as if the dividends were invested in the stock of the Company or the Peer Company, as the case may be, and proportionately adjusted for stock splits, reorganizations or similar transactions occurring the during the Performance Period.

(c)           The Peer Companies are set forth in Exhibit A.  If a member of the Peer Companies is acquired by a third party during the Performance Period, such member shall no longer be a Peer Company.  If a member of the Peer Companies declares bankruptcy during the Performance Period, such member will remain a Peer Company for purposes of determining the Company’s relative TSR percentile ranking for the Performance Period, and such member's TSR shall be considered to be at the lowest ranking.
 
 
- 2 -

 
 
4.             Employment Requirements .

(a)           Except as otherwise provided herein, upon the Employee’s termination of employment for any reason before the end of the Performance Period, any Deferred Stock maintained in the Deferred Stock Account which is not Vested Deferred Stock shall be forfeited by the Employee without the payment of any consideration or further consideration by the Company, and neither the Employee nor any successors, heirs, assigns, or legal representatives of the Employee shall thereafter have any further rights or interest in such forfeited Deferred Stock.  If the Employee remains continuously employed by the Company until the last day of the Performance Period, the number of shares of Deferred Stock that are determined by the Committee to be Vested Deferred Stock pursuant to Section 3 shall become Vested Deferred Stock, regardless of whether the Employee remains employed with the Company until the date of such determination. Temporary absences from employment because of illness, vacation or leave of absence and transfers among the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries (as defined in the Plan) shall not be considered terminations of employment.  For purposes of this Agreement and the Plan, the Committee shall have absolute discretion to determine the date and circumstances of termination of the Employee’s employment, and its determination shall be final, conclusive and binding upon the Employee.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the transfer of the Employee’s employment from the Company to any of its Subsidiaries or from one of the Company’s Subsidiaries to the Company or another of the Company’s Subsidiaries in connection with a Distribution (as defined below) or disposition shall not constitute a termination of employment for purposes of this Agreement, and the Employee’s employment will be deemed to continue for purposes of this Agreement until otherwise terminated as provided herein.  In particular, if the Employee transfers employment from the Company to any of its Subsidiaries or from one of the Company’s Subsidiaries to the Company or another of the Company’s Subsidiaries in connection with or in anticipation of a Distribution or disposition, such transfer of employment shall not constitute a termination of employment for purposes of this Agreement, and the Employee’s employment will be deemed to continue for purposes of this Agreement until otherwise terminated as provided herein.

(b)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Deferred Stock maintained in the Deferred Stock Account shall become Vested Deferred Stock upon the termination of the Employee’s employment with the Company, one of its Subsidiaries or one of their respective divisions before the end of the Performance Period by reason of disability (as determined by the Committee) or death.  The Employee shall have no right to any additional shares of Deferred Stock, regardless of the Company’s TSR performance during the Performance Period.  In the event of the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company, one of its Subsidiaries or one of their respective divisions before the end of the Performance Period by reason of Retirement (as defined below), a pro rata portion (based on the number of days of Employee’s employment during the Performance Period) of the Deferred Stock that would have become Vested Deferred Stock in accordance with Section 3, if any, shall become Vested Deferred Stock at the end of the Performance Period, including any additional Deferred Stock that may be granted by the Committee under Section 3 if the Company’s TSR relative to the Peer Companies’ TSR during the Performance Period is above the 60 th percentile.  For purposes of this paragraph, “Retirement” means a termination of employment after (i) the day after the first anniversary date of the effective date of this Award, and (ii) attaining age fifty-five (55) and completion of five (5) years of employment.
 
 
- 3 -

 
 
(c)           Any Deferred Stock maintained in the Deferred Stock Account shall become Vested Deferred Stock upon the termination of the Employee’s employment by the Company for any reason other than on account of his death, disability, retirement or for Cause (as defined in the Employee’s employment agreement) or by Employee for Good Reason (as defined in the Employee’s employment agreement)(i) after the day after the first anniversary date of the effective date of this Award and (ii) after the occurrence, but before the third anniversary of (A) a Change in Control (as defined in Section 14.2 of the Plan), or (B) a sale, transfer or disposition of substantially all of the assets or capital stock of a Subsidiary (as defined in the Plan) or division of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries for whom the Employee is employed at the time of such Change in Control, sale, transfer, or disposition.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the distribution by the Company to Company shareholders of any or all of the shares of common stock of any of its Subsidiaries (“Distribution”) shall not constitute an event causing Deferred Stock to become Vested Deferred Stock as described in the preceding sentence.

In consideration of the grant of this Award, the Employee hereby agrees and acknowledges that any provisions in an Employment Agreement and/or a Change in Control Agreement between the Employee and the Company related to the vesting of awards granted under the Plan shall not apply and have no effect with respect to this Award, and that the vesting of this Award upon a Change in Control shall be governed solely by this Agreement.

5.             Delivery of Shares .  The Company shall deliver to the Employee shares of Common Stock equal in number to the number of shares of Vested Deferred Stock.  The shares of Common Stock delivered to the Employee shall be from shares held by the Company as treasury stock or from shares of Common Stock acquired by the Company in the open market.  Subject to the Employee’s election to defer, all shares of Common Stock to be delivered to the Employee shall be delivered as soon as administratively possible after the day on which such shares become Vested Deferred Stock, but no later than March 15 th of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which such shares become Vested Deferred Stock.  However, shares of Vested Deferred Stock delivered due to the Employee’s termination under Section 4(c) shall be delivered with ninety (90) days after the Employee’s termination provided that the Employee shall have no right to designate the calendar year in which the shares will be delivered.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if shares become deliverable by reason of the Employee’s separation from service following a Change in Control and at the time of the Employee’s separation from service the Employee is a “specified employee” as defined in Code Section 409A, then the shares of Common Stock to be delivered shall be delivered on the date which is six months after the date of the Employee’s separation from service.
 
 
- 4 -

 
 
6.             Administration of the Award .  The Committee shall administer the Award.  The Committee shall have complete and full discretion in the administration and interpretation of the terms of the Award.

7.             Right to Defer Payment of Award .

(a)           Election to Defer Award.  The Employee may elect to defer payment of the Award otherwise due on the date shares become Vested Deferred Stock by completing a written election and delivering such election to the Company at least one year prior to such date; provided however, that the completion of such written election and the delivery of such election may be at an earlier date as determined by the Committee or required by law to insure the validity of such deferral.  The Employee may not defer payment for a period that is shorter than five (5) years after the date the shares become Vested Deferred Stock.  At the end of the deferral period elected by the Employee (or within a certain period of time after the last day of the deferral period as determined by the Committee or required by law to insure the validity of the deferral), the Company, subject to Sections 9, 10 and 11, shall deliver to the Employee shares of Common Stock equal in number to the number of Vested Deferred Stock held in the Employee’s Deferred Stock Account.

(b)           Financial Hardship.  A withdrawal from the Employee’s Deferred Stock Account of Vested Deferred Stock shall be permitted prior to the termination of the deferral period in the event that the Employee experiences an “unforeseeable emergency” as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(ii) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”) and the regulations issued thereunder.  The Employee must apply to the Committee for an unforeseeable emergency withdrawal and demonstrate that the circumstances being experienced were not under the Employee’s control and constitute a real emergency, which is likely to cause a severe financial hardship.  The Committee shall have the authority to require such medical or other evidence as it may need to determine the necessity for the Employee’s withdrawal request.  If such application for withdrawal is permitted, the amount of such withdrawal shall be limited to an amount reasonably necessary to satisfy the emergency need, and the Committee must take into account any additional compensation available.  If the Employee makes a withdrawal, the amount of the Employee’s Deferred Stock Account under this Award shall be proportionately reduced to reflect the withdrawal.  Also, the withholding requirements described in Section 11 shall also be effected before the withdrawal.  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4(b) to the contrary, any withdrawal for any unforeseeable emergency must comply with Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B).

8.             No Rights as Stockholder .  The Employee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock covered by this Award until shares of Common Stock are delivered to the Employee.  Until such time, the Employee shall not be entitled to dividends (except where the Employee’s Deferred Stock Account is adjusted for stock dividends pursuant to Section 2) or to vote at meetings of the stockholders of the Company.
 
 
- 5 -

 

 
9.             Compliance With Securities Laws .  Prior to the receipt of any certificates for shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Award, the Employee (or the Employee’s beneficiary or legal representative upon the Employee’s death or disability) shall enter into such additional written representations, warranties and Awards as the Company may reasonably request in order to comply with applicable securities laws or with this Award.

10.            Stock Ownership Guidelines .  The Employee (or the Employee’s beneficiary or legal representative upon the Employee’s death or disability) shall be bound by the “Stock Ownership Guidelines” of the Company as may be in effect from time to time.

11.            Withholding .  Any payment of Common Stock under this Award shall be subject to applicable federal and state withholding requirements.  Hence, unless the Employee delivers a check to the Company equal to the required withholding, the number of shares distributed shall be reduced to meet the Employee’s applicable withholding requirements.

12.            Designation of Beneficiary .  The Employee shall be permitted to provide to the Committee a beneficiary designation for receipt of his or her Award after death.  If the Employee fails to designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Employee, the Award shall be paid to the deceased Employee’s spouse, if living, or if such spouse is not living, to the deceased Employee’s estate.

13.            Adjustments .  In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, sale of substantially all assets, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, split-up, split-off, distribution of assets or other change in corporate structure occurring after the effective date of this Award affecting the Common Stock subject to this award, the Board of Directors of the Company shall adjust the number and kind of shares of Common Stock subject to this Award so as to maintain the proportionate number of shares subject to this award, and such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding upon the Employee and the Company.

14.            Non-Transferability .

(a)           The Deferred Stock, the Deferred Stock Account and the Vested Deferred Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, exchanged, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered and no such sale, assignment, transfer, exchange, pledge, hypothecation, or encumbrance, whether made or created by a voluntary act of the Employee or any agent of the Employee or by operation of law, shall be recognized by, or be binding upon, or shall in any manner affect the rights of, the Company, its successors or any agent thereof.

(b)           No amounts payable under the Award shall be transferable by the Employee other than by his designation of a beneficiary pursuant to Section 12.  The amounts payable under the Award shall be exempt from the claims of creditors of the Employee and from all orders, decrees, levies and executions and any other legal process to the fullest extent that may be permitted by law.
 
 
- 6 -

 
 
15.            Amendments to Award .  The Award may only be modified upon the mutual agreement of the Company and the Employee.

16.            Source of Benefit Payments.   The payment of the Award to the Employee shall be paid solely from the general assets of the Company.  Until the actual delivery of the shares of Common Stock, the Employee shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, including shares of Common Stock, under the terms of the Award.  The Award shall not be considered to create an escrow account, trust fund or other funding arrangement of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Employee and the Company.  Until such time of payment, no shares of the Common Stock shall be set aside by the Company for the Award.

17.            Successors and Assigns .

(a)           This Award is personal to the Employee and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by the Employee except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  This Award shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Employee’s guardian and legal representatives.

(b)           This Award shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

(c)           The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Award in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.

18.            Award Subject to Plan .  This Award is subject to the terms of the Plan.  The terms and provisions of the Plan (including any subsequent amendments thereto) are hereby incorporated herein by reference.  In the event of a conflict between any terms and provisions contained herein and the terms or provisions of the Plan, the applicable terms or provisions of the Plan will govern and prevail.

19.            Governing Law .  This Award shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Indiana without reference to principles of conflict of laws.  The captions of this Award are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect.  This Award may not be amended or modified except by a written Award executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

20.            Severability .  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Award shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Award.

21.            No Waiver .  The failure of the Employee or the Company to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Award or the failure to assert any right the Employee or the Company may have under this Award shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this Award.
 
 
- 7 -

 
 
22.            Code Section 409A .  The Plan is intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Code Section 409A. The Plan shall be administered, interpreted, and construed in a manner consistent with Code Section 409A or an exemption therefrom.  Should any provision of the Plan be found not to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, the provisions of Code Section 409A, such provision shall be modified and given effect (retroactively if necessary), in the sole discretion of the Committee, and without the consent of the Employee, in such manner as the Committee determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Code Section 409A.  If any of the payments under this Agreement are subject to Code Section 409A and the Company determines that the Employee is a “specified employee” under Code Section 409A at the time of the Employee’s separation from service, then each such payment will not be made or commence until the date which is the first day of the seventh month after the Employee’s separation from service, and any payments that otherwise would have been paid during the first six months after the Employee’s separation from service will be paid in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month after the Employee’s separation from service or upon the Employee’s death, if earlier.  Such deferral will be effected only to the extent required to avoid adverse tax treatment to the Employee, including (without limitation) the additional twenty percent (20%) federal tax for which the Employee would otherwise be liable under Code Section 409A(a)(l)(B) in the absence of such deferral.

23.            Entire Award .  The Employee and the Company acknowledge that this Award supersedes any prior agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Award.
24.            Counterparts .  This Award may be executed in counterparts, which together shall constitute one and the same original.
 
 
Effective Date:
<date>
 

    HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC.  
         
         
    By:
/s/ John Dickey
 
         
         
   
John Dickey
 
   
Senior Vice President
 
         
         
 
Accepted:
 
 
 
   
<Name>
   
 
 
- 8 -

 
 
Exhibit A

Peer Companies
 
 
Affymetrix, Inc.
Thoratec Corp.
Alere, Inc.
United Therapeutics Corp.
Bard (C.R.)
Universal Health Services, Inc.
Beckman Coulter, Inc.
Valeant Pharmaceuticals International
Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc.
Varian, Inc.
Cerner Corporation
VCA Antech, Inc.
Charles River Laboratories International
Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Community Health Systems, Inc.
WellCare Health Plans, Inc.
Conmed
 
Cooper Industries
 
Covance, Inc.
 
Dentsply
 
Edwards Lifesciences Corp.
 
Endo Pharmaceuticals Holdings, Inc.
 
Gen-Probe, Inc.
 
Health Management Associates, Inc.
 
Health Net, Inc.
 
Henry Schein, Inc.
 
Hologic, Inc.
 
Hospira
 
IDEXX Laboratories, Inc.
 
Immucor, Inc.
 
Integra Lifesciences
 
Invacare
 
Kindred Healthcare, Inc.
 
Kinetic Concepts, Inc.
 
LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.
 
Lincare Holdings, Inc.
 
Masimo Corp.
 
Medicis Pharmaceutical Corp.
 
Mettler-Toledo International, Inc.
 
Omnicare, Inc.
 
OSI Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
 
Owens & Minor, Inc.
 
Perkinelmer
 
Perrigo Co.
 
Pharmaceutical Product Development, Inc.
 
Psychiatric Solutions, Inc.
 
ResMed, Inc.
 
STERIS Corp.
 
Techne Corp.
 
Teleflex, Inc.
 
 
 
 

Exhibit 10.69



 

HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC.

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

(As Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2011)





 
 

 
 
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS
1
     
ARTICLE II.
ADMINISTRATION OF THIS PLAN
4
     
2.1
Committee
4
     
2.2
Committee Duties
4
     
2.3
Agent
5
     
2.4
Binding Effect of Decisions
5
     
ARTICLE III.
PARTICIPATION
5
     
ARTICLE IV.
SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT BENEFIT
5
     
4.1
Supplemental Retirement Benefit
5
     
4.2
Subject To Pension Plan
6
     
4.3
Payment of Supplemental Retirement Benefits
6
     
4.4
Change in Control
7
     
4.5
Forfeiture of Supplement Retirement Benefit
7
     
4.6
Frozen Supplemental Retirement Benefit
7
     
ARTICLE V.
EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS
8
     
5.1
Defined Contributions
8
     
5.2
Matching Contributions
8
     
5.3
Supplemental Contributions
9
     
5.4
Defined Contribution Accounts, Matching Account and Supplemental Contribution Account
10
     
5.5
Earnings on Accounts
10
     
5.6
Vesting
10
     
5.7
Distribution of Aggregate Account
11
     
5.8
Forfeiture of Aggregate Account
11
     
ARTICLE VI.
OFFSET FOR OBLIGATIONS TO EMPLOYER
11
     
ARTICLE VII.
RIGHTS OF A PARTICIPANT
11
     
ARTICLE VIII.
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
11
     
8.1
Amendment
11
     
8.2
Termination
11
     
ARTICLE IX.
DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS
12
     
9.1
Claim
12
     
9.2
Claim Decision
12
     
9.3
Request for Review
12
 
 
 

 
 
9.4
Review of Decision
12
     
ARTICLE X.
NOTICES
13
     
ARTICLE XI.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
13
     
11.1
Controlling Law
13
     
11.2
Captions
13
     
11.3
Facility of Payment
13
     
11.4
Withholding of Payroll Taxes
13
     
11.5
Protective Provisions
13
     
11.6
Terms
13
     
11.7
Successor
14
     
ARTICLE XII.
UNFUNDED STATUS OF PLAN
14
     
ARTICLE XIII.
RIGHTS TO BENEFITS
14
     
ARTICLE XIV.
CODE SECTION 409A COMPLIANCE
14
     
ARTICLE XV.
BOARD APPROVAL
14

 
-2-

 
 
HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC.
 
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
 
(As Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2011)
 


R E C I T A L S
 
WHEREAS, Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. (the "Employer") previously established and implemented a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan ("Plan") to provide selected key executives of the Employer with competitive supplemental retirement benefits and additional retirement income.
 
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS
 
 
1.1            "Aggregate Account" means the vested (pursuant to Article V) balance credited to a Participant's Defined Contribution Account, Matching Account and/or Supplemental Contribution Account, including contribution credits and deemed income, gains and losses (to the extent realized as determined by the Employer, in its discretion) credited thereto.  A Participant's Aggregate Account shall be determined as of the date of reference.  A Participant's Aggregate Account shall be utilized solely as a device for measurement and determination of the amount to be paid to the Participant pursuant to this Plan.  A Participant's Aggregate Account shall not constitute or be treated as a trust fund of any kind. (a) (b)
 
1.2            "Base Salary" means the annual calendar earnings of a Participant including wages and salary as reported for federal income tax purposes, but excluding all bonus payments of any kind, commissions, incentive compensation, equity based compensation, long term performance compensation, perquisites and other forms of additional compensation.
 
1.3            "Beneficiary" means, with respect to the Supplemental Retirement Benefit (as defined in paragraph 4.1(a)), the person, persons, trust or other entity designated by the Participant to receive any benefits payable under the Pension Plan, and with respect to payments related to the Aggregate Account, the person, persons, trust or other entity designated by the Participant to receive benefits payable under the Deferred Compensation Guidelines.
 
1.4            "Board" means the Board of Directors of Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc.
 
1.5            "Cause" means
 
 
(i)
a Participant's embezzlement or material misappropriation of funds or property of the Employer, or
 
 
 

 
 
 
(ii)
the willful engaging by a Participant in conduct constituting a felony or gross misconduct, which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Employer.
 
1.6           A "Change in Control" means
 
 
(i)
the date that any person, corporation, partnership, syndicate, trust, estate or other group acting with a view to the acquisition, holding or disposition of securities of the Company, becomes, directly or. indirectly, the beneficial owner, as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Beneficial Owner"), of securities of the Company representing 35% or more of the voting power of all securities of the Company having the right under ordinary circumstances to vote at an election of the Board ("Voting Securities"), other than by reason of (x) the acquisition of securities of the Company by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (y) the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, or (z) the acquisition of securities of the Company by one or more members of the Hillenbrand Family (which term shall mean descendants of John A. Hillenbrand and their spouses, trusts primarily for their benefit or entities controlled by them);
 
 
(ii)
the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation unless
 
(A)           the shareholders of the Company, immediately prior to the merger or consolidation, beneficially own, immediately after the merger or consolidation, shares entitling such shareholders to 50% or more of the voting power of all securities of the corporation surviving the merger or consolidation having the right under ordinary circumstances to vote at an election of directors in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such merger or consolidation, of Voting Securities of the Company;
 
(B)           no person, corporation, partnership, syndicate, trust, estate or other group beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 35% or more of the voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the corporation resulting from such merger or consolidation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to such merger or consolidation; and
 
(C)           the members of the Board, immediately prior to the merger or consolidation, constitute, immediately after the merger or consolidation, a majority of the board of directors of the corporation issuing cash or securities in the merger;
 
 
(iii)
the date on which a majority of the members of the Board consist of persons other than Current Directors (which term shall mean any member of the Board on the date hereof and any member whose nomination or election has been approved by a majority of Current Directors then on the Board);
 
 
(iv)
the consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or
 
 
-2-

 
 
 
(v)
the date of approval of the shareholders of the Company of a plan of complete liquidation of the Company.
 
1.7            "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
1.8            "Committee" means the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Board.
 
1.9            "Company" means Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries.
 
1.10           "Deferral Election" means the written election made by a Participant on the Deferral Elections Checklist form as timely submitted and accepted by the Committee.
 
1.11           "Deferred Compensation Guidelines" means the Company's "Deferred Compensation Payment Administrative Guidelines", as amended by the Committee in its sole discretion.
 
1.12           "Defined Contribution Account" means the account maintained on the books of account of the Employer for each Participant pursuant to Section 5.1.  Separate Defined Contribution Accounts shall be maintained for each Participant.  The Defined Contribution Account shall be utilized solely as a device for measurement and determination of the amount to be paid to the Participant pursuant to this Plan.  A Participant's Defined Contribution Account shall not constitute or be treated as a trust fund of any kind.
 
1.13           "Effective Date" means January 1, 2004.
 
1.14           "Employer" means Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc., an Indiana corporation, and its Subsidiaries.
 
1.15           "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
 
1.16           "Matching Account" means the account maintained on the books of account of the Employer for each Participant pursuant to Section 5.2.  Separate Matching Accounts shall be maintained for each Participant.  A Matching Account shall be utilized solely as a device for measurement and determination of the amount to be paid to the Participant pursuant to this Plan.  A Matching Account shall not constitute or be treated as a trust fund of any kind.
 
1.17           "Participant" means any individual who is a non-bargained for, full-time or regular part-time employee of the Employer who is selected for participation in this Plan pursuant to Article III or who is otherwise described in Article III.
 
1.18           "Pension Plan" means the Hill-Rom, Inc. Pension Plan, as amended.
 
1.19           "Plan Year" means the twelve (12) month period ending on the December 31 of each year during which this Plan is in effect, provided that the first Plan Year shall commence on the Effective Date and end on December 31 of the calendar year in which the Effective Date occurs.
 
1.20           "Savings Plan" means the Hill-Rom, Inc. Savings Plan, as amended.
 
 
-3-

 
 
1.21           "Subsidiary" means an operating company unit of which a majority equity interest is owned directly or indirectly by the Company.
 
1.22           "Supplemental Contribution Account" means the account maintained on the books of account of the Employer for each Participant pursuant to Section 5.3.  Separate Supplemental Contribution Accounts shall be maintained for each Participant.  The Supplemental Contribution Account shall be utilized solely as a device for measurement and determination of the amount to be paid to the Participant pursuant to this Plan.  An Participant's Supplemental Contribution Account shall not constitute or be treated as a trust fund of any kind.
 
1.23           "Target Bonus" means the designated percentage of a Participant's Base Salary utilized in the Company's short term incentive compensation plan, regardless of what percent of a Participant's Base Salary had been paid.
 
 
ARTICLE II.
ADMINISTRATION OF THIS PLAN
 
2.1            Committee .  This Plan shall be administered by the Committee.  A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum and all decisions made by the Committee pursuant to provisions of this Plan shall be made by a majority of the Committee members present at any duly held regular or special meeting at which a quorum is present or by the unanimous written consent of a majority of the Committee members in lieu of any such meeting.
 
2.2            Committee Duties .  The Committee shall also have the authority to make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan and decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Plan, as may arise in connection with this Plan.  The Committee shall have the sole discretionary authority and all powers necessary to accomplish these purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the right, power, authority and duty:
 
 
(a)
To make rules, regulations and procedures for the administration of this Plan which are not inconsistent with the terms and provisions hereof, provided such rules, regulations and procedures are evidenced in writing and copies thereof are delivered to the Employer.
 
 
(b)
To construe and interpret all terms, provisions, conditions and limitations of this Plan;
 
 
(c)
To correct any defect, supply any omission, construe any ambiguous or uncertain provisions, or reconcile any inconsistency that may appear in this Plan, in such manner and to such extent as it shall deem expedient to carry this Plan into effect;
 
 
(d)
To employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys, investment advisors and other agents and employees as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable in the proper and efficient administration of this Plan;
 
 
-4-

 
 
 
(e)
To determine all questions relating to eligibility;
 
 
(f)
To determine the amount, manner and time of payment of any benefits hereunder and to prescribe procedures to be followed by distributees in obtaining benefits;
 
 
(g)
To prepare, file and distribute, in such manner as the Committee determines to be appropriate, such information and material as is required by the reporting and disclosure requirements of ERISA; and
 
 
(h)
To make a determination as to the right of any person to receive a benefit under this Plan.
 
2.3            Agent .  In the administration of this Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, employ an agent and delegate to it such administrative duties as it sees fit and may, from time to time, consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Employer.
 
2.4            Binding Effect of Decisions .  The decision or action of the Committee with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of this Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Plan and shall not be subject to appeal except as provided in Article IX.
 
ARTICLE III.
PARTICIPATION
 
Participation in this Plan shall be determined by the Committee or any person designated by it. In no event shall any employee of the Employer become eligible to participate in this Plan if such employee would not be considered a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees for purposes of ERISA.
 
ARTICLE IV.
SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT BENEFIT
 
4.1            Supplemental Retirement Benefit .
 
 
(a)
For each Participant who participates in the Pension Plan and continues to accrue a benefit thereunder while this Plan is in effect ("Traditional Participant"), such Traditional Participant shall be paid a monthly benefit under this Plan ("Supplemental Retirement Benefit") equal in amount to (1) the monthly benefit payable under the Pension Plan (i) without the limitations on maximum benefits set forth in Section 415 of the Code, and (ii) with the changes to the calculation of "Earnings" (as defined in the Pension Plan) as described in paragraph (b) of this Section 4.1, less (2) the monthly benefit payable under the Pension Plan.
 
 
(b)
For purposes of calculating the Supplemental Retirement Benefit under this Section 4.1, "Earnings" as defined in the Pension Plan shall include the amount of a Traditional Participant's Target Bonus (whether or not the target is attained and whether or not the Target Bonus is paid) for a calendar year, including any Target Bonus for calendar years prior to the Effective Date for the same years that Earnings is used to determine the Participant's monthly benefit payable under the Pension Plan, and such Earnings shall not be limited by the compensation limits set forth in Code Section 401(a)(17); provided however, that such "Earnings" may be limited in amount by the Board or Committee, as they determine in their sole discretion, for any one or more Traditional Participants.
 
 
-5-

 
 
 
(c)
Exhibit "A" attached hereto provides an example of the calculation of "Average Monthly Earnings" (as defined in the Pension Plan) used in the calculation of a Traditional Participant's Supplemental Retirement Benefit hereunder.
 
4.2            Subject To Pension Plan .  Except as provided in Article 4.1 above and as provided below in Section 4.3 with respect to the payment of the Supplemental Retirement Benefit, the Supplemental Retirement Benefit to be paid a Traditional Participant shall be subject to all provisions of the Pension Plan, including but not limited to, all monthly benefit calculations, normal and early retirement, deferred vested benefits, disability retirement, vesting, benefit election options, beneficiary designations and joint and survivor benefits.
 
4.3            Payment of Supplemental Retirement Benefits .
 
 
(a)
Normal Supplemental Retirement Benefits.  Except as provided in Section 4.3(d) below, each Traditional Participant who attains his Normal Retirement Date (as defined in the Pension Plan) shall receive a monthly benefit.  Unless such Traditional Participant elects a form of annuity set forth on Annex A attached hereto prior to the date of his Normal Retirement Benefit Commencement Date (as defined below), such Traditional Participant, if unmarried, shall receive a life annuity with guaranteed payment for 24 months ("Single, Normal Form of Payment"), or if married, a 50% joint and survivor annuity ("Married, Normal Form of Payment").  Monthly Normal Supplemental Retirement Benefit payments shall begin as of the first day of the calendar month following the six month anniversary date of a Traditional Participant's termination of employment ("Normal Retirement Benefit Commencement Date") and shall be paid monthly thereafter as of the first day of each succeeding month.
 
 
(b)
Early Supplemental Retirement Benefits.  Except as provided in Section 4.3(d) below, each Traditional Participant who attains his Early Retirement Date (as defined in the Pension Plan) shall receive a monthly benefit.  Unless such Traditional Participant elects a form of annuity set forth on Annex A attached hereto prior to the date his Early Retirement Benefit Commencement Date (as defined below), such Traditional Participant, if unmarried, shall receive a Single, Normal Form of Payment, or if married, a Married, Normal Form of Payment.  Monthly Early Supplemental Retirement Benefit payments shall begin on the first day of the calendar month following the six month anniversary date of a Traditional Participant's termination of employment  ("Early Retirement Benefit Commencement Date") and shall be paid monthly thereafter as of the first day of each succeeding month.  A Traditional Participant can elect to change his Early Retirement Benefit Commencement Date so long as such election is made a year prior to the Early Retirement Benefit Commencement Date and made before attaining age 60.  The new Early Retirement Benefit Commencement Date must be a date after the 5th anniversary of the Early Retirement Benefit Commencement Date and must be a date before he attains age 65.
 
 
-6-

 
 
 
 (c)
Deferred Vested Supplemental Retirement Benefits.  Except as provided in Section 4.3(d) below, each Traditional Participant who attains his Vested Retirement Date (as defined in the Pension Plan) shall receive a monthly benefit.  Unless such Traditional Participant elects a form of annuity set forth on Annex A attached hereto prior to  the date of his Deferred Vested Benefit Commencement Date (as defined below), such Traditional Participant, if unmarried, shall receive a Single, Normal Form of Payment, or if married, a Married, Normal Form of Payment.  Monthly Deferred Vested Supplemental Retirement Benefits shall begin on the later to occur of (i) the first day of the calendar month following the date a Traditional Participant attains age 55 or (ii) the first day of the calendar month following the sixth month anniversary date of a Traditional Participant's termination of employment ("Deferred Vested Benefit Commencement Date") and shall be paid monthly thereafter as of the first day of each succeeding month.  A Traditional Participant can elect to change his Deferred Vested Benefit Commencement Date so long as such election is made a year prior to the Deferred Vested Benefit Commencement Date and made before attaining age 60.  The new Early Retirement Benefit Commencement Date must be a date after the 5th anniversary of the Deferred Vested Benefit Commencement Date and must be a date before he attains age 65.
 
 
(d)
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if a Traditional Participant is a "specified employee" under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then any payments to be made to such Traditional Participant under this Section 4.3 shall commence on the first day of the calendar month following the six-month anniversary of the date of his termination of employment.
 
4.4            Change in Control .  Notwithstanding the vesting requirement set forth in the Pension Plan and except as provided in Section 4.4 below, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control a Traditional Participant shall be credited with five (5) years of "Vesting Service" (as defined in the Pension Plan) for purposes of determining whether a Traditional Participant is eligible for a Supplemental Retirement Benefit.
 
4.5            Forfeiture of Supplement Retirement Benefit .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IV, upon the termination of a Traditional Participant's employment by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for Cause, such Traditional Participant shall forfeit all rights to any Supplemental Retirement Benefit under this Article IV, and the Employer shall have no obligation to make any such payments.
 
4.6            Frozen Supplemental Retirement Benefit.   If the Committee (at its sole discretion) should determine that a Traditional Participant is no longer eligible to earn or accrue a Supplemental Retirement Benefit as provided for under this Article IV, then, on the date of such determination by the Committee, the Traditional Participant's Supplemental Retirement Benefit shall be frozen as of such date and he or she will earn or accrue no Supplemental Retirement Benefit thereafter.
 
 
-7-

 
 
ARTICLE V.
EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS
 
5.1            Defined Contributions .
 
 
(a)
Each Plan Year the Employer shall record as a contribution to the Defined Contribution Account of a Traditional Participant an amount equal to (1) the maximum amount of contribution of whatever kind the Employer would have had to make to the Savings Plan for and on behalf of a Traditional Participant for such Plan Year (i) without the annual additions limits set forth in Code Section 415 and (ii) with the changes to the calculation of "Compensation" (as defined in the Savings Plan) as described in paragraph (c) of this Section 5.1, less (2) the amount of contribution of whatever kind that the Employer actually made to the Savings Plan for and on behalf of the Traditional Participant for such Plan Year.
 
 
(b)
For each Participant who is not a Traditional Participant ("Non-Traditional Participant"), each Plan Year the Employer shall record as a contribution to the Defined Contribution Account of a Non-Traditional Participant an amount equal to (1) the maximum amount of contribution of whatever kind, other than any Employer Matching Contributions (as defined in the Savings Plan), the Employer would have had to make to the Savings Plan for and on behalf of a Non-Traditional Participant for such Plan Year (i) without the annual additions limits set forth in Code Section 415 and (ii) with the changes to the calculation of "Compensation" (as defined in the Savings Plan) as described in paragraph (c) of this Section 5.1, less (2) the amount of contribution of whatever kind, other than any Employer Matching Contributions, that the Employer actually made to the Savings Plan for and on behalf of the Non-Traditional Participant for such Plan Year.
 
 
(c)
For purposes of calculating the Defined Contributions under this Section 5.1, "Compensation" as defined in the Savings Plan shall include the amount of a Participant's Target Bonus (whether or not the target is attained and whether or not the Target Bonus is paid) for a Plan Year, and such "Compensation" shall not be limited by the compensation limits set forth in Code Section 401(a)(17); provided however, that such "Compensation" may be limited in amount by resolution of the Board or Committee, as they determine in their sole discretion, for any one or more Participants.
 

 
5.2            Matching Contributions .
 
 
(a)
For each Non-Traditional Participant who has elected to contribute the maximum amount as provided under Code Section 402(g)(1) as a "qualified cash or deferred arrangement" (as defined in Code Section 401(k)(2)) to the Savings Plan, each Plan Year the Employer shall record as a contribution to the Matching Account of a Non-Traditional Participant an amount equal to (1) the maximum amount of Employer Matching Contributions (as defined in the Savings Plan) the Employer would have had to make to the Savings Plan for and on behalf of a Non-Traditional Participant for such Plan Year (i) without the annual additions limits set forth in Code Section 415, (ii) without any  limits on a Non-Traditional Participant's "qualified cash or deferred arrangement" under Code Sections 401(k) or 402(g)(1), (iii) without any limits on a matching contribution as set forth in Code Section 401(m) and (iv) with the changes to the calculation of "Compensation" (as defined in the Savings Plan) as described in paragraph (c) of this Section 5.2, less (2) the amount of Employer Matching Contributions that the Employer actually made to the Savings Plan for and on behalf of the Non-Traditional Participant for such Plan Year.
 
 
-8-

 
 
 
(b)
For each Non-Traditional Participant who has not elected to contribute the maximum amount as provided under Code Section 402(g)(1) as a "qualified cash or deferred arrangement" (as defined in Code Section 401(k)(2)) to the Savings Plan, each Plan Year the Employer shall record as a contribution to the Matching Account of a Non-Traditional Participant an amount equal to (1) the maximum amount of Employer Matching Contributions (as defined in the Savings Plan) the Employer would have had to make to the Savings Plan for and on behalf of a Non-Traditional Participant for such Plan Year (i) without the annual additions limits set forth in Code Section 415, (ii) without any  limits on a Non-Traditional Participant's "qualified cash or deferred arrangement" under Code Sections 401(k), (iii) without any limits on a matching contribution as set forth in Code Section 401(m), (iv) with the limits on a Non-Traditional Participant's "qualified cash or deferred arrangement" under Code Section 402(g)(i) and (v) with the changes to the calculation of "Compensation" (as defined in the Savings Plan) as described in paragraph (c) of this Section 5.2, less (2) the amount of Employer Matching Contributions that the Employer actually made to the Savings Plan for and on behalf of the Non-Traditional Participant for such Plan Year.
 
 
(c)
For purposes of calculating the Matching Contributions under this Section 5.2,   "Compensation" as defined in the Savings Plan shall include the amount of a Participant's Target Bonus (whether or not the target is attained and whether or not the Target Bonus is paid) for a Plan Year and such "Compensation" shall not be limited by the compensation limits set forth in Code Section 401(a)(17); provided however, that such "Compensation" may be limited in amount by the Board or Committee, as they determine in their sole discretion, for any one or more Non-Traditional Participants.
 
 
5.3            Supplemental Contributions .
 
 
(a)
Each Plan Year the Employer shall record as a contribution to the Supplemental Contribution Account of certain Participants selected by the Committee an amount equal to three percent (3%) of such Participants’ "Compensation" (as defined in the Savings Plan) with such changes to its calculation as described in paragraph (b) of this Section 5.3.
 
 
-9-

 
 
 
(b)
For purposes of calculating the Supplemental Contributions under this Section 5.3, "Compensation" as defined in the Savings Plan shall include the amount of a selected Participant's Target Bonus (whether or not the target is attained and whether or not the Target Bonus is paid) for a Plan Year and such "Compensation" shall not be limited by the compensation limits set forth in Code Section 401(a)(17); provided however, that such "Compensation" may be limited in amount by the Board or Committee, as they determine in their sole discretion, for any one or more of the selected Participants.
 
5.4            Defined Contribution Accounts, Matching Account and Supplemental Contribution Account .  All Employer contributions made pursuant to this Section V shall be credited to a Participant's Defined Contribution Account, Matching Account and/or, Supplemental Contribution Account which shall be a bookkeeping account established for each Participant by the Employer.  The time when the Employer contributions are credited to a Participant's Defined Contribution Account, Matching Account and/or Supplemental Contribution Account shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.  The Defined Contribution Accounts, the Matching Accounts and the Supplemental Contribution Account shall be unfunded and shall maintain all credits made to such account, pursuant to this Plan for the benefit of a Participant.
 
5.5            Earnings on Accounts .  The balance of a Participant's Defined Contribution Account, Matching Account and/or Supplemental Contribution Account, shall accrue interest credited monthly to the Participant's Defined Contribution Account balance, Matching Account balance and/or Supplemental Contribution Account balance at the end of the Company's fiscal months at a rate which is equal to the monthly prime interest rate (determined as of the first day of each month) charged by the Company's principal bank, or, at the election of the Committee, Participants selected by the Committee may be credited at such other rate or rates as may be determined by the Committee.  Effective as soon as administratively possible after the approval of the restatement of this Plan (as of January 1, 2011) by the Board, the balance of a Participant's Defined Contribution Account, Matching Account and/or Supplemental Contribution Account shall be treated as having been directed by a Participant to be invested in the same investment options maintained under the Savings Plan in a manner and in percentages as elected under this Plan, which may be in a manner and percentages different from the elections under the Savings Plan.
 
5.6            Vesting .  A Participant shall be fully (100%) vested in all amounts credited to his or her Defined Contribution Account and Supplemental Contribution Account, and a Participant shall vest in all amounts credited to his or her Matching Account pursuant to the vesting schedule maintained under the Savings Plan for any Employer Matching Contributions made to the Savings Plan by the Employer; provided however, that upon the occurrence of an event which is a Change in Control, each Participant shall be fully 100% vested in such Participant's Matching Account.
 
 
-10-

 
 
5.7            Distribution of Aggregate Account .  A Participant's Aggregate Account shall be paid within fifteen (15) days of the   six-month anniversary of the date of  the Participant's termination of employment.
 
5.8            Forfeiture of Aggregate Account .  Notwithstanding anything in this Article V, upon the termination of a Participant's employment by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for Cause, such Participant shall forfeit all rights to his or her Aggregate Account under this Article V, and the Employer shall have no obligations with respect to this Article V.
 
ARTICLE VI.
OFFSET FOR OBLIGATIONS TO EMPLOYER
 
If, at such time as the Participant becomes entitled to benefit payments hereunder, the Participant has any debt, obligation or other liability representing an amount owing to the Company or any Subsidiary, and if such debt, obligation, or other liability is due and owing at the time benefit payments are payable hereunder, the Employer may offset the amount owed the Company or the Subsidiary against the amount of benefits otherwise distributable hereunder.
 
ARTICLE VII.
RIGHTS OF A PARTICIPANT
 
Establishment of this Plan shall not be construed as giving any Participant the right to be retained in the Employer's service or employ or the right to receive any benefits not specifically provided by this Plan.
 
Payments under this Plan will not be segregated from the general funds of the Employer and no Participant will have any claim on any specific assets of the Employer.  To the extent that any Participant acquires a right to receive benefits under this Plan, his or her right will be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Employer and is not assignable or transferable except to his or her Beneficiary or estate.
 
ARTICLE VIII.
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
 
8.1            Amendment .  This Plan may be amended from time to time by resolution of the Board.  The amendment of any one or more provisions of this Plan shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Plan.  No amendment shall reduce any benefits accrued by any Participant prior to the amendment, and each amendment shall comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A.
 
8.2            Termination .  The Board has the right to terminate this Plan at any time.  The termination of the Plan shall comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A.  Any benefit accrued prior to this Plan's termination will continue to be subject to the provisions of this Plan.
 
 
-11-

 
 
ARTICLE IX.
DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS
 
9.1            Claim .  A person who believes that he is being denied a benefit to which he is entitled under this Plan (hereinafter referred to as a "Claimant") may file a written request for such benefit with the Committee, setting forth his claim.  The request must be addressed to the Committee.
 
9.2            Claim Decision .  Upon receipt of a claim, the Committee shall advise the Claimant that a reply will be forthcoming within a reasonable time, but not later than 90 days from its receipt of the claim and shall, in fact, deliver such reply within such period.  The Committee may, however, extend the reply period for an additional 90 days if the Committee determines that special circumstances require such an extension.  If an extension is required, written notice shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial 90-day period.  The extension notice shall indicate (i) the special circumstances requiring an extension of time; and (ii) the date by which the Committee expects to tender the benefit determination.  If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the Committee shall adopt a written opinion, using language calculated to be understood by the Claimant, setting forth:
 
 
(a)
The specific reason for such denial;
 
 
(b)
The specific reference to pertinent provisions of this agreement upon which such denial is based;
 
 
(c)
A description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect his claim and an explanation why such material or such information is necessary.
 
 
(d)
Appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to submit the claim for review, including the Claimant's right to bring a civil action following an adverse benefit determination on review; and
 
 
(e)
The time limits for requesting a review.
 
9.3            Request for Review .  Within sixty (60) days after the receipt by the Claimant of the written opinion described above, the Claimant may request in writing that the Committee review its determination.  Such request must be addressed to the Committee.  The Claimant or his duly authorized representative may, but need not, review the pertinent documents, records and other information, receive copies of such information, and submit documents, records, issues and comments in writing for consideration by the Committee.  If the Claimant does not request a review of the Committee's determination within such sixty (60) day period, he shall be barred and estopped from challenging the Participating Employer's determination.
 
9.4            Review of Decision .  Within a reasonable time not later than sixty (60) days after the Board of Directors' receipt of a request for review, the Committee will review its determinations.  After considering all materials presented by the Claimant, the Committee will render a written opinion, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, setting forth (a) the specific reasons for the decision; (b) and containing specific references to the pertinent provisions of this Plan on which the decision is based; (c) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant's claim for benefits; and (d) a statement of the Claimant's right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.  If special circumstances require that the sixty (60) day time period be extended, the Committee will so notify the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial 60-day period and will render the decision as soon as possible, but no later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the filing of the request for review.  The extension notice will set forth:  (a) the special circumstances; and (b) the date as of which the benefit determination will be made.
 
 
-12-

 
 
ARTICLE X.
NOTICES
 
Notices and elections under this Plan must be in writing.  A notice or election is deemed delivered if it is delivered personally or mailed by registered or certified mail to the person at his or her last known business address.
 
ARTICLE XI.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
11.1           Controlling Law .  The provisions of this Plan shall be subject to regulation under ERISA.  To the extent not preempted by federal law, this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State of Indiana.
 
11.2           Captions .  The captions of Articles and Sections of this Plan are for the convenience of reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.
 
11.3           Facility of Payment .  Any amounts payable hereunder to any Participant who is under legal disability or who, in the judgment of the Committee, is unable to properly manage his or her financial affairs may be paid to the legal representative of such Participant or may be applied for the benefit of such Participant in any manner which the Committee may select, and any such payment shall be deemed to be payment for such Participant's account and shall be a complete discharge of all liability of the Employer with respect to the amount so paid.
 
11.4           Withholding of Payroll Taxes .  To the extent required by the laws in effect at the time compensation or deferred compensation payments are made, the Employer shall withhold from such compensation, or from deferred compensation payments made hereunder, any taxes required to be withheld for federal, state or local government purposes.
 
11.5           Protective Provisions .  A Participant will cooperate with the Employer by furnishing any and all information requested by the Employer in order to facilitate the payment of benefits hereunder.
 
11.6           Terms .  Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were used in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and wherever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply.
 
 
-13-

 
 
11.7           Successor .  The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and its successors and assigns.  The terms successors and assigns as used herein shall include any corporate or other business entity which shall, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise, acquire all or substantially all of the business and assets of Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and successors of any such company or other business entity.
 
ARTICLE XII.
UNFUNDED STATUS OF PLAN
 
It is the intention of the parties that the arrangements herein described be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I or ERISA.  Plan participants have the status of general unsecured creditors of the Employer.  This Plan constitutes a mere promise by the Employer to make payments in the future.
 
ARTICLE XIII.
RIGHTS TO BENEFITS
 
Subject to Article VI, a Participant's rights to benefit payments under this Plan are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors of the participant or the participant's beneficiaries.
 
ARTICLE XIV.
CODE SECTION 409A COMPLIANCE
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this Plan is intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations and other guidance thereunder.  Accordingly, all provisions herein, or incorporated by reference, shall be construed and interpreted to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 409A.  Further, for purposes of Code Section 409A, a "termination of employment" as used in this Plan shall mean a "separation from service" as used in Code Section 409A.
 
ARTICLE XV.
BOARD APPROVAL
 
This amended and restated Plan was approved, affirmed and ratified by the Board on May 6, 2011.
 
 
-14-

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan to be executed this ________ day of May, 2011.

 
HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC.
 
       
       
 
By:
 
 
       
 
Name:
 
 
       
 
Title:
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
EXECUTION PAGE FOR HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC. SUPPLEMENTAL
EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
 
 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT "A"
 
Example of
Average Monthly Earnings for
Supplemental Retirement Benefit

Calculation of Target Bonus


         
Target     
   
Target
 
   
Base Salary
   
Bonus %
   
Bonus
 
                   
Year 5
  $ 210,000       40%     $ 84,000  
Year 4
    201,500       30%       60,450  
Year 3
    194,000       30%       58,200  
Year 2
    185,500       24%       44,520  
Year 1
    180,000       24%       43,200  
                         
                         

               
Supplemental
 
   
Earnings (Pension Plan)
         
Retirement     
 
   
w/o § 401(a)17 limits
   
Target Bonus
   
Earnings         
 
                   
Year 5
  $ 210,000     $ 84,000     $ 294,000  
Year 4
    201,500       60,450       261,950  
Year 3
    194,000       58,200       252,200  
Year 2
    185,500       44,520       230,020  
Year 1
    180,000       43,200       223,200  
                    $ 1,261,370  


Average Monthly Earnings for Supplemental Retirement Benefit:

$ 1,261,370 ¸ 5 ¸ 12 = $ 21,023

 
Exhibit A-1

 
 
ANNEX A


Payment Annuity Options
 
1.           Single Life Annuity
 
2.           66-2/3% Joint and Survivor Annuity
 
3.           75% Joint and Survivor Annuity
 
4.           100% Joint and Survivor Annuity
 
5.           5-Year Certain and Life
 
6.           10-Year Certain and Life
 
7.           15-Year Certain and Life
 
8.           20-Year Certain and Life
 



 
 
Annex A-1

Exhibit 10.72
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
P R E A M B L E
 
This Employment Agreement defines the essential terms and conditions of our employment relationship with you.  The subjects covered in this Agreement are vitally important to you and to the Company.  Thus, you should read the document carefully and ask any questions before signing the Agreement.  Given the importance of these matters to you and the Company, you are required to sign the Agreement as a condition of employment.

 
This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, dated and effective this 1st day of October 2011 is entered into by and between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. ("Company") and Andreas G. Frank ("Employee").
 
W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company and its affiliated entities are engaged in the healthcare industry throughout the United States and abroad including, but not limited to, the design, manufacture, sale, service and rental of hospital beds and stretchers, hospital furniture, medical-related architectural products, specialty sleep surfaces (including therapeutic surfaces), air clearing devices, biomedical and asset management services, as well as other medical-related accessories, devices, products and services;
 
WHEREAS, the Company is willing to employ Employee in an executive or managerial position and Employee desires to be employed by the Company in such capacity based upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;
 
WHEREAS, in the course of the employment contemplated under this Agreement and as a continuation of Employee's past employment with the Company , if applicable, it will be necessary for Employee to acquire and maintain knowledge of certain trade secrets and other confidential and proprietary information regarding the Company as well as any of its parent, subsidiary and/or affiliated entities (hereinafter jointly referred to as the "Companies"); and
 
WHEREAS, the Company and Employee (collectively referred to as the "Parties") acknowledge and agree that the execution of this Agreement is necessary to memorialize the terms and conditions of their employment relationship as well as safeguard against the unauthorized disclosure or use of the Company's confidential information and to otherwise preserve the goodwill and ongoing business value of the Company;
 
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of Employee's employment, the Company's willingness to disclose certain confidential and proprietary information to Employee and the mutual covenants contained herein as well as other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:
 
 
 

 
 
1.
Employment .  As of the effective date of this Agreement, the Company agrees to employ Employee and Employee agrees to serve as Senior Vice President, Corporate Development and Strategy.  Employee agrees to perform all duties and responsibilities traditionally assigned to, or falling within the normal responsibilities of, an individual employed in the above-referenced position.  Employee also agrees to perform any and all additional duties or responsibilities as may be assigned by the Company in its sole discretion. The Parties acknowledge that both this title and the underlying duties may change.
 
2.
Best Efforts and Duty of Loyalty .  During the term of employment with the Company, Employee covenants and agrees to exercise reasonable efforts to perform all assigned duties in a diligent and professional manner and in the best interest of the Company.  Employee agrees to devote Employee's full working time, attention, talents, skills and best efforts to further the Company's business and agrees not to take any action, or make any omission, that deprives the Company of any business opportunities or otherwise act in a manner that conflicts with the best interest of the Company or is otherwise detrimental to its business.  Employee agrees not to engage in any outside business activity, whether or not pursued for gain, profit or other pecuniary advantage, without the express written consent of the Company.  Employee shall act at all times in accordance with the Company's Code of Ethical Business Conducts, and all other applicable policies which may exist or be adopted by the Company from time to time.
 
3.
At-Will Employment .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, Employee specifically acknowledges and accepts such employment on an "at-will" basis and agrees that both Employee and the Company retain the right to terminate this relationship at any time, with or without cause, for any reason not prohibited by applicable law upon notice as required by this Agreement.  Employee acknowledges that nothing in this Agreement is intended to create, nor should be interpreted to create, an employment contract for any specified length of time between the Company and Employee.
 
4.
Compensation .  For all services rendered by Employee on behalf of, or at the request of, the Company, Employee shall be paid as follows:
 
 
(a)
A base salary at the bi-weekly rate of ten thousand five hundred seventy six dollars and ninety two cents ($10,576.92), less usual and ordinary deductions;
 
 
(b)
A cash award of Sixty Thousand Five Hundred Dollars and Zero Cents ($60,500.00)   payable on the earlier of (i) December 9, 2011 or (ii) in the event Employee is involuntarily terminated without cause prior to December 9, 2011, the next regularly scheduled payroll date following the effective date of Employee’s termination.
 
 
(c)
Incentive compensation, payable solely at the discretion of the Company, pursuant to the Company's existing Incentive Compensation Program or any other program as the Company may establish in its sole discretion; and
 
 
(d)
Such additional compensation, benefits and perquisites as the Company may deem appropriate
 
 
2

 
 
5.
Changes to Compensation .  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Employee acknowledges that the Company specifically reserves the right to make changes to Employee's compensation in its sole discretion including, but not limited to, modifying or eliminating a compensation component.  The Parties agree that such changes shall be deemed effective immediately and a modification of this Agreement unless, within seven (7) days after receiving notice of such change, Employee exercises Employee's   right to terminate this Agreement without cause or for "Good Reason" as provided below in Paragraph No. 11.  The Parties anticipate that Employee's compensation structure will be reviewed on an annual basis but acknowledge that the Company shall have no obligation to do so.
 
6.
Direct Deposit .  As a condition of employment, and within thirty (30) days of the effective date of this Agreement, Employee agrees to make all necessary arrangements to have all sums paid pursuant to this Agreement direct deposited into one or more bank accounts as designated by Employee.
 
7.
Warranties and Indemnification .  Employee warrants that Employee is not a party to any contract, restrictive covenant, or other agreement purporting to limit or otherwise adversely affecting Employee's ability to secure employment with any third party.  Alternatively, should any such agreement exist, Employee warrants that the contemplated services to be performed hereunder will not violate the terms and conditions of any such agreement.  In either event, Employee agrees to fully indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any and all claims arising from, or involving the enforcement of, any such restrictive covenants or other agreements.
 
8.
Restricted Duties .  Employee agrees not to disclose, or use for the benefit of the Company, any confidential or proprietary information belonging to any predecessor employer(s) that otherwise has not been made public and further acknowledges that the Company has specifically instructed Employee not to disclose or use such confidential or proprietary information.  Based on Employee's understanding of the anticipated duties and responsibilities hereunder, Employee acknowledges that such duties and responsibilities will not compel the disclosure or use of any such confidential and proprietary information.
 
9.
Termination Without Cause .  The Parties agree that either party may terminate this employment relationship at any time, without cause, upon sixty (60) days' advance written notice or, if terminated by the Company, pay in lieu of notice (hereinafter referred to as "notice pay").  In such event, Employee shall only be entitled to such compensation, benefits and perquisites that have been paid or fully accrued as of the effective date of Employee's   separation and as otherwise explicitly set forth in this Agreement.  However, in no event shall Employee be entitled to notice pay if Employee is eligible for and accepts severance payments pursuant to the provisions of Paragraphs 16 and 17, below.
 
10.
Termination With Cause .  Employee's employment may be terminated by the Company at any time "for cause" without notice or prior warning.  For purposes of this Agreement, "cause" shall mean the Company's good faith determination that Employee has:
 
 
(a)
Acted with gross neglect or willful misconduct in the discharge of his/her duties and responsibilities or refused to follow or comply with the lawful direction of the Board of Directors of the Company or the terms and conditions of this Agreement providing such refusal is not based primarily on Employee's good faith compliance with applicable legal or ethical standards;
 
 
3

 
 
 
(b)
Acquiesced or participated in any conduct that is dishonest, fraudulent, illegal (at the felony level), unethical, involves moral turpitude or is otherwise illegal and involves conduct that has the potential, in the Company's reasonable opinion, to cause the Company, its officers or its directors embarrassment or ridicule;
 
 
(c)
Violated a material requirement of any Company policy or procedure, specifically including a violation of the Company's Code of Ethics or Associate Policy Manual;
 
 
(d)
Disclosed without proper authorization any trade secrets or other Confidential Information (as defined herein);
 
 
(e)
Engaged in any act that, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, is contrary to its best interests or would hold the Company, its officers or directors up to probable civil or criminal liability, provided that, if Executive acts in good faith in compliance with applicable legal or ethical standards, such actions shall not be grounds for termination for cause; or
 
 
(f)
Engaged in such other conduct recognized at law as constituting cause.
 
Upon the occurrence or discovery of any event specified above, the Company shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment, effective immediately, by providing notice thereof to Employee without further obligation to Employee, other than accrued wages or other accrued wages, deferred compensation or other accrued benefits of employment (collectively referred to herein as "Accrued Obligations"), which shall be paid in accordance with the Company's past practice and applicable law. To the extent any violation of this Paragraph is capable of being promptly cured by Employee (or cured within a reasonable period to the Company's satisfaction), the Company agrees to provide Employee with a reasonable opportunity to so cure such defect.  Absent written mutual agreement otherwise, the Parties agree in advance that it is not possible for Employee to cure any violations of sub-paragraph (b) or (d) and, therefore, no opportunity for cure need be provided in those circumstances.
 
11.
Termination by Employee for Good Reason .  Employee may terminate this Agreement and declare this Agreement to have been terminated "without cause" by the Company (and, therefore, for "Good Reason") upon the occurrence, without Employee's consent, of any of the following acts by the Company, or failures by the Company to act (each a “Good Reason Condition”), provided (i) the Employee provides written notice to the Company of the occurrence of the Good Reason Condition within ten (10) business days after the Employee has knowledge of the Good Reason Condition; (ii) the Company fails to notify the Employee of the Company’s intended method of correction within thirty (30) business days after the Company receives Employee’s notice, or the Company fails to correct the Good Reason Condition within thirty (30) business days after such Employee notice; and (iii) the Employee resigns within ten (10) business days after the end of the 30-business-day period specified in (ii):
 
 
4

 
 
 
(a)
A material diminution in Employee’s duties;
 
 
(b)
The failure to elect or reelect Employee as Vice President or other officer of the Company (unless such failure is related in any way to the Company's decision to terminate Employee for cause);
 
 
(c)
The failure of the Company to continue to provide Employee with office space, related facilities and support personnel (including, but not limited to, administrative and secretarial assistance) within the Company's principal executive offices commensurate with his responsibilities to, and position within, the Company;
 
 
(d)
A material reduction by the Company in the amount of Employee's base salary or the discontinuation or material reduction by the Company of Employee's participation at the same level of eligibility as compared to other peer employees in any incentive compensation, additional compensation, benefits, policies or perquisites subject to Employee understanding that such reduction(s) shall be permissible if the change applies in a similar way to other peer level employees;
 
 
(e)
The relocation of the Company's principal executive offices or Employee's place of work to a location requiring a change of more than fifty (50) miles in Employee's daily commute; or
 
 
(f)
Any other action or inaction by the Company that constitutes a material breach of this Employment Agreement.
 
12.
Termination Due to Death or Disability .  In the event Employee dies or suffers a disability (as defined herein) during the term of employment, this Agreement shall automatically be terminated on the date of such death or disability without further obligation on the part of the Company other than the payment of Accrued Obligations.  For purposes of this Agreement, Employee shall be considered to have suffered a "disability" upon a determination that Employee cannot perform the essential functions of Employee's position as a result of a such a disability and the occurrence of one or more of the following events:
 
 
(a)
Employee becomes eligible for or receives any benefits pursuant to any disability insurance policy as a result of a determination under such policy that Employee is permanently disabled;
 
 
(b)
Employee becomes eligible for or receives any disability benefits under the Social Security Act; or
 
 
(c)
A good faith determination by the Company that Employee is and will likely remain unable to perform the essential functions of Employee's duties or responsibilities hereunder on a full-time basis, with or without reasonable accommodation, as a result of any mental or physical impairment.
 
Notwithstanding anything expressed or implied above to the contrary, the Company agrees to fully comply with its obligations under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 and the Americans with Disabilities Act as well as any other applicable federal, state, or local law, regulation, or ordinance governing the provision of leave to individuals with serious health conditions or the protection of individuals with disabilities, as well as the Company's obligation to provide reasonable accommodation thereunder.
 
 
5

 
 
13.
Exit Interview .  Upon termination of Employee's employment for any reason, Employee agrees, if requested, to participate in an exit interview with the Company and reaffirm in writing Employee's post-employment obligations as set forth in this Agreement.
 
14.
Section 409A Notification .  Employee acknowledges that Employee   has been advised of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, which added Section 409A to the Internal Revenue Code ("Section 409A"), and significantly changed the taxation of nonqualified deferred compensation plans and arrangements.  Under proposed and final regulations as of the date of this Agreement, Employee has been advised that Employee's severance pay and other termination benefits may be treated by the Internal Revenue Service as providing "nonqualified deferred compensation," and therefore subject to Section 409A.  In that event, several provisions in Section 409A may affect Employee's receipt of severance compensation, including the timing thereof.  These include, but are not limited to, a provision which requires that distributions to "specified employees" of public companies on account of separation from service may not be made earlier than six (6) months after the effective date of such separation.  If applicable, failure to comply with Section 409A can lead to immediate taxation of such deferrals, with interest calculated at a penalty rate and a 20% penalty.  As a result of the requirements imposed by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, Employee agrees if Employee   is a "specified employee" at the time of Employee's termination of employment and if payments in connection with such termination of employment are subject to Section 409A and not otherwise exempt, such payments (and other benefits to the extent applicable) due Employee at the time of termination of employment shall not be paid until a date at least six (6) months after the effective date of Employee's termination of employment ("Employee's Effective Termination Date").  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any payment under the terms of this Agreement would constitute an impermissible acceleration of payments under Section 409A or any regulations or Treasury guidance promulgated thereunder, such payments shall be made no earlier than at such times allowed under Section 409A.  If any provision of this Agreement (or of any award of compensation) would cause Employee to incur any additional tax or interest under Section 409A or any regulations or Treasury guidance promulgated thereunder, the Company or its successor may reform such provision; provided that it will (i) maintain, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent of the applicable provision without violating the provisions of Section 409A and (ii) notify and consult with Employee regarding such amendments or modifications prior to the effective date of any such change.  Each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided to Employee pursuant to this Agreement, which constitutes deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A.  To the extent required to avoid an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, amounts reimbursed to Employee under this Agreement shall be paid to Employee on or before the last day of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred, the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement (and in-kind benefits provided to Employee) during any one year may not affect amounts reimbursed or provided in any subsequent tax year, and the right to reimbursement (and in-kind benefits provided to Employee) under this Agreement shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
 
 
6

 
 
15.
Section 409A Acknowledgement .  Employee acknowledges that, notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, both Parties shall be independently responsible for accessing their own risks and liabilities under Section 409A that may be associated with any payment made under the terms of this Agreement or any other arrangement which may be deemed to trigger Section 409A.  Further, the Parties agree that each shall independently bear responsibility for any and all taxes, penalties or other tax obligations as may be imposed upon them in their individual capacity as a matter of law.  To the extent applicable, Employee understands and agrees that Employee   shall have the responsibility for, and Employee   agrees to pay, any and all appropriate income tax or other tax obligations for which Employee   is individually responsible and/or related to receipt of any benefits provided in this Agreement.  Employee agrees to fully indemnify and hold the Company harmless for any taxes, penalties, interest, cost or attorneys' fee assessed against or incurred by the Company on account of such benefits having been provided to Employee or based on any alleged failure to withhold taxes or satisfy any claimed obligation.  Employee understands and acknowledges that neither the Company, nor any of its employees, attorneys, or other representatives has provided or will provide Employee with any legal or financial advice concerning taxes or any other matter, and that Employee   has not relied on any such advice in deciding whether to enter into this Agreement.
 
16.
Severance Payments .  In the event Employee's employment is terminated by the Company without cause (including by Employee for Good Reason), and subject to the normal terms and conditions imposed by the Company as set forth herein and in the attached Separation and Release Agreement, Employee shall be eligible to receive severance pay based upon Employee's base salary at the time of termination for a period determined in accordance with any guidelines as may be established by the Company or for a period up to twelve (12) months (whichever is longer).
 
17.
Severance Payment Terms and Conditions .  No severance pay shall be paid if Employee voluntarily leaves the Company's employ without Good Reason, as defined above, or is terminated for cause.  Any severance pay made payable under this Agreement shall be paid in lieu of, and not in addition to, any other contractual, notice or statutory pay or other accrued compensation obligation (excluding accrued wages and deferred compensation).  Additionally, such severance pay is contingent upon Employee fully complying with the restrictive covenants contained herein and executing a Separation and Release Agreement in a form not substantially different from that attached as Exhibit A.  Further, the Company's obligation to provide severance hereunder shall be deemed null and void should Employee fail or refuse to execute and deliver to the Company the Company's then-standard Separation and Release Agreement (without modification) within any time period as may be prescribed by law or, in absence thereof, twenty-one (21) days after the Employee's Effective Termination Date.  Conditioned upon the execution and delivery of the Separation and Release Agreement as set forth in the prior sentence, Severance pay benefits shall be paid as follows: (i) in one lump sum equivalent to six (6) months' salary on the day following the date which is six (6) months following Employee's Effective Termination Date with any remainder to be paid in bi-weekly installments equivalent to the Employee's salary commencing upon the next regularly scheduled payroll date, if both the severance pay benefit is subject to Section 409A and if Employee is a "specified employee" under Section 409A or (ii) for any severance pay benefits not subject to clause (i), begin upon the next regularly scheduled payroll following the earlier to occur of fifteen (15) days from the Company's receipt of an executed Separation and Release Agreement or the expiration of sixty (60) days after Employee's Effective Termination Date and shall be paid on the Company's regularly scheduled pay dates; provided, however, that if the before-stated sixty (60) day period ends in a calendar year following the calendar year in which the sixty (60) day period commenced, then any benefits not subject to clause (i) shall only begin on the next regularly scheduled payroll following the expiration of sixty (60) days after the Employee's Effective Termination Date.  Excluding any lump sum payment due as a result of the application of Section 409A (which shall be paid regardless of reemployment), all other severance payments provided hereunder shall terminate upon reemployment.
 
 
7

 
 
18.
Assignment of Rights .
 
 
(a)
Copyrights .  Employee agrees that all works of authorship fixed in any tangible medium of expression by Employee during the term of this Agreement relating to the Company's business ("Works"), either solely or jointly with others, shall be and remain exclusively the property of the Company.  Each such Work created by Employee is a "work made for hire" under the copyright law and the Company may file applications to register copyright in such Works as author and copyright owner thereof.  If, for any reason, a Work created by Employee is excluded from the definition of a "work made for hire" under the copyright law, then Employee does hereby assign, sell, and convey to the Company the entire rights, title, and interests in and to such Work, including the copyright therein, to the Company.  Employee will execute any documents that the Company deems necessary in connection with the assignment of such Work and copyright therein.  Employee will take whatever steps and do whatever acts the Company requests, including, but not limited to, placement of the Company's proper copyright notice on Works created by Employee to secure or aid in securing copyright protection in such Works and will assist the Company or its nominees in filing applications to register claims of copyright in such Works.  The Company shall have free and unlimited access at all times to all Works and all copies thereof and shall have the right to claim and take possession on demand of such Works and copies.
 
 
(b)
Inventions .  Employee agrees that all discoveries, concepts, and ideas, whether patentable or not, including, but not limited to, apparatus, processes, methods, compositions of matter, techniques, and formulae, as well as improvements thereof or know-how related thereto, relating to any present or prospective product, process, or service of the Company ("Inventions") that Employee conceives or makes during the term of this Agreement relating to the Company's business, shall become and remain the exclusive property of the Company, whether patentable or not, and Employee will, without royalty or any other consideration:
 
 
(i)
Inform the Company promptly and fully of such Inventions by written reports, setting forth in detail the procedures employed and the results achieved;
 
 
8

 
 
 
(ii)
Assign to the Company all of Employee's rights, title, and interests in and to such Inventions, any applications for United States and foreign Letters Patent, any United States and foreign Letters Patent, and any renewals thereof granted upon such Inventions;
 
 
(iii)
Assist the Company or its nominees, at the expense of the Company, to obtain such United States and foreign Letters Patent for such Inventions as the Company may elect; and
 
 
(iv)
Execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Company at the Company's expense such written documents and instruments, and do such other acts, such as giving testimony in support of Employee's inventorship, as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company, to obtain and maintain United States and foreign Letters Patent upon such Inventions and to vest the entire rights and title thereto in the Company and to confirm the complete ownership by the Company of such Inventions, patent applications, and patents.
 
19.
Company Property .  All records, files, drawings, documents, data in whatever form, business equipment (including computers, PDAs, cell phones, etc.), and the like relating to, or provided by, the Company shall be and remain the sole property of the Company.  Upon termination of employment, Employee shall immediately return to the Company all such items without retention of any copies and without additional request by the Company.  De minimis items such as pay stubs, 401(k) plan summaries, employee bulletins, and the like are excluded from this requirement.
 
20.
Confidential Information .  Employee acknowledges that the Company and its affiliated entities (herein collectively referred to as "Companies") possess certain trade secrets as well as other confidential and proprietary information which they have acquired or will acquire at great effort and expense.  Such information may include, without limitation, confidential information, whether in tangible or intangible form, regarding the Companies' products and services, marketing strategies, business plans, operations, costs, current or prospective customer information (including customer identities, contacts, requirements, creditworthiness, preferences, and like matters), product concepts, designs, prototypes or specifications, research and development efforts, technical data and know-how, sales information, including pricing and other terms and conditions of sale, financial information, internal procedures, techniques, forecasts, methods, trade information, trade secrets, software programs, project requirements, inventions, trademarks, trade names, and similar information regarding the Companies' business(es) (collectively referred to herein as "Confidential Information").  Employee further acknowledges that, as a result of Employee's employment with the Company, Employee will have access to, will become acquainted with, and/or may help develop, such Confidential Information.  Confidential Information shall not include information readily available in the public so long as such information was not made available through fault of Employee or wrong doing by any other individual.
 
21.
Restricted Use of Confidential Information .  Employee agrees that all Confidential Information is and shall remain the sole and exclusive property of the Company and/or its affiliated entities.  Except as may be expressly authorized by the Company in writing, Employee agrees not to disclose, or cause any other person or entity to disclose, any Confidential Information to any third party while employed by the Company and for as long thereafter as such information remains confidential (or as limited by applicable law).  Further, Employee agrees to use such Confidential Information only in the course of Employee's duties in furtherance of the Company's business and agrees not to make use of any such Confidential Information for Employee's own purposes or for the benefit of any other entity or person.
 
 
9

 
 
22.
Acknowledged Need for Limited Restrictive Covenants .  Employee acknowledges that the Companies have spent and will continue to expend substantial amounts of time, money and effort to develop their business strategies, Confidential Information, customer identities and relationships, goodwill and employee relationships, and that Employee will benefit from these efforts.  Further, Employee acknowledges the inevitable use of, or near-certain influence by Employee's knowledge of, the Confidential Information disclosed to Employee during the course of employment if allowed to compete against the Company in an unrestricted manner and that such use would be unfair and extremely detrimental to the Company.  Accordingly, based on these legitimate business reasons, Employee acknowledges each of the Companies' need to protect their legitimate business interests by reasonably restricting Employee's ability to compete with the Company on a limited basis.
 
23.
Non-Solicitation .  During Employee's employment and for a period of eighteen (18) months thereafter, Employee agrees not to directly or indirectly engage in the following prohibited conduct:
 
 
(a)
Solicit, offer products or services to, or accept orders for, any Competitive Products or otherwise transact any competitive business with, any customer or entity with whom Employee had contact or transacted any business on behalf of the Company (or any Affiliate thereof) during the eighteen (18) month period preceding Employee's date of separation or about whom Employee possessed, or had access to, confidential and proprietary information;
 
 
(b)
Attempt to entice or otherwise cause any third party to withdraw, curtail or cease doing business with the Company (or any Affiliate thereof), specifically including customers, vendors, independent contractors and other third party entities;
 
 
(c)
Disclose to any person or entity the identities, contacts or preferences of any customers of the Company (or any Affiliate thereof), or the identity of any other persons or entities having business dealings with the Company (or any Affiliate thereof);
 
 
(d)
Induce any individual who has been employed by or had provided services to the Company (or any Affiliate thereof) within the six (6) month period immediately preceding the effective date of Employee's separation to terminate such relationship with the Company (or any Affiliate thereof);
 
 
(e)
Assist, coordinate or otherwise offer employment to, accept employment inquiries from, or employ any individual who is or had been employed by the Company (or any Affiliate thereof) at any time within the six (6) month period immediately preceding such offer, or inquiry;
 
 
10

 
 
 
(f)
Communicate or indicate in any way to any customer of the Company (or any Affiliate thereof), prior to formal separation from the Company, any interest, desire, plan, or decision to separate from the Company; or
 
 
(g)
Otherwise attempt to directly or indirectly interfere with the Company's business, the business of any of the Companies or their relationship with their employees, consultants, independent contractors or customers.
 
24.
Limited Non-Compete .  For the above-stated reasons, and as a condition of employment to the fullest extent permitted by law, Employee agrees during the Relevant Non-Compete Period not to directly or indirectly engage in the following competitive activities:
 
 
(a)
Employee shall not have any ownership interest in, work for, advise, consult, or have any business connection or business or employment relationship in any competitive capacity with any Competitor unless Employee provides written notice to the Company of such relationship prior to entering into such relationship and, further, provides sufficient written assurances to the Company's satisfaction that such relationship will not, jeopardize the Company's legitimate interests or otherwise violate the terms of this Agreement;
 
 
(b)
Employee shall not engage in any research, development, production, sale or distribution of any Competitive Products, specifically including any products or services relating to those for which Employee had responsibility for the eighteen (18) month period preceding Employee's date of separation;
 
 
(c)
Employee shall not market, sell, or otherwise offer or provide any Competitive Products within Employee's Geographic Territory (if applicable) or Assigned Customer Base, specifically including any products or services relating to those for which Employee had responsibility for the eighteen (18) month period preceding Employee's date of separation; and
 
 
(d)
Employee shall not distribute, market, sell or otherwise offer or provide any Competitive Products to any customer of the Company with whom Employee had contact or for which Employee had responsibility at any time during the eighteen (18) month period preceding Employee's date of separation.
 
25.
Non-Compete Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement, the Parties agree that the following terms shall apply:
 
 
(a)
"Affiliate" includes any parent, subsidiary, joint venture, or other entity controlled, owned, managed or otherwise associated with the Company;
 
 
(b)
"Assigned Customer Base" shall include all accounts or customers formally assigned to Employee within a given territory or geographical area or contacted by Employee at any time during the eighteen (18) month period preceding Employee's date of separation;
 
 
11

 
 
 
(c)
"Competitive Products" shall include any product or service that directly or indirectly competes with, is substantially similar to, or serves as a reasonable substitute for, any product or service in research, development or design, or manufactured, produced, sold or distributed by the Company;
 
 
(d)
"Competitor" shall include any person or entity that offers or is actively planning to offer any Competitive Products and may include (but not be limited to) any entity identified on the Company's Illustrative Competitor List, attached hereto as Exhibit B, which shall be amended from time to time to reflect changes in the Company's business and competitive environment (updated competitor lists will be provided to Employee upon reasonable request);
 
 
(e)
"Geographic Territory" shall include any territory formally assigned to Employee as well as all territories in which Employee has provided any services, sold any products or otherwise had responsibility at any time during the eighteen (18) month period preceding Employee's date of separation;
 
 
(f)
"Relevant Non-Compete Period" shall include the period of Employee's employment with the Company as well as a period of eighteen (18) months after such employment is terminated, regardless of the reason for such termination provided, however, that this period shall be reduced to the greater of (i) nine (9) months or (ii) the total length of Employee's employment with the Company, including employment with any parent, subsidiary or affiliated entity, if such employment is less than eighteen (18) months;
 
 
(g)
"Directly or indirectly" shall be construed such that the foregoing restrictions shall apply equally to Employee whether performed individually or as a partner, shareholder, officer, director, manager, employee, salesman, independent contractor, broker, agent, or consultant for any other individual, partnership, firm, corporation, company, or other entity engaged in such conduct.
 
26.
Consent to Reasonableness .  In light of the above-referenced concerns, including Employee's knowledge of and access to the Companies' Confidential Information, Employee acknowledges that the terms of the foregoing restrictive covenants are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company's legitimate business interests and will not unreasonably interfere with Employee's ability to obtain alternate employment.  As such, Employee hereby agrees that such restrictions are valid and enforceable, and affirmatively waives any argument or defense to the contrary.  Employee acknowledges that this limited non-competition provision is not an attempt to prevent Employee from obtaining other employment in violation of IC §22-5-3-1 or any other similar statute.  Employee further acknowledges that the Company may need to take action, including litigation, to enforce this limited non-competition provision, which efforts the Parties stipulate shall not be deemed an attempt to prevent Employee from obtaining other employment.
 
27.
Survival of Restrictive Covenants .  Employee acknowledges that the above restrictive covenants shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the termination of Employee's employment for any reason. Employee further acknowledges that any alleged breach by the Company of any contractual, statutory or other obligation shall not excuse or terminate the obligations hereunder or otherwise preclude the Company from seeking injunctive or other relief.  Rather, Employee acknowledges that such obligations are independent and separate covenants undertaken by Employee for the benefit of the Company.
 
 
12

 
 
28.
Effect of Transfer .  Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11 above, Employee agrees that this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any change in job duties, job titles or reporting responsibilities.  Employee further acknowledges that the above restrictive covenants shall survive, and be extended to cover, the transfer of Employee from the Company to its parent, subsidiary, or any other affiliated entity (hereinafter collectively referred to as an "Affiliate") or any subsequent transfer(s) among them.  Specifically, in the event of Employee's temporary or permanent transfer to an Affiliate, Employee agrees that the foregoing restrictive covenants shall remain in force so as to continue to protect such company for the duration of the non-compete period, measured from Employee's effective date of transfer to an Affiliate.  Additionally, Employee acknowledges that this Agreement shall be deemed to have been automatically assigned to the Affiliate as of Employee's effective date of transfer such that the above-referenced restrictive covenants (as well as all other terms and conditions contained herein) shall be construed thereafter to protect the legitimate business interests and goodwill of the Affiliate as if Employee and the Affiliate had independently entered into this Agreement.  Employee's acceptance of Employee's transfer to, and subsequent employment by, the Affiliate shall serve as consideration for (as well as be deemed as evidence of Employee's consent to) the assignment of this Agreement to the Affiliate as well as the extension of such restrictive covenants to the Affiliate.  Employee agrees that this provision shall apply with equal force to any subsequent transfers of Employee from one Affiliate to another Affiliate.
 
29.
Post-Termination Notification .  For the duration of Employee's Relevant Non-compete Period or other restrictive covenant period, which ever is longer, Employee agrees to promptly notify the Company no later than five (5) business days of Employee's acceptance of any employment or consulting engagement.  Such notice shall include sufficient information to ensure Employee compliance with Employee's non-compete obligations and must include at a minimum the following information:  (i) the name of the employer or entity for which Employee is providing any consulting services; (ii) a description of Employee's intended duties as well as (iii) the anticipated start date.  Such information is required to ensure Employee's compliance with Employee's non-compete obligations as well as all other applicable restrictive covenants. Such notice shall be provided in writing to the Office of Vice President and General Counsel of the Company at 1069 State Road 46 E, Batesville, Indiana 47006.  Failure to timely provide such notice shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement and entitle the Company to return of any severance paid to Employee plus attorneys' fees.  Employee further consents to the Company's notification to any new employer of Employee's rights and obligations under this Agreement.
 
30.
Scope of Restrictions .  If the scope of any restriction contained in any preceding paragraphs of this Agreement is deemed too broad to permit enforcement of such restriction to its fullest extent, then such restriction shall be enforced to the maximum extent permitted by law, and Employee hereby consents and agrees that such scope may be judicially modified accordingly in any proceeding brought to enforce such restriction.
 
 
13

 
 
31.
Specific Enforcement/Injunctive Relief .  Employee agrees that it would be difficult to measure any damages to the Company from a breach of the above-referenced restrictive covenants, but acknowledges that the potential for such damages would be great, incalculable and irremediable, and that monetary damages alone would be an inadequate remedy.  Accordingly, Employee agrees that the Company shall be entitled to immediate injunctive relief against such breach, or threatened breach, in any court having jurisdiction.  In addition, if Employee violates any such restrictive covenant, Employee agrees that the period of such violation shall be added to the term of the restriction.  In determining the period of any violation, the Parties stipulate that in any calendar month in which Employee engages in any activity in violation of such provisions, Employee shall be deemed to have violated such provision for the entire month, and that month shall be added to the duration of the non-competition provision.  Employee acknowledges that the remedies described above shall not be the exclusive remedies, and the Company may seek any other remedy available to it either in law or in equity, including, by way of example only, statutory remedies for misappropriation of trade secrets, and including the recovery of compensatory or punitive damages.  Employee further agrees that the Company shall be entitled to an award of all costs and attorneys' fees incurred by it in any attempt to enforce the terms of this Agreement.
 
32.
Publicly Traded Stock .  The Parties agree that nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to prohibit Employee from investing Employee's personal assets in any stock or corporate security traded or quoted on a national securities exchange or national market system provided, however, such investments do not require any services on the part of Employee in the operation or the affairs of the business or otherwise violate the Company's Code of Ethics.
 
33.
Notice of Claim and Contractual Limitations Period .  Employee acknowledges the Company's need for prompt notice, investigation, and resolution of any claims that may be filed against it due to the number of relationships it has with employees and others (and due to the turnover among such individuals with knowledge relevant to any underlying claim).  Accordingly, Employee agrees prior to initiating any litigation of any type (including, but not limited to, employment discrimination litigation, wage litigation, defamation, or any other claim) to notify the Company, within One Hundred and Eighty (180) days after the claim accrued, by sending a certified letter addressed to the Company's General Counsel setting forth:  (i) claimant's name, address, and phone; (ii) the name of any attorney (if any) representing Employee; (iii) the nature of the claim; (iv) the date the claim arose; and (v) the relief requested.  This provision is in addition to any other notice and exhaustion requirements that might apply.  For any dispute or claim of any type against the Company (including but not limited to employment discrimination litigation, wage litigation, defamation, or any other claim), Employee must commence legal action within the shorter of one (1) year of accrual of the cause of action or such shorter period that may be specified by law.
 
34.
Non-Jury Trials .  Notwithstanding any right to a jury trial for any claims, Employee waives any such right to a jury trial, and agrees that any claim of any type (including but not limited to employment discrimination litigation, wage litigation, defamation, or any other claim) lodged in any court will be tried, if at all, without a jury.
 
 
14

 
 
35.
Choice of Forum .  Employee acknowledges that the Company is primarily based in Indiana, and Employee understands and acknowledges the Company's desire and need to defend any litigation against it in Indiana.  Accordingly, the Parties agree that any claim of any type brought by Employee against the Company or any of its employees or agents must be maintained only in a court sitting in Marion County, Indiana, or Ripley County, Indiana, or, if a federal court, the Southern District of Indiana, Indianapolis Division.  Employee further understands and acknowledges that in the event the Company initiates litigation against Employee, the Company may need to prosecute such litigation in such state where the Employee is subject to personal jurisdiction.  Accordingly, for purposes of enforcement of this Agreement, Employee specifically consents to personal jurisdiction in the State of Indiana as well as any state in which resides a customer assigned to the Employee.  Furthermore, Employee consents to appear, upon Company's request and at Employee's own cost, for deposition, hearing, trial, or other court proceeding in Indiana or in any state in which resides a customer assigned to the Employee.
 
36.
Choice of Law .  This Agreement shall be deemed to have been made within the County of Ripley, State of Indiana and shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana.  Any and all matters of dispute of any nature whatsoever arising out of, or in any way connected with the interpretation of this Agreement, any disputes arising out of the Agreement or the employment relationship between the Parties hereto, shall be governed by, construed by and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana without regard to any applicable state's choice of law provisions.
 
37.
Titles .  Titles are used for the purpose of convenience in this Agreement and shall be ignored in any construction of it.
 
38.
Severability .  The Parties agree that each and every paragraph, sentence, clause, term and provision of this Agreement is severable and that, in the event any portion of this Agreement is adjudged to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining portions thereof shall remain in effect and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.  Further, should any particular clause, covenant, or provision of this Agreement be held unreasonable or contrary to public policy for any reason, the Parties acknowledge and agree that such covenant, provision or clause shall automatically be deemed modified such that the contested covenant, provision or clause will have the closest effect permitted by applicable law to the original form and shall be given effect and enforced as so modified to whatever extent would be reasonable and enforceable under applicable law.
 
39.
Assignment-Notices .  The rights and obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall inure to its benefit, as well as the benefit of its parent, subsidiary, successor and affiliated entities, and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company.  This Agreement, being personal to Employee, cannot be assigned by Employee, but Employee's personal representative shall be bound by all its terms and conditions. Any notice required hereunder shall be sufficient if in writing and mailed to the last known residence of Employee or to the Company at its principal office with a copy mailed to the Office of the General Counsel.
 
 
15

 
 
40.
Amendments and Modifications .  Except as specifically provided herein, no modification, amendment, extension or waiver of this Agreement or any provision hereof shall be binding upon the Company or Employee unless in writing and signed by both Parties.  The waiver by the Company or Employee of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as a limitation upon the Company's right to modify or amend any of its manuals or policies in its sole discretion and any such modification or amendment which pertains to matters addressed herein shall be deemed to be incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement.
 
41.
Outside Representations .  Employee represents and acknowledges that in signing this Agreement Employee does not rely, and has not relied, upon any representation or statement made by the Company or by any of the Company's employees, officers, agents, stockholders, directors or attorneys with regard to the subject matter, basis or effect of this Agreement other than those specifically contained herein.
 
42.
Voluntary and Knowing Execution .  Employee acknowledges that Employee has been offered a reasonable amount of time within which to consider and review this Agreement; that Employee has carefully read and fully understands all of the provisions of this Agreement; and that Employee has entered into this Agreement knowingly and voluntarily.
 
43.
Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire employment agreement between the Parties hereto concerning the subject matter hereof and shall supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements between the Parties in connection with the subject matter of this Agreement.  Any pre-existing Employment Agreements shall be deemed null and void.  Nothing in this Agreement, however, shall affect any separately-executed written agreement addressing any other issues (e. g., the Inventions, Improvements, Copyrights and Trade Secrets Agreement, etc.).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have signed this Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.
 
"EMPLOYEE"
 
Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc.
 
Signed:
/s/ Andreas Frank
 
By:
/s/ Michael Oliver
 
           
Printed :
 Andreas Frank
 
Title:
SVP, Chief Human Resource Officer
 
           
Dated:
   
Dated:
   


CAUTION: READ BEFORE SIGNING

 
16

 

Exhibit A

SAMPLE SEPARATION AND RELEASE AGREEMENT


THIS SEPARATION and RELEASE AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is entered into by and between [Employee's Full Name] ("Employee") and [Insert Company Name] (together with its subsidiaries and affiliates, the "Company").  To wit, the Parties agree as follows:
 
1.
Employee's active employment by the Company shall terminate effective [date of termination] (Employee's "Effective Termination Date").  Except as specifically provided by this Agreement, Employee's Employment Agreement, any Change in Control Agreement and any Indemnity Agreement that may exist between the Company and Employee, Employee agrees that the Company shall have no other obligations or liabilities to [him/her] following [his/her] Effective Termination Date and that [his/her] receipt of the Severance Benefits provided herein shall constitute a complete settlement, satisfaction and waiver of any and all claims [he/she] may have against the Company.
 
2.
Employee further submits, and the Company hereby accepts, his resignation as an employee, officer and director, as of his Effective Termination Date for any position he may hold.  The Parties agree that this resignation shall apply to all such positions Employee may hold with the Company or any parent, subsidiary or affiliated entity thereof.  Employee agrees to execute any documents needed to effectuate such resignation.  Employee further agrees to take whatever steps are necessary to facilitate and ensure the smooth transition of his duties and responsibilities to others.
 
3.
Employee acknowledges that he/she   has been advised of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, which added Section 409A ("Section 409A") to the Internal Revenue Code, and significantly changed the taxation of nonqualified deferred compensation plans and arrangements.  Under proposed and final regulations as of the date of this Agreement, Employee has been advised that his/her severance pay may be treated by the Internal Revenue Service as providing "nonqualified deferred compensation," and therefore subject to Section 409A.  In that event, several provisions in Section 409A may affect Employee's receipt of severance compensation.  These include, but are not limited to, a provision which requires that distributions to "specified employees" of public companies on account of separation from service may not be made earlier than six (6) months after the effective date of such separation.  If applicable, failure to comply with Section 409A can lead to immediate taxation of deferrals, with interest calculated at a penalty rate and a 20% penalty.  As a result of the requirements imposed by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, Employee agrees if he/she   is a "specified employee" at the time of his/her termination of employment and if severance payments are covered as "non-qualified deferred compensation" or otherwise not exempt, the severance pay benefits shall not be paid until a date at least six (6) months after Employee's Effective Termination Date from Company, as more fully explained by Paragraph 4, below.  Each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided to Employee pursuant to this Agreement, which constitutes deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A.  To the extent required to avoid an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, amounts reimbursed to Employee under this Agreement shall be paid to Employee on or before the last day of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred, the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement (and in-kind benefits provided to Employee) during any one year may not affect amounts reimbursed or provided in any subsequent tax year, and the right to reimbursement (and in-kind benefits provided to Employee) under this Agreement shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
 
 
 

 
 
4.
In consideration of the promises contained in this Agreement and contingent upon Employee's compliance with such promises, the Company agrees to provide Employee the following:
 
 
(a)
Severance pay, in lieu of, and not in addition to any other contractual, notice or statutory pay obligations (other than accrued wages and deferred compensation) in the maximum total amount of [Insert Amount] Dollars and [     ] Cents ($ __________ ), less applicable deductions or other set offs, payable as follows:
 
[For 409A Severance Pay for Specified Employees Only]
 
 
(i)
A lump payment in the gross amount of [insert amount equal to 6 months' pay] Dollars and ___ Cents ($ _______ ) payable the day following the sixth (6 tth ) month anniversary of Employee's Effective Termination Date, with any remaining amount to  be paid in bi-weekly installments equivalent to Employee's base salary (i.e. ____________ Dollars and ____________ Cents ($_________), less applicable deductions or other setoffs, commencing upon the next regularly scheduled payroll date after the payment of the lump sum for a period of up to _______ weeks or until the Employee becomes reemployed, whichever comes first.
 
[For Non-409A Severance Pay or 409A Severance Pay for Non-Specified Employees Only]
 
 
(i)
Commencing on the next regularly scheduled payroll immediately following the earlier to occur of fifteen (15) days from the Company's receipt of an executed Separation and Release Agreement or the expiration of sixty (60) days after Employee's Effective Termination Date, Employee shall be paid severance equivalent to [his/her] bi-weekly base salary (i.e. ___________ Dollars and __________ Cents ($ __________ ), less applicable deductions or other set-offs), for a period up to [insert weeks] ( __ ) weeks following Employee's Effective Termination Date or until Employee becomes reemployed, whichever occurs first;  provided, however, that if the before-stated sixty (60) day period ends in a calendar year following the calendar year in which the sixty (60) day period commenced, then this severance pay shall only begin on the next regularly scheduled payroll following the expiration of sixty (60) days after the Employee's Effective Termination Date.
 
 
(b)
Group Life Insurance coverage until the above-referenced Severance Pay terminates.
 
5.
Except as may be required by Section 409A, the above Severance Pay shall be paid in accordance with the Company's standard payroll practices (e.g. bi-weekly).  The Parties agree that the initial two (2) weeks of the foregoing Severance Pay shall be allocated as consideration provided to Employee in exchange for his/her execution of a release in compliance with the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act.  The balance of the severance benefits and other obligations undertaken by the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be allocated as consideration for all other promises and obligations undertaken by Employee, including execution of a general release of claims.
 
 
2

 
 
6.
The Company further agrees to provide Employee with limited out-placement counseling with a company of its choice provided that Employee participates in such counseling immediately following termination of employment.  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 6 to the contrary, the out-placement counseling shall not be provided after the last day of the second calendar year following the calendar year in which termination of employment occurs.
 
7.
As of [his/her] Effective Termination Date, Employee will become ineligible to participate in the Company's health insurance program and continuation of coverage requirements under COBRA (if any) will be triggered at that time.  However, as additional consideration for the promises and obligations contained herein (and except as may be prohibited by law), the Company agrees to continue to pay the employer's share of such coverage as provided under the health care program selected by Employee as of [his/her] Effective Termination Date, subject to any approved changes in coverage based on a qualified election, until the above-referenced Severance Pay terminates, Employee accepts other employment or Employee becomes eligible for alternative healthcare coverage, which ever comes first, provided Employee (i) timely completes the applicable election of coverage forms and (ii) continues to pay the employee portion of the applicable premium(s).  Thereafter, if applicable, coverage will be made available to Employee at [his/her] sole expense ( i.e. , Employee will be responsible for the full COBRA premium) for the remaining months of the COBRA coverage period made available pursuant to applicable law.  In the event Employee is deemed to be a highly compensated employee under applicable law, Employee acknowledges that the value of the benefits provided hereunder may be subject to taxation.   The medical insurance provided herein does not include any disability coverage.
 
8.
Should Employee become employed before the above-referenced Severance Benefits are exhausted or terminated, Employee agrees to so notify the Company in writing within five (5) business days of Employee's acceptance of such employment, providing the name of such employer (or entity to whom Employee may be providing consulting services), [his/her] intended duties as well as the anticipated start date.  Such information is required to ensure Employee's compliance with [his/her] non-compete obligations as well as all other applicable restrictive covenants.  This notice will also serve to trigger the Company's right to terminate the above-referenced severance pay benefits (specifically excluding any lump sum payment due as a result of the application of Section 409A) as well as all Company-paid or Company–provided benefits consistent with the above paragraphs. Failure to timely provide such notice shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement entitling the Company to recover as damages the value of all benefits provided to Employee hereunder plus attorneys fees.
 
9.
Employee agrees to fully indemnify and hold the Company harmless for any taxes, penalties, interest, cost or attorneys' fee assessed against or incurred by the Company on account of such benefits having been provided to   [him/her] or based on any alleged failure to withhold taxes or satisfy any claimed obligation.  Employee understands and acknowledges that neither the Company, nor any of its employees, attorneys, or other representatives has provided [him/her] with any legal or financial advice concerning taxes or any other matter, and that [he/she] has not relied on any such advice in deciding whether to enter into this Agreement.  To the extent applicable, Employee understands and agrees that [he/she] shall have the responsibility for, and [he/she] agrees to pay, any and all appropriate income tax or other tax obligations for which [he/she] is individually responsible and/or related to receipt of any benefits provided in this Agreement not subject to federal withholding obligations
 
 
3

 
 
10.
In exchange for the foregoing Severance Benefits, [EMPLOYEE'S FULL NAME] on behalf of [himself/herself], [his/her] heirs, representatives, agents and assigns hereby RELEASES, INDEMNIFIES, HOLDS HARMLESS, and FOREVER DISCHARGES (i) [Company Legal Name], employees, shareholders, and agents, as well as, (iv) all predecessors, successors and assigns thereof from any and all actions, charges, claims, demands, damages or liabilities of any kind or character whatsoever, known or unknown, which Employee now has or may have had through the effective date of this Agreement.
 
11.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing release, it shall include:  (i) all claims or potential claims arising under any federal, state or local laws relating to the Parties' employment relationship, including any claims Employee may have under the Civil Rights Acts of 1866, 1964 and 1991, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1981 and 2000(e) et seq .; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. §§ 621 et seq .; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, 42 U.S.C §§ 12,101 et seq .; the Fair Labor Standards Act 29 U.S.C. §§ 201 et seq .; the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, 29 U.S.C. §§ 2101, et seq .; the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, specifically including the  Corporate and Criminal Fraud Accountability Act, 18 USC §1514A et seq .; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 29 U.S.C. §§ 1101 et seq .; the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, as amended, 29 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq .; and any other federal, state or local law governing the Parties' employment relationship; (ii) any claims on account of, arising out of or in any way connected with Employee's employment with the Company or leaving of that employment; (iii) any claims alleged or which could have been alleged in any charge or complaint against the Company; (iv) any claims relating to the conduct of any employee, officer, director, agent or other representative of the Company; (v) any claims of discrimination, harassment or retaliation on any basis; (vi) any claims arising from any legal restrictions on an employer's right to separate its employees; (vii) any claims for personal injury, compensatory or punitive damages or other forms of relief; and (viii) all other causes of action sounding in contract, tort or other common law basis, including (a) the breach of any alleged oral or written contract, (b) negligent or intentional misrepresentations, (c) wrongful discharge, (d) just cause dismissal, (e) defamation, (f) interference with contract or business relationship or (g) negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress.
 
12.
Employee further agrees and covenants not to sue the Company or any entity or individual subject to the foregoing General Release with respect to any claims, demands, liabilities or obligations release by this Agreement provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement shall:
 
 
4

 
 
 
(a)
prevent Employee from filing an administrative charge with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any other federal, state or local agency; or
 
 
(b)
prevent employee from challenging, under the Older Worker's Benefit Protection Act (29 U.S.C. § 626), the knowing and voluntary nature of his/her release of any age claims in this Agreement in court or before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission.   [INCLUDE THIS SUBPARAGRAPH (b) IF EMPLOYEE IS AGE 40 OR OLDER]
 
13.
Notwithstanding his right to file an administrative charge with the EEOC or any other federal, state, or local agency, Employee agrees that with his release of claims in this Agreement, he has waived any right he may have to recover monetary or other personal relief in any proceeding based in whole or in part on claims released by him in this Agreement.  For example, Employee waives any right to monetary damages or reinstatement if an administrative charge is brought against the Company whether by Employee, the EEOC, or any other person or entity, including but not limited to any federal, state, or local agency.  Further, with his release of claims in this Agreement, Employee specifically assigns to the Company his right to any recovery arising from any such proceeding.
 
14.
[INCLUDE THIS LANGUAGE IF THE EMPLOYEE IS AGE 40 OR OLDER] The Parties acknowledge that it is their mutual and specific intent that the above waiver fully complies with the requirements of the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act (29 U.S.C. § 626) and any similar law governing release of claims.  Accordingly, Employee hereby acknowledges that:
 
 
(a)
[He/She] has carefully read and fully understands all of the provisions of this Agreement and that [he/she] has entered into this Agreement knowingly and voluntarily;
 
 
(b)
The Severance Benefits offered in exchange for Employee's release of claims exceed in kind and scope that to which [he/she] would have otherwise been legally entitled absent the execution of this Agreement;
 
 
(c)
Prior to signing this Agreement, Employee had been advised, and is being advised by this Agreement, to consult with an attorney of [his/her] choice concerning its terms and conditions; and
 
 
(d)
[He/She] has been offered at least [twenty-one (21)/forty-five (45)] days within which to review and consider this Agreement.
 
15.
[ADD THIS LANGUAGE IF THE EMPLOYEE IS AGE 40 OR OLDER] The Parties agree that this Agreement shall not become effective and enforceable until the date this Agreement is signed by both Parties or seven (7) calendar days after its execution by Employee, whichever is later.  Employee may revoke this Agreement for any reason by providing written notice of such intent to the Company within seven (7) days after [he/she] has signed this Agreement, thereby forfeiting Employee's right to receive any Severance Benefits provided hereunder and rendering this Agreement null and void in its entirety.  This revocation must be sent to the Employee's HR representative with a copy sent to the Company Office of General Counsel and must be received by the end of the seventh day after the Employee signs this Agreement to be effective.
 
 
5

 
 
16.
[ADD THIS LANGUAGE IF THE EMPLOYEE IS IN MINNESOTA – DO NOT USE THE PRECEDING PARAGRAPH IF THIS PARAGRAPH IS USED]  The Parties agree that this Agreement shall not become effective and enforceable until the date this Agreement is signed by both parties or fifteen (15) calendar days after its execution by Employee, whichever is later.  Employee may revoke this Agreement for any reason by providing written notice of such intent to the Company within fifteen (15) days after Employee has signed this Agreement, thereby forfeiting Employee’s right to receive any Severance Benefits provided hereunder not otherwise required by law and rendering this Agreement null and void in its entirety.  If the notice of revocation is mailed it must be postmarked within the fifteen (15) day period and sent certified mail, return receipt requested.  This revocation must be sent to the Employee’s HR Representative and to the Company Office of General Counsel.
 
17.
[ADD THIS LANGUAGE IF THE EMPLOYEE IS IN CALIFORNIA]  Employee specifically acknowledges that, as a condition of this Agreement, he/she expressly releases all rights and claims that he/she knows about as well as those he/she may not know about.  Employee expressly waives all rights under Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State of California, which reads as follows:
 
"A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his/her favor at the time of executing the release which if known, must have materially affected his/her settlement with the debtor."
 
Notwithstanding the provision by Section 1542, and for the purpose of implementing a full and complete release and discharge of the Company as set forth above, Employee expressly acknowledges that this Agreement is intended to include and does in its effect, without limitation, include all claims which Employee does not know or suspect to exist in his/her favor at the time of signing this Agreement and that this Agreement expressly contemplates the extinguishment of all such claims.
 
18.
The Parties agree that nothing contained herein shall purport to waive or otherwise affect any of Employee's rights or claims that may arise after [he/she] signs this Agreement.  It is further understood by the Parties that nothing in this Agreement shall affect any rights Employee may have under any Company sponsored Deferred Compensation Program, Executive Life Insurance Bonus Plan, Stock Grant Award, Stock Option Grant, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Pension Plan and/or Savings Plan ( i.e ., 401(k) plan) provided by the Company as of the date of [his/her] termination, such items to be governed exclusively by the terms of the applicable agreements or plan documents.
 
19.
Similarly, notwithstanding any provision contained herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver or release or otherwise affect Employee's rights with respect to any vested benefits, any rights [he/she] has to benefits which can not be waived by law, any coverage provided under any Directors and Officers ("D&O") policy, any rights Employee may have under any indemnification agreement [he/she] has with the Company prior to the date hereof, any rights he/she has as a shareholder, or any claim for breach of this Agreement, including, but not limited to the benefits promised by the terms of this Agreement.
 
 
6

 
 
20.
[ Optional Provision for Equity Eligible Employees:   Except as provided herein, Employee acknowledges that [he/she] will not be eligible to receive or vest in any additional stock options, stock awards or restricted stock units ("RSUs") as of [his/her] Effective Termination Date.  Failure to exercise any vested options within the applicable period as set for in the plan and/or grant will result in their forfeiture.  Employee acknowledges that any stock options, stock awards or RSUs held for less than the required period shall be deemed forfeited as of the effective date of this Agreement.  All terms and conditions of such stock options, stock awards or RSUs shall not be affected by this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, and shall govern the Parties' rights with respect to such equity based awards.]
 
21.
[Option A]   Employee acknowledges that [his/her] termination and the Severance Benefits offered hereunder were based on an individual determination and were not offered in conjunction with any group termination or group severance program and waives any claim to the contrary.
 
[Option B]   Employee represents and agrees that [he/she] has been provided relevant cohort information based on the information available to the Company as of the date this Agreement was tendered to Employee.  This information is attached hereto as Exhibit A.  The Parties acknowledge that simply providing such information does not mean and should not be interpreted to mean that the Company was obligated to comply with 29 C.F.R. § 1625.22(f).
 
22.
Employee hereby affirms and acknowledges [his/her] continued obligations to comply with the post-termination covenants contained in [his/her] Employment Agreement, including but not limited to, the non-compete, trade secret and confidentiality provisions.  Employee acknowledges that a copy of the Employment Agreement has been attached to this Agreement as Exhibit [A/B] or has otherwise been provided to [him/her] and, to the extent not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement or applicable law, the terms thereof shall be incorporated herein by reference.  Employee acknowledges that the restrictions contained therein are valid and reasonable in every respect and are necessary to protect the Company's legitimate business interests.  Employee hereby affirmatively waives any claim or defense to the contrary.  Employee hereby acknowledges that the definition of Competitor, as provided in [his/her] Employment Agreement shall include but not be limited to those entities specifically identified in the updated Competitor List, attached hereto as Exhibit [B/C] .
 
23.
Employee acknowledges that the Company as well as its parent, subsidiary and affiliated companies ("Companies" herein) possess, and [he/she] has been granted access to, certain trade secrets as well as other confidential and proprietary information that they have acquired at great effort and expense.  Such information includes, without limitation, confidential information regarding products and services, marketing strategies, business plans, operations, costs, current or, prospective customer information (including customer contacts, requirements, creditworthiness and like matters), product concepts, designs, prototypes or specifications, regulatory compliance issues, research and development efforts, technical data and know-how, sales information, including pricing and other terms and conditions of sale, financial information, internal procedures, techniques, forecasts, methods, trade information, trade secrets, software programs, project requirements, inventions, trademarks, trade names, and similar information regarding the Companies' business (collectively referred to herein as "Confidential Information").
 
 
7

 
 
24.
Employee agrees that all such Confidential Information is and shall remain the sole and exclusive property of the Company.  Except as may be expressly authorized by the Company in writing, or as may be required by law after providing due notice thereof to the Company, Employee agrees not to disclose, or cause any other person or entity to disclose, any Confidential Information to any third party for as long thereafter as such information remains confidential (or as limited by applicable law) and agrees not to make use of any such Confidential Information for Employee's own purposes or for the benefit of any other entity or person. The Parties acknowledge that Confidential Information shall not include any information that is otherwise made public through no fault of Employee or other wrong doing.
 
25.
On or before Employee's Effective Termination Date or per the Company's request, Employee agrees to return the original and all copies of all things in [his/her] possession or control relating to the Company or its business, including but not limited to any and all contracts, reports, memoranda, correspondence, manuals, forms, records, designs, budgets, contact information or lists (including customer, vendor or supplier lists), ledger sheets or other financial information, drawings, plans (including, but not limited to, business, marketing and strategic plans), personnel or other business files, computer hardware, software, or access codes, door and file keys, identification, credit cards, pager, phone, and any and all other physical, intellectual, or personal property of any nature that [he/she] received, prepared, helped prepare, or directed preparation of in connection with [his/her] employment with the Company. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to require the return of any non-confidential and de minimis items regarding Employee's pay, benefits or other rights of employment such as pay stubs, W-2 forms, 401(k) plan summaries, benefit statements, etc.
 
26.
Employee hereby consents and authorizes the Company to deduct as an offset from the above-referenced severance payments the value of any Company property not returned or returned in a damaged condition as well as any monies paid by the Company on Employee's behalf (e.g., payment of any outstanding American Express bill).
 
27.
Employee agrees to cooperate with the Company in connection with any pending or future litigation, proceeding or other matter which has been or may be brought against or by the Company before any agency, court, or other tribunal and concerning or relating in any way to any matter falling within Employee's knowledge or former area of responsibility.  Employee agrees to immediately notify the Company, through the Office of the General Counsel, in the event [he/she] is contacted by any outside attorney (including paralegals or other affiliated parties) unless (i) the Company is represented by the attorney, (ii) Employee is represented by the attorney for the purpose of protecting [his/her] personal interests or (iii) the Company has been advised of and has approved such contact.  Employee agrees to provide reasonable assistance and completely truthful testimony in such matters including, without limitation, facilitating and assisting in the preparation of any underlying defense, responding to discovery requests, preparing for and attending deposition(s) as well as appearing in court to provide truthful testimony.  The Company agrees to reimburse Employee for all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred at the request of the Company associated with such assistance and testimony.
 
 
8

 
 
28.
Employee agrees not to make any written or oral statement that may defame, disparage or cast in a negative light so as to do harm to the personal or professional reputation of (a) the Company, (b) its employees, officers, directors or trustees or (c) the services and/or products provided by the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliate entities.  The Parties acknowledge that nothing contained herein shall be construed to prevent or prohibit the Company or the Employee from providing truthful information in response to any court order, discovery request, subpoena or other lawful request.
 
29.
EMPLOYEE SPECIFICALLY AGREES AND UNDERSTANDS THAT THE EXISTENCE AND TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT ARE STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL AND THAT SUCH CONFIDENTIALITY IS A MATERIAL TERM OF THIS AGREEMENT.  Accordingly, except as required by law or unless authorized to do so by the Company in writing, Employee agrees that [he/she] shall not communicate, display or otherwise reveal any of the contents of this Agreement to anyone other than [his/her] spouse, legal counsel or financial advisor provided, however, that they are first advised of the confidential nature of this Agreement and Employee obtains their agreement to be bound by the same.  The Company agrees that Employee may respond to legitimate inquiries regarding the termination of [his/her] employment by stating that the Parties have terminated their relationship on an amicable basis and that the Parties have entered into a Confidential Separation and Release Agreement that prohibits [him/her] from further discussing the specifics of [his/her] separation.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed to prevent Employee from discussing or otherwise advising subsequent employers of the existence of any obligations as set forth in [his/her] Employment Agreement.  Further, nothing contained herein shall be construed to limit or otherwise restrict the Company's ability to disclose the terms and conditions of this Agreement as may be required by business necessity.
 
30.
In the event that Employee breaches or threatens to breach any provision of this Agreement, [he/she] agrees that the Company shall be entitled to seek any and all equitable and legal relief provided by law, specifically including immediate and permanent injunctive relief.  Employee hereby waives any claim that the Company has an adequate remedy at law.  In addition, and to the extent not prohibited by law, Employee agrees that the Company shall be entitled to discontinue providing any additional Severance Benefits upon such breach or threatened breach as well as an award of all costs and attorneys' fees incurred by the Company in any successful effort to enforce the terms of this Agreement.  Employee agrees that the foregoing relief shall not be construed to limit or otherwise restrict the Company's ability to pursue any other remedy provided by law, including the recovery of any actual, compensatory or punitive damages.  Moreover, if Employee pursues any claims against the Company subject to the foregoing General Release, or breaches the above confidentiality provision, Employee agrees to immediately reimburse the Company for the value of all benefits received under this Agreement to the fullest extent permitted by law.
 
 
9

 
 
31.
Similarly, in the event that the Company breaches or threatens to breach any provision of this Agreement, Employee shall be entitled to seek any and all equitable or other available relief provided by law, specifically including immediate and permanent injunctive relief.  In the event Employee is required to file suit to enforce the terms of this Agreement, the Company agrees that Employee shall be entitled to an award of all costs and attorneys' fees incurred by [him/her] in any wholly successful effort (i.e. entry of a judgment in [his/her] favor) to enforce the terms of this Agreement.  In the event Employee is wholly unsuccessful, the Company shall be entitled to an award of its costs and attorneys' fees.
 
32.
Both Parties acknowledge that this Agreement is entered into solely for the purpose of terminating Employee's employment relationship with the Company on an amicable basis and shall not be construed as an admission of liability or wrongdoing by the Company or Employee, both Parties having expressly denied any such liability or wrongdoing.
 
33.
Each of the promises and obligations shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, assigns and successors in interest of each of the Parties.
 
34.
The Parties agree that each and every paragraph, sentence, clause, term and provision of this Agreement is severable and that, if any portion of this Agreement should be deemed not enforceable for any reason, such portion shall be stricken and the remaining portion or portions thereof should continue to be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
 
35.
This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana without regard to any applicable state's choice of law provisions.
 
36.
[USE THIS LANGUAGE IF OWBPA LANGUAGE (FOR EMPLOYEES AGE 40 OR OVER) IS NOT INCLUDED)  Employee acknowledges that he/she has been offered a period of twenty-one (21) days within which to consider and review this Agreement; that he/she has carefully read and fully understands all of the provisions of this Agreement; and that he/she has entered into this Agreement knowingly and voluntarily.
 
37.
Employee represents and acknowledges that in signing this Agreement [he/she] does not rely, and has not relied, upon any representation or statement made by the Company or by any of the Company's employees, officers, agents, stockholders, directors or attorneys with regard to the subject matter, basis or effect of this Agreement other than those specifically contained herein.
 
 
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
 
 
10

 
 
38.
This Agreement represents the entire agreement between the Parties concerning the subject matter hereof, shall supersede any and all prior agreements which may otherwise exist between them concerning the subject matter hereof (specifically excluding, however, the post-termination obligations contained in an Employee's Employment Agreement,   or any obligation contained in any other legally-binding document), and shall not be altered, amended, modified or otherwise changed except by a writing executed by both Parties.
 
PLEASE READ CAREFULLY.  THIS SEPARATION AND RELEASE
AGREEMENT INCLUDES A COMPLETE RELEASE OF ALL
KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have themselves signed, or caused a duly authorized agent thereof to sign, this Agreement on their behalf and thereby acknowledge their intent to be bound by its terms and conditions.
 
EMPLOYEE
 
[Company Legal Name]
 
 
FOR ILLUSTRATION ONLY
       
Signed:
DO NOT SIGN
 
By:
   
           
Printed:
   
Title:
   
           
Dated:
   
Dated:
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11

 

Exhibit B


ILLUSTRATIVE COMPETITOR LIST
 
The following is an illustrative, non-exhaustive list of Competitors with whom Employee may not, during Employee's relevant non-compete period, directly or indirectly engage in any of the competitive activities proscribed by the terms of Employee's Employment Agreement.
 
·      Amico Corporation
 
·      APEX Medical Corp.
 
·      Aramark Corporation
 
·      Barton Medical Corporation
 
·      CareMed Supply, Inc.
 
·       Corona Medical SAS
 
·      Dukane Communication Systems, a division of Edwards Systems Technology, Inc.
 
·      Fitzsimmons Home Medical Equipment, Inc.
 
·      Gaymar Holding Company, LLC (Gaymar Industries, Inc.)
 
·       Handicare AS (Romedic, Inc.)
 
·       Human Care HC AB
 
·       Intego Systems, Inc.  (formerly known as Wescom Products, Inc.)
 
·       Joerns Healthcare, Inc.
 
·      Kinetic Concepts, Inc. (KCI)
 
·      Linet (Linet France, Linet Far East)
 
·      Medical Specialties Distributors, LLC
 
·      Merivaara Corporation
 
·      Modular Service Company
 
·       Nemschoff Chairs, Inc.
 
·      Paramount Bed Company, Ltd.
 
·      Anodyne Medical Device, Inc.
 
·      Apria Healthcare Inc.
 
·      Ascom (Ascom US, Inc.)
 
·      B.G. Industries, Inc.
 
·       Comfortex, Inc.
 
·       Custom Medical Solutions
 
·       Encompass Group, LLC
 
·       Freedom Medical, Inc.
 
·       GF Health Products, Inc. (Graham Field)
 
·       Getinge Group (Arjo; Getinge; Maquet; Pegasus; Huntleigh Technology Plc (Huntleigh Healthcare, LLC))
 
·      Horcher GmbH
 
·       Industrie Guido Malvestio S.P.A.
 
·      Invacare Corporation
 
·      Joh. Stiegelmeyer & Co., GmbH (Stiegelmeyer)
 
·      Linak Group
 
·      MedaSTAT, LLC
 
·       Medline Industries, Inc.
 
·      MIZUOSI
 
·      Molift
 
·       Nurture by Steelcase, Inc.
 
·       Pardo
 
 
 

 
 
·      Pegasus Airwave, Inc.
 
·      Prism Medical Ltd (Waverly Glen)
 
·      Rauland-Borg Corporation
 
·       Sentech Medical Systems, Inc.
 
·      SIZEwise Rentals, LLC
 
·      Statcom (Jackson Healthcare Solutions)
 
·       Sunrise Medical (Ted Hoyer and Company)
 
·      Tempur-Pedic Medical, Inc.
 
·      V. Guldmann A/S
 
·      West-Com Nurse Call Systems, Inc.
 
·      Premise Corporation
 
·       Radianse, Inc.
 
·       Recovercare, LLC (Stenbar, T.H.E. Medical)
 
·      SimplexGrinnell, LP
 
·      Span America Medical Systems, Inc.
 
·      Stryker Corporation
 
·       Tele-Tracking Technologies, Inc.
 
·       Universal Hospital Services, Inc.
 
·       Voelker AG
 
 
 
While the above list is intended to identify the Company's primary competitors, it should not be construed as all encompassing so as to exclude other potential competitors falling within the Non-Compete definitions of "Competitor."  The Company reserves the right to amend this list at any time in its sole discretion to identify other or additional Competitors based on changes in the products and services offered, changes in its business or industry as well as changes in the duties and responsibilities of the individual employee.  An updated list will be provided to Employee upon reasonable request.  Employees are encouraged to consult with the Company prior to accepting any position with any potential competitor.
 
(Revised list April 2010)
 
 
 
 
2

Exhibit 10.73
Limited Recapture Agreement

This Limited Recapture Agreement (the "Agreement") by and between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. (" Company ") and  the undersigned Executive (" Executive ") is entered into effective as of August ___, 2011 (" Effective Date "), as a condition of the grant of a cash award by the Company to the Executive under the Company's Short-Term Incentive Compensation Program or any similar future plan(s) or program(s) (" STIC Program ") and/or the grant of any performance-based (but not time based) stock options, deferred stock shares or other awards under the Company’s Stock Incentive Plan (as such plan may be amended) or any similar future plan(s) (“ Stock Plan ”) .  Any and all such cash or stock based awards under the STIC Program and/or Stock Plan are referred to herein as “ Performance Based Compensation .”

1.               Introduction .   The Company’s Board of Directors has adopted and disclosed publicly an Executive Compensation Recoupment Policy (“ Policy ”). Under the Policy, all Performance-Based Compensation paid or awarded to, and trading profits on any Company securities trades ("Trading Profits") by, executive officers ( i.e. , officers subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) are subject to recoupment by the Company in the event there is a material restatement of the Company’s consolidated financial results (“ Material Restatement ”) due to misconduct of the individual executive officer(s) from whom recoupment is sought.  The Policy, which applies prospectively from its December 3, 2009 effective date, gives the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (“ Committee ”) discretion to determine whether and to what extent to seek recoupment under the Policy based on specific facts and circumstances.  The Policy applies to a ll Performance Based Compensation and Trading Profits on any Company securities trades received by the Executive during the twenty four months prior to the disclosure of a Material Restatement.

2.              Agreement .

Triggering Event

A "Triggering Event" shall be deemed to occur when and if, (i) there is a Material Restatement and (ii) the Material Restatement was due, in whole or in part, to the Executive’s misconduct (including, without limitation, fraud, and violation of law or Company policy).

Covered Compensation

In the event that a Triggering Event is determined by the Committee to have occurred, the Committee may seek recoupment from the Executive of the following Performance Based Compensation paid to and Trading Profits received by the Executive ("Covered Compensation"):

(a)             Cash Awards Under STIC Program:  All cash awards under the STIC Program paid to Executive after the Effective Date and within the 24-month period preceding the first public announcement by the Company of the Material Restatement to the extent that such cash awards paid to Executive exceeded, in the determination of the Committee, the amounts that would have been paid had the Company’s consolidated financial results that are the subject of the Material Restatement initially been reported correctly.
 
 
 

 
 
(b)           Performance Based Stock Awards Under Stock Plan: All performance based stock options, performance based deferred stock shares or other performance based equity awards granted to Executive after the Effective Date and vested within the 24-month period preceding the first public announcement by the Company of the Material Restatement to the extent that such awards, in the determination of the Committee, would have not vested had the Company’s consolidated financial results that are the subject of the Material Restatement initially been reported correctly.

(c)           Trading Profits:  All Trading Profits received by Executive within the 24-month period preceding the first public announcement by the Company of the Material Restatement, regardless of whether such Trading Profits would have been received had the Company’s consolidated financial results that are the subject of the Material Restatement initially been reported correctly.

Repayment of Covered Compensation

In the event that a Triggering Event is determined by the Committee to have occurred and the Committee determines to recoup Covered Compensation from the Executive, the Executive agrees that he or she will promptly repay to the Company all Covered Compensation for which recoupment is sought in accordance with the following provisions:

(a)           Cash Awards Under STIC Program:  The Executive shall pay to the Company in cash the gross amount of cash awards under the STIC Program for which recoupment is sought.

(b)           Performance-Based Stock Options:  Vested and unexercised performance based stock options granted under the Stock Plan for which recoupment is sought shall automatically be forfeited and cancelled, and Executive thereafter shall not be entitled to exercise such stock options.

(c)           Shares of Company Stock:  Shares of stock of the Company received by Executive pursuant to performance based awards granted under the Stock Plan for which recoupment is sought, whether as an award of performance based deferred stock shares, upon the exercise of performance based stock options or otherwise, shall be transferred to the Company by the Executive; provided, however, that in the event the Executive no longer holds such shares, the Executive shall (i) transfer to the Company an equivalent number of other shares of Company stock held by Executive or (ii) if the Executive does not hold other shares of Company stock, pay to the Company an amount in cash equal to the greater of (A) the fair market value of the number of shares of Company stock for which recoupment is sought, as determined by the Committee, or (B) the proceeds received by the Executive upon the disposition of the shares for which recoupment is sought.
 
 
-2-

 
 
(d)           Trading Profits:  The Executive shall pay to the Company in cash the amount of any Trading Profits for which recoupment is sought.

In addition to or in lieu of the Executive’s obligation to repay Covered Compensation in accordance with the foregoing, the Company may, in its discretion, temporarily or permanently cancel its obligation to make any further payments to the Executive under the STIC Program or to make any further awards to the Executive under the Stock Plan.

Inapplicability to Compensation Received Prior to Effective Date

The Company's right to recoupment hereunder is not retroactive to any payment made under the STIC Program prior to the Effective Date, any award granted under the Stock Plan prior to the Effective Date or any Trading Profits received prior to the Effective Date.

Committee Discretion

The Committee has sole discretion to determine whether a Triggering Event has occurred and the amount of Covered Compensation to be recouped, if any, in connection with such Triggering Event.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and the Executive has executed the Agreement as of the date first above written.
 
HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC.
 
EXECUTIVE
 
           
 
         
           
By:
/s/ Michael Oliver  
By:
 
/s/ Andreas Frank
           
Name:
Michael Oliver  
Name:
 
Andreas Frank
Title:
Sr. VP, Chief Human Resources Officer
       
 
 
 
-3-

EXHIBIT 21
HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC.
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

All subsidiaries of the Company as of November 7, 2011 are wholly-owned Indiana corporations, unless otherwise noted.

Hill-Rom, Inc.

Subsidiaries of Hill-Rom, Inc.
Advanced Respiratory, Inc., a Minnesota corporation
Allen Medical Systems, Inc.
Hill-Rom Manufacturing, Inc.
Hill-Rom Services, Inc.
Hill-Rom Finance Limited Partner, Inc.

Jointly owned subsidiaries of Hill-Rom, Inc. and Advanced Respiratory, Inc.
Hill-Rom Company, Inc.

Subsidiaries of Hill-Rom Company, Inc.
NaviCare Systems, LLC
Hill-Rom International, Inc.
MEDIQ/PRN Life Support Services, LLC
Liko North America, LLC
Hill-Rom Logistics, LLC

Subsidiary of Hill-Rom Manufacturing, Inc.
Hill-Rom Canada, Ltd., an (Ontario) Canadian Corporation

Subsidiaries of Hill-Rom International Inc.
Hill-Rom Pty, Ltd, an Australian corporation
Hill-Rom Asia Limited, a Hong-Kong corporation
Hill-Rom Japan KK, a Japanese corporation

Subsidiaries of Hill-Rom Pty, Ltd.
Medicraft Manufacturing Pty. Ltd, an Australian corporation
Medicraft Australia Pty. Ltd, an Australian corporation

Jointly owned subsidiary of Medicraft Manufacturing Pty, Ltd. and Medicraft Australia Pty. Ltd.
Medicraft Australia Unit Trust, an Australian entity
 
Subsidiary of Hill-Rom Asia Limited
Hill-Rom Business Services Co., LTD, a Hong-Kong corporation

Subsidiaries of Hill-Rom Services, Inc.
Hill-Rom SARL, a French corporation
Hill-Rom Services Pte, Ltd., a Singapore corporation
Encompass TSS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Subsidiary of Allen Medical Systems, Inc.
AMATECH Corporation

Jointly owned subsidiaries of Hill-Rom Services, Inc. and Hill-Rom, Inc.
Hill-Rom International B.V., a Netherlands corporation
Hill-Rom HB, a Swedish partnership

Jointly owned by Hill-Rom Finance Limited Partner, Inc. and Hill-Rom Finance General Partner, LLC
HR Finance C.V.
 
 
 

 
 
Subsidiary of HR Finance C.V.
HR Europe B.V.

Subsidiaries of Hill-Rom International B.V.
Hill-Rom B.V., a Netherlands corporation
Hill-Rom Ltd., a United Kingdom corporation
Hill-Rom S.A., a Switzerland corporation
Hill-Rom Austria GmbH, an Austrian corporation
Hill-Rom Sociedade Unipessoal, LDA (Portugal)
Hill-Rom Global Holdings, B.V., a Netherlands corporation
Hill-Rom Poland sp. z o.o., Poland corporation

Jointly owned subsidiaries of Hill-Rom International B.V. and Hill-Rom Services, Inc.
Hill-Rom de Mexico S de RL de CV, a Mexican corporation
Hill-Rom Servicios S de RL de CV, a Mexican corporation
Hill-Rom GmbH, a German corporation
Hill-Rom Importacao e Comercio de Equipamentos Medicos Ltda, a Brazil corporation
Hill-Rom Turkey Medikal Urunler Dagitim ve Ticaret Limited Sirketi, a Turkey corporation

Subsidiary of Hill-Rom B.V.
Hill-Rom Finland, a Finland corporation

Subsidiaries of Hill-Rom, Ltd. (UK)
Hill-Rom (UK), Ltd., a United Kingdom corporation
Liko UK Ltd, a United Kingdom corporation

Subsidiaries of Liko UK Ltd
APLS Ltd., a United Kingdom corporation
Nordic Rehab Ltd., a United Kingdom corporation

Subsidiaries of Hill-Rom SARL
Hill-Rom Industries SA, a French corporation
Hill-Rom, S.p.A, an Italian corporation
Hill-Rom SAS, a French corporation
SCI Le Couviour Immoblier, a French corporation
Hill-Rom Iberia S.L., a Spanish corporation
Hill-Rom AB, a Swedish corporation

Jointly owned subsidiary of Hill-Rom SARL and Hill-Rom SAS
Hill-Rom sro, a Czech Republic corporation

Subsidiary of Hill-Rom AB
Liko R&D AB
Liko AB
Liko Norge AB

Subsidiary of Hill-Rom S.A.
Liko-Care AG

Jointly owned subsidiary of Hill-Rom Global Holdings,  B.V. and Hill-Rom International BV
Hill-Rom SPRL, a Belgium corporation

Subsidiaries of Hill-Rom SAS
Liko France SAS
Item S.A.R.L.

Subsidiary of Hill-Rom Finance Limited Partner, Inc.
Hill-Rom Finance General Partner, LLC
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Nos. 333-157337, 333-107016) and Form S-8 (Nos. 333-157341, 333-157338, 333-88354, 333-49669, and 333-88328) of Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. of our report dated November 16, 2011, relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K .



PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Indianapolis, Indiana
November 16, 2011


 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, John J. Greisch, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the periods covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 
a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 
b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 
c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 
d)
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 
a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 
b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: November 16, 2011
 
/s/ John J. Greisch
John J. Greisch
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Mark J. Guinan, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the periods covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 
a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
 
b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
 
c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 
d)
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 
a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 
b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: November 16, 2011
 
/s/ Mark J. Guinan
Mark J. Guinan
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended September 30, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, John J. Greisch, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ John J. Greisch
John J. Greisch
President and Chief Executive Officer
November 16, 2011

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and will be retained by Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
 

 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 32.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended September 30, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Mark J. Guinan, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ Mark J. Guinan
Mark J. Guinan
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
November 16, 2011

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and will be retained by Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.